ML17214A484

Detailed Control Room Design Review of Plant,St Lucie Unit 2 Nuclear Power Station, Summary Rept

ML17214A484
Person / Time
Site:	Saint Lucie
Issue date:	09/30/1983
From:	Robert E. Uhrig FLORIDA POWER & LIGHT CO.
To:
Shared Package
ML17214A482	List: ML17214A481 ML17214A484
References
RTR-NUREG-0737, RTR-NUREG-737 NUDOCS 8310070253
Download: ML17214A484 (387)

Text

SUMMARY

REPORT DETAILED CONTROL ROOM. DESIGN REVKN .

OF THE PLANT ST. LUCIE UNIT 2 NUCLEAR PONER:STATIONS'OCKET 50-389.,'"g PREPARED BY:

FLORIDA POWER AND LIGHT COMPANY'-.

SEPTEMBER 1983

1 w

~ I\ I f I I h II

~

I If g 'ng ff' I ~

~ ~

\

I~

I,

~ f

'I,

TABL'E OF CONTENTS

'PAGE 1.0 METHODOLOGY 1 1.1 Overview '1 1.2 Review Procedures 2 1.3 Do'cument and Document Control 8 1.4 Technical Approach 15 1.5 Assessment and Implementation 16 2.0 FINDINGS/RESULTS 21 2.1 Equipment Inventory 21 2.2 Operator Interviews/Operating Experience 23 2.3 Surveys 23 2.3.1 Noise 24 2.3.2 Lighting 28 2.3.3 Control Room Environment/Workspace 31 2.3.4 Controls and Displays 37 2.3.5 Conventions 41 2.3.6 Process Computer 46 2.3.7 Emergency Garments 51 2.3.8 Labels 56 2.3.9 Annunciators 62 2.3.10 Anthropometr y 65 2.3.11 Force/Torque 83 2.3.12 Communications 85 2.3.13 Maintainability 89 2.4 Systems, Functions, and Task Analysis 97 Identify/Review Systems, Functions, and Tasks

'.4.1 97 2.4.2 Analyze Tasks 99 2.4.3 Verify Task Performance, Capability/

Human Engineering Suitability 100 2.4.4 Validate Control Room Functions 102 2.4.5 Findings/Results 103 3.0 IMPLEMENTATIONPROGRAM 106 3.1 Development of Backfit Schedules 106 3.1.1 Proposed Backfit Corrective Action 106 3.1.2 Analysis of Correction by Enhancement 106 3.1.3 Analysis of Correction by Design Alternative 107 3.1.4 Assessment of Extent of Correction 107 3.2 Human Engineering Backfit Program 112" 3.2.1 Labeling 112 3.2.2 Demarcation 113 3.2.3 Annunciator Review 114 3.2.4 Coding Convention 115 3.2.5 Engineering Inter gration Review 116 3.2.6 Administrative/Training 126 3.3 Justification of No Action Items 128 3.3.1 Low Error Assessment 128 3.3.2 Invalid Findings 170

~ <<

>I E

~ '4'> '

~,'C I

)

~ >~' ~

~ ~ ll It) 5 E>

TABLE OF CONTENTS, PAGE

] 77' II 3,4 Completed Backfits 3.4.1 Completed Enhancements/Design Solutions 177%

3.4.2 Scheduled Completion dates for Standarized.

Backfit Solutions 17,8.

3.5 Implementation Program Tracking System 179 3.5.1 Inventory Control 17.9, Status Updates '.5.2 179 3.5.3 Open Item List Development 179 3.5.4 Project History 180'80 3.5.5 Program Index and Listing

~

P IP g~zP I

Il i

1

'W 4,4 I

P T P

1.0 METHODOLOGY 1.1 Overview This report has been prepared in response to NUREG-0737 item 1.D.l and details the means by which a Detailed Control Room Design Review was conducted for the St.

Lucie, Unit 2 Nuclear Power Plant owned and operated by the Florida Power R Light Company. The review was conducted in accordance with NUREGs-0700 and -0801 during the period July 1982 to January 1983.

The review was conducted in four phases, as follows:

o Preparation of a review planning document which discusses Review methodologies Review documentation Status, personnel qualifications, and project organization Assessment and prioritization of discrepancies Reporting (findings, assessment, and schedules).

Phase 2 Control Room Review. This represents the period in which data collection, reduction, and analysis was conducted, resulting in Human Engineering Discrepancy reports and draft reports.

Phase 3 Enhancement R Desi n Solutions. Human Engineering Discrepancies were collated and alternate enhancements and design solutions were generated. As necessary, trade-off studies were conducted to deter-mine optimal solutions.

Phase 4 - ~Re ortin . Backfit schedules and detailed Control Room Design Review results will be provided to the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.

Figure 1-1 shows, in general, the phases and task flow for the Detailed Control Room Design Review. A brief discussion of the activities conducted in each phase of the review follows this figure. The Detailed Control Room Design Review was conducted using the NUREG-0700 guidelines. Planning, staffing, technical approach, and prior-itization were conducted in accordance with the guidelines as stated in NUREG-0700.

Where appropriate, this report also contains findings from the Preliminary Control Room Design Review conducted at the St. Lucie Unit 2 site from approximately April 1980 to October 1981.

The present Detailed Control Room Design Review report closely follov s the outline recommended in Section 5.2 of NUREG-0700. Specifically, this final report discusses:

o The Detailed Control Room Design Review phases o The technical activities review of operating experience assembly of control room documentation

~<)$ ,.; .s I

r ~

0'

system/function/task analysis conduct of control room surveys verification of task performance capability validation of control room functions equipment inventory o Method of assessment of discrepancies o Method of identification and selection of enhancement and design

'solutions o Review results of Human Engineering Discrepancies,. Human Engi-neering Discrepancy Assessment, and the selected enhancement and design solutions will be organized into the following groups:

survey findings (annunciator, communications, etc.)

task analysis findings (panel/workspace) human factors engineering suitability and validation of functions findings (control room traffic, workload distribution, and man/

machine functional allocations)

Preliminary Control Room Design Review items o Improvements to be made enhancements/justif ication/extent of correction design alternative/justification/extent of correction o Schedule of implementation.

gl C'<

A%

,C C

F

~ '

4 V

a C A Vl I

C.y 4

~r ae \

I I C k

1 ~

V l

IJI P

0 i

PHASE RI PHASE U PHASE IV ASSESSMENT AHD CR REVIEW REPORTIHO DESIGN SOLUTIONS VERIFY REVIEW SYSTEM FUNCTIONS TASK

, OPERATINO AND TASK PERFOR.

EXPERIENCE MANGE ANALYSIS DEVELOP CAPABILITY FINAL REPORT ANALYZE DEVELOP ASSESS AND PROORALI DISCRE. SELECT PLAN PAHCIES CORRECTIVE ACTION DEVELOP SACXFIT ASSEMSLE CONDUCT VALIDATE SCHEDULE CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL ROOM ROOM ROOM DOCUMEN- SURVEYS FUNCTIONS TATION FIGURE N The four phases and the task flowlrelatlonshlps of the CR review.

~ ~ I L~ ~

1' ILL >

IL t I '.Ly ~

~ L C ~ 'L$ pl' ~ 3 L~

1.2 Review Procedures This section presents, in general terms, the review procedures employed. In Section 2.0, Findings,. detailed descriptions of the procedures employed, and results of each, are presented.

1.2.1 Phase 2

'ontrol Room Review The Control Room Review phase was subdivided into six subtasks as follows:

o Review of Operating Experience o Assemble Control Room Documentation o Review of System Functions and Task Analysis o Control Room Surveys o Verify Task Performance Capability o Validate Control Room Functions.

1.2.1.1 Review of Operating Experience At the time the Detailed Control Room Design Review was conducted, the St. Lucie Unit 2 plant had neither I) operating experience nor 2) any licensed operators. Therefore, this task was not conducted.

1.2.1.2 Assemble Control Room Documentation In this task, a control room data base was established to support subsequent evaluation. A library was established with control room related documentation (technical specifications, drawings, etc.), control room components 'were photo-documented, and a I/3 scale photomosaic was constructed.

The library and photo-documentation were centrally located to support the effort. In addition to the library and photographic documentation; a control room inventory of components was developed, identifying for each component, its location,. system relation-ships, functions, and characteristics. Inventory data has been filed for subsequent use.

1.2.1.3 Conduct Control Room Surveys Much of the detailed assessment of the control room was conducted via surveys. Surveys required the collection of data using preconstructed checklists, interview forms, and the taking of direct measurements of control room parameters such as noise levels, light levels, etc. The source of the survey criteria is found in NUREG-0700. For each survey, a draft report (summarizing Human Engineering Discrepancies) was prepared for subsequent inclusion into the present final report. The surveys conducted were:

o Noise direct measurements of noise levels were taken and com-pared to individual checklists items.

l,'" YG h ~

~ A gl ~

}~ h Qtk~)/~trh*h 4 'C h

~ ~ v II IJ

o Lighting measurements were taken under various conditions (e.g.,

normal and emergency lighting) and compared to individual NUREG-

'Q700 items.

o Environment/Workspace assessments were made by direct measurement of the parameters (listed below) and compared to the data in the NUREG-0700 guidelines.

temperature humidity ventilation workspace arrangement document organization, use, and storage control room access Design Conventions evaluations by survey for the conventions listed below. The data was subsequently compared to NUREG-0700 guidelines.

coding methods (color, shape, pattern, etc.)

standardization of abbreviations and acronyms consistency of control use consistency of display movement or indication Controls checklist evaluation of controls.

Displays checklist evaluation of displays.

Computers checklist evaluation of computer systems.

Emergency Garments data were collected by walk-throughs, use of emergency garments, speech intelligibility analysis, and checklist application.

Labeling checklist evaluation of labels.

Annunciators checklist evaluation of annunciator systems;, direct measurement of annunciator fonts, signal intensities, etc.

Anthropometrics analysis of reach and visual access to control room components given physical configuration of boards, panels, layout, etc. The data was subsequently compared to checklist item requirements.

Force/Torque where indicated by operator observation, force/

torque information for control types were collected for comparison to checklist items.

Communications checklist evaluation of communications systems; speech intelligibilityanalysis of communications modes Maintainability checklist and "questionnaire data concerning operator-maintained components (trend recorders, bulbs, etc.).

1.2.1.0 Review of System Functions and Task Analysis (SFTA) System functions and tasks were identified and evaluated in this task. A 0-step procedure was employed:

o Identification of systerris and subsystems by review of plant documen-tation

Ig

~ gqEa

<<$ > I~

l ~~

o Identification of event sequences to undergo Task Analysis. These

.pere identified using:

NUREGs-0737, -0660, and -0700 results of Operating Experience Review o Identif ication of system/subsystem functions through document review and operator interviews o 'Identification and analysis of control room operational tasks.

Task analysis data served as an input to the verification of task performance capability and the validation of control room functions (see paragraphs 1.2.1.5 and 1.2.1.6). The results/products of this task were:

o Response Selection Diagrams o Task analysis of functional sequences o Task analysis of event sequences o Spatial-Operational Sequence Diagrams of task sequences o Traf fic Pattern Diagrams.

1.2.1.5 Verify Task Performance Capability This evaluation task involved two subtasks: 1) verification of instrument/control availability, and 2) verification of human engineering suitability. The first, verification of availabiilty, was conducted using the Task Analysis and Control Room Inventory. In general, tasks associated with control room functions were examined in terms of appropriate instrumentation in the control room (i.e.,

task equipment demands vs. actual equipment present in the control room). Estimates of the frequency-of-use for all instrumentation were then generated based on the set of procedures examined.

Descriptions of operating sequences for nonprocedurally-bound operations (e.g.,

boration, etc.) were generated from discussions with operations personnel. Also task sequences required in selected event sequences were estimated as to frequency of occurrence in the event sequences. Comparing both frequency and requirements data to the inventory, identification was made of: 1) the absence (in the control room) of task-required information or control, 2) the estimated frequency with which the information or control is required, and 3) the conditions (events, procedures, etc.) under which the information or control is required.

The second subtask, verification of human engineering suitability, involved using Spatial-Operational Sequence Diagrams, Traffic Pattern Diagrams, identified functional groups, and checklists to evaluate human engineering suitability in terms of sequence of

t

) ' l'I j '%I

/ fJ Yg+Qp

":"; (

lp "( ~

jkf;><V ) g'p i.: i ~

r~

4

component use, control/display proximity, and so forth. The NUREG-0700 guidelines served as the source document for evaluation criteria.

1.2.1.6 Validate Control Room Functions This task involved analysis of workload, and distribution of workload for operators for specific task and event sequences. Overall control room traffic was also analyzed. The means of the analysis were task timelines and traffic analysis. Checklists were used to aid validation of control room functions.

4

~ w~ ~

1.3 Documentation and Document Control Three types of documentation were addressed: I) reference documentation, 2) pro-cess and Human Engineering Discrepancy documentation, and 3) Detailed. Control Room Design Review output findings and reports.

1.3.1 Reference Documentation A program library was established with reference documents to support the-Detailed Control Room Design Review tasks. It Contains:

Final safety analysis reports Technical specifications and system descriptions Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams Floor plans Panel drawings and photographs Software descriptions Procedures Samples of computer printouts Various Nuclear Regulatory Commission and industry documents bearing on control room design (i.e., NUREGs-0700 and -0660, IEEE specifications and standards, human factors engineering texts, etc.).

As required, this documentation was referenced to support specific tasks within the control room evaluations.

1.3.2 Process Documentation Data collection and reduction methods were documented for reporting purposes.

The general flow of information management is presented in Figure 1-2. Task plans served as the basic process documentation.

1.3.3 Guideline Human Engineering Discrepancy Documentation Data files for each Human Engineering Discrepancy were generated. For each task requiring a report, file space was reserved for that report. Human Engineering Discrepancy information was stored in a computer file which contains the following information:

o Guideline number, which also serves as the Human Engineering Dis-crepancy number o Human Engineering Discrepancy description

tl<

E, I ~

-f

~ L' \ y I e C

II Cpg~ O'I

'.~:~it~ l~ ~:--

o Human Engineering Discrepancy assessment o human Engineering Discrepancy locations (panel/control room loca-tions for components which are discrepant from the NUREG-0700

'uidelines) o Action to be taken on the Human Engineering Discrepancy.

Figure 1.3 presents the Human Engineering Discrepancy format used.

1.3.0 Component Human Engineering Discrepancy Reports A manually maintained file was established which documented, for each component, Human Engineering Discrepancies cited against that component. In addition, the header for each Component-level Human Engineering Discrepancy contains the following Control Room Inventory information:

o Panel/workstation o Unique location code o System relationship o Component function and use o Component type and characteristics..

The Human Engineering Discrepancies noted against a component are, where appropriate, listed on the bottom of the form by Human Engineering Discrepancy number (which corresponds to NUREG-0700 guideline number). The Component-level Human Engineering Discrepancy form used is presented in Figure 1-0.

1.3.5 Task Reports For each survey, a separate report section has been generated detailing:

o Objectives of the survey o Actual data collection and analysis methods employed o Criteria (guidelines) implemented o Summary of findings.

In short, the process followed for each survey or evaluation, from inception to writing of Human Engineering Discrepancies, has been documented.

)

t ~

lip 4 g; 1

J 4 'I C

1.3.6 Filing System The Detailed Control Room Design Review Filing System is structured as follows:

o 'uman Engineering Discrepancies sequenced by file number o Component sheets filed by panel (e.g., RTGB 101, RTGB 102, etc.)

and sequenced by location code o 'Task Analysis Volumes I and II System Function and Task Analysis Volume III Functional Sequences, Traffic, Timelines, and Work-load Estimations.

o Checklists and data forms provided as an Appendix A to this summary report.

10

~ a f ~ . ~ ~

f t

k Vt sled l

k'<.

plA+ Y lw I

I I

~l)%/

I t( ll @~i

+A~ (

t t l

~,J 4IJ .

W I

FIGURE 1-2 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT DATA COLLECTION PROCEDURE 1 DATA COLLECTION PROCEDURE 2

~ ~ ~ ~,, ~, DATA COLLECTION PROCEDURE N COlLECT DATA COLLECT DATA ~ ~ ~ ~ o- ~ ~ o COLLECT DATA'DENTIFY HEDs IDENTIFY HEDs o o o ~ 4' o o" IDENTIFY HEDs DOCUMENT DOCUMENT ~ ~ ~ 4 ~ ~ o ~ DOCUMENT FILE (MANUAL) FILE /MANUAL FILE (MANUAL 4 ADP) BI ADP) 6 ADP)

ASSESS HEDs UPDATE FILES IDENTIFY RESOLUTIONS UPDATE FILES DEVELOP .

SCHEDULES1 RESOLUTIONS REPORT 11

pa

>If 4e~r + '4g I'l ~ "> +i( ~

~ i g P uter wawsea sv w E toe a et IIW W't'Pt 0 0 4 ~

C'r'~ C"".".,"',

~A

~

~ 8

~ hag J & ~=

I I

1 tV~M ~ t \'

8 ~@&~4 Wt 0 J

FIGURE 7-3 HUMAN ENGINEERING DISCREPANCY,'EPORT

~ wo:

REVIEWER TITLE'LANT-UNIT'ATE')

NAMF')

HED ITEMS INVOLVED:

ITEM TYPE NOMEN CLATURE LOCATION PHOTO NO.

c) PROBLEM DESCRIPTION (GUIDELINES VIOLATED):

cI) SPECIFIC OPERATOR ERROR(S) THAT COULD RESULT FROM HED:

MRS' WA%%

~I '

~ ~

A@1 W% ~

~ ) SUGGESTIONS FOR POTENTIAL BACKFITS f) ESSEX REVIEW DATA COLLECTOR DATE DATA COLLECTION MGR DATE PROGRAM MGR DATE I) DISPOSITION D FURTHER REVIEW BY DATE D TO BE CORRECTED BY DATE D REFER TO OPERATIONS C3 NO ACTION D OTHER EVALUATION COMPLETED

@SERG PROJECT DIRECTOR DATE 13

l j <<-a ~ ~

4 ~ ~1 4 lit'ih'~," >'

~

A~K

%~lt~ W W W 8 ~ AP ~q 0

1K IWhf P

I I

~ W ~

a ~

TC3 4

I

~ se ~

~H~

'I N

l k

I

FIGURE .I -4 COMPONENT REPORT HUMAN ENGlNEERING DlSCREPANCY REPORT COLLl0tfITh) LAIL AueuiTLO Eeuuaml OESlCNATNI I LSE 0 Pl%f1 QIL 0 LOC COllL . TLUTE SUSSYSTEM: COKTAOt. MODESIDlStLAY RAKQE:

USE'ED KUMIEA CAT HED KUMhER CAT

'b

+4 V

1.0 Technical Approach The technical approach employed is briefly introduced in this section. Detailed

'discussions of. review methodologies are presented in Section 2.0, Findings, where text is provided which describes the activities for the following tasks:

o . Equipment inventory o Operator interviews/operating experience review o Surveys noise lighting environment design conventions controls and displays computers emergency garments labeling annunciators anthropometrics force/torque communications maintainability o System Function and Task Analysis o Verification of task performance capability o Validation of control room functions o Assessment of discrepancies.

Each survey report addresses:

o Task Objectives The type of data to be collected or human performance variables under analysis.

o Review Team The personnel required to conduct the task.

o Criteria Generally, the NUREG-0700 evaluation guidelines appro-priate to the evaluation being conducted.

o Task Definition Steps or procedures followed in the conduct of the task.

o Findings/Results Task results. These are Human Engineering Discrepancies which may be drawn upon by subsequent tasks (e.g.,

Task Analysis).

15

r C

f l

C T g "I ~

+ 'lf

~ 1C V

~ '4 I ~

I Cy r I

6'

• <<f

1.5 Assessment and Implementation Once a Human Engineering Discrepancy was identified, its disposition had to be

'I determined. This section of the summary report: 1) describes the means whereby Human Engineering Discrepancies were assessed for error-inducing potential and system conse-quences of induced errors, and 2) details the means by which Human Engineering Discrepancies Sill be disposed of (redesign, additional 3ob Performance Aids, etc.) The assessment portion, in essence, determines the scheduling of backfits as a function of the potential consequences of the Human Engineering Discrepancy.'he disposition portion determines the means by which a Human Engineering Discrepancy will be ameliorated.

Assessment is initially divorced from disposition in terms of selection of backfits; however, Human Engineering Discrepancy disposition may, in some instances, drive scheduling of backfits due to availability of materials, extent of engineering redesign, and so forth. Also candidate backfits undergo reassessment to ensure that Human Engineering Discrepancies have been adequately addressed.

1.5.1 Assessment The basic assessment process is divided into four steps, as follows:

o Assess extent of deviation from NUREG-0700 guidelines o Assess Human Engineering Discrepancy impact on error occurrence o Assess potential consequences of error occurrence o Assign Human Engineering Discrepancy scheduling priority.

A Human Engineering Discrepancy Assessment Form and a Logic Diagram are presented in Figure 1-5.

1.5.1.1 Assess Extent of Deviation from NUREG-0700 Guidelines This step required that a subjective assessment of the extent of deviation from'VREG-0700 guidelines be made with regard to the subject discrepancy. For example, symbol/

background contrast might be 00 percent rather than 50 percent, or only small amounts of parallax may exist in a display. A judgement was made based on the content of the guideline being applied and the control room component under assessment. Extent of deviation was subjectively scaled from "1" (some deviation) to "5" (complete deviation).

There was also a catagory N/A (not applicable) for Human Engineering Discrepancies which are not a part of NUREG-0700 (discrepancies from other documents such as military standards, human factors engineering texts, etc). Extent of deviation judgements are not directly used to assess priority or scheduling of backfits, but relate to assessment 16

of operational error potentials. It is possible to have little deviation from the guidelines and high error assessments, and vise versa.

1.5.1.2 Assess Human Engineering Discrepancy Impact on Error Occurrence Given that no control system can be designed to be operationally error-free, the assessment here was to estimate Human Engineering Discrepancy impact on hypothetical (unknown) baseline error rates of control room components; e.g., will additional errors be induced by discrepancies from the guidelines? Estimates of Human Engineering Discrep-ancy impact on error occurrence were qualitatively arrived at by consideration of the o Body physiology fatigue/physical stress discomfort injury anthropometry o Sensory/perceptual performance vision I.

audition proprioception touch o Information processing overload confusion recall pattern matching/recognition data manipulation (comparing, extrapolating, etc.)

o Learning inhibition habituation response predominance transfer response competition response latency o Task demands frequency duration competition sequence speed communication precision information.

17

I

~

P c'

I

1.5.1.3 Assess Potential Consequences of Error Occurrence Review team, tech-nical staff, an@operations representatives evaluated system consequences of hypothesized operational errors. Four determinations are required:

o Does the Human Engineering Discrepancy relate to plant safety functions?

o 'Does the Human Engineering Discrepancy relate to plant functions required to mitigate the consequences of an accident?

o Could an error lead to unsafe operations or plant conditions?

o Could an error lead to violations of technical specifications?

Each of these requires a yes/no type response. The Logic Diagram on Figure 1-5 (Human Engineering Discrepancy Priority) shows how these data are integrated to assign categories and priorities to Human Engineering Discrepancies.

Note that Category I Human Engineering Discrepancies are those which have been noted from documented operational errors. All Category I Human Engineering Discrep-ancies are deemed to increase error potential, but consequences must still be assigned to determine ultimate scheduling priority. Category II Human Engineering Discrepancies are those identified through conduct of surveys, etc., which are deemed to contribute to the inducement of operational errors. Priority within Category II is a function of error consequence after error occurrence. Category III Human Engineering Discrepancies are those designs which deviate from NUREG-0700 guidelines, but due to the context of the St. Lucie Unit 2 Control Room, little, if any, additional error inducement is anticipated.

Assessment of error occurrence was estimated for the following:

o Overall operator performance is/is not degraded by the Human Engineering Discrepancy impact on body physiology?

o The Human Engineering Discrepancy does/does not degrade sensory performance?

o Information processing capability is/is not exceeded via the Human Engineering Discrepancy?

o The Human Engineering Discrepancy does/does not induce direct error due to principles of learning?

o Task difficulty and reliability is/is not affected by the Human Engineering Discrepancy?

Based on the above, a subjective error assessment was generated on a 5-point scale; "I" indicating a low probability of induced errors is expected as a result of the Human Engineering Discrepancy, and "5" indicating a high probability of additional errors being induced.

1.5.1.0 Assign Human Engineering Discrepancy Priority Scheduling Priority for scheduling of backfit was assigned per the following:

o 'riority A Prompt - first outage, given availability of materials and engineering lead time.

o Priority B Near Term - second refueling outage given availability

~

of parts and engineering lead time.

o Priority C Long Term - at any time.

19

FlGURE 1.5'ED ASSESSMENT FORM EXTENT OF DfVIATION FROM 0700 GUIDELINES

2. ERROR ASSESSMENT H/A ~W ~IG

?'KS SAFETY FUNCTION 1 2 2 i NO 5

4. NON SAFETY RELATED, YKS REQUIRED TO MITIGATE CONSEOUENCES OF AN ACCIDENT

5. CONSEOUEHCES OF ERROR OCCURENCE

• UNSAFE OP E RAT I ON YES NO I. VIOLATION YES OF TECH.

SPECS.

1. DEV 1L 0? FILE HED YES 2.KRROR NO ASSESSMENT CATEGORY III HED 2?

TA TA tCATEGORY II ~ C HED TECH SPKC VIOLATEDOR UNSAFE OPKRATION YKS YKS 3. SAFETY FUNCTION OR OB J ECTIVE?

NO TECH SPEC VIOLATED OR UNSAFE OPERATION?

YES NO CATEGORY II C HED CATEGORY II A HKD 20 CATEGORY II HKD I

2.0 FINDINGS This section presents results and findings of the Detailed Control Room Design Review. Section 2.1 discusses the Equipment Inventory. Section 2.2 presents findings for the Operating Experience Review. Section 2.3 presents findings and r esults of the Control Room Surveys. Finally, Section 2.0 discusses the System Functions and Task Analysis findings. Where applicable, all Human Engineering Discrepancies identified via the evaluation processes are presented.

2.1 Equipment Inventory 2.1.1 Objective The objective of the Equipment Inventory was to identify and reference all instrumentation controls and equipment within the control room for: 1) assessment of task equipment demands; 2) Component-level Human Engineering Discrepancy documen-tation, and 3) priority assessment. The inventory. included all components and major assemblies with which operators interface in the main control room.

2.1.2 Review Team Responsibilities A human factors specialist with control room operating experience assembled the Equipment Inventory using the form'presented in Figure 1-0. (One form was completed for each component or major assembly).

2.1.3 Criteria Criteria for this task included:

o The inventory should include all controls, displays and other com-ponents on the control boards, peripheral consoles, back panels, etc.-

that is, the components with which operators interface at all work stations. (NUREG-0700, p. 3-19).

o Each component should have a unique identifier (NUREG-0700,

p. 3-20).

o The inventory should identify the system, subsystem, function/sub-function, purpose, and characteristics (range for scaled displays, colors for indicator lights, and position labels for controls) for each component (NUREG-0700, p. 3-19).

21

2.1A Task Definition A photoeusaic of. the control room was used as the basis for most of the inventory work. Because the panels are long, they were divided into sections for the purpose of assigning alphanumeric identifiers. The console consisted of the following sections:

o RTGB 201 Plant Electrical Diesel Generators Turbine Generator Condenser o RTGB 202 Main Feedwater Auxiliary Feedwater Circulating Water Steam Pump o RTGB 203 Reactor Coolant Pumps Pressurizer o RTGB 200 Nuclear Control Nuclear Instrumentation o RTGB 205 Chemistr y Control Volume Control Waste Management o RTGB 206 Engineered Safety Feature Component Cooling Water o Radiation Monitoring o Reactor Protection Logic System o Switchyard Panel o Auxiliary Panels.

One Component-level Human Engineering Discrepancy Report (component sheet) was completed for each unique alphanumeric code. Information not available from the photomosaic was collected on site. Components v/ere divided into subsystems within each panel by a human factors specialist with control room operating experience, and this information was included on the component sheet.

The bottom half of the component sheet includes a list of Human Engineering Discrepancies noted for each component. The Human Engineering Discrepancy number shown refers to the NUREG-0700 guideline which was violated by the component.

22

Although the control room Equipment Inventory was intended for use in Task Analysis, the references to Human Engineering Discrepancy numbers on the component sheets also provide Florida Power.R Light with a list of Human Engineering Discrepancies associated with each component. The component sheets are filed by unit, by panel, by component type within each panel, and finally by location code within component type.

2.1.5 Findings/Results The output of this task is a data form for each component in the control room. The form contains information describing. the component and its Human Engineering Discrep-ancies identified during the review. The Human Engineering Discrepancy number references NUREG-0700 guidelines and the appropriate Human Engineering Discrepancy.

2.2 Operator Interviews/Operating Experience Reviews As previously discussed, at the time the Detailed Control Room Design Review was conducted, St Lucie Unit 2 Control Room had no actual operating experience and no licensed operators. Therefore, no formal operator interviews or operating experience review were conducted. However, throughout the course of the review operations personnel were queried concerning the design and operation of the control room, and their responses were factored into the evaluation.

? 3 Surveys This section presents the objectives, review team, evaluation criteria, task definition/methodology, and findings/results of each control room survey. Surveys described in this section are:

o Noise o Light o Environment/Workspace o Controls and Displays o Conventions o Process Computer o Emergency Garments o Labels and Location Aids o Annunciators o Anthropometry o Force/Torque o Communications o Maintainability.

23

2.3.1 Noise Survey 2.3.1.1 Objective The purpose of the Noise Survey was to ensure that noise levels within the control room do not interfere with aided and unaided voice communications or with signal audibility. To accomplish this, noise and signal levels were measured to determine whether or not they were within acceptable ranges.

2.3.1.2 Review Team Responsibilities The survey was conducted by two human factors engineers familiar with operation of the sound level meter and fundamental properties of sound. The survey also required the participation of a control room operator to identify and initiate alarms and to describe problems in the control room related to high noise levels.

2.3.1.3 Criteria o Verbal communications between points are intelligible under slightly raised voice levels (6.1.5.5.a) o Ambient noise levels do not exceed 65dB(A) (6.1.5.5.b) o Noise distractions are minimized (6.1.5.5.d) o Signal-to-noise ratio (S/N) for alarms is at least IOdB with an S/N of 20dB in one or more octave bands between 200 and 5000 Hz (6.2.3.6.a) o Auditory signal intensities do not exceed 90dB(A) (6.2.3.6.c).

2.3.1.0 Task Definition/Methodology Ambient Sound Level Ambient sound level was recorded at various points within the control room and are presented on Table 2.3.1-1, Sound Survey Record. Measurements were taken in dB(A) weighting, the scale which most accurately represents the response of human hearing. Readings were also taken at each point for the octave ranges from 250 to 4000 Hz using the A-weighting scale. All of the basal measurements were taken in the control room, without communication or noise from alarms. Levels were taken when the plant was operating at 096 power, with one air conditioning unit operating, and four Reactor Protection System fans in service.

The basal readings represented constant noise in the control room from ventilation and equipment. Other sources which were not constant, however, also contributed to the ambient sound level; these may hinder detection of important signals such as annunciator alarms. Sound sources which were reported by operators as distracting, i.e., the printers and vacuum cleaner, were measured and recorded. Printer readings were taken three feet from the source, and vacuum cleaner readings were taken at the operator's desk.

Signal Detection Measurements of dB and octave bands from 250 to 0000 Hz were taken from alarms at the alarm source and at the operators'esk. All readings were A-weighted..These measurements were compared to the ambient readings to determine whether they were sufficiently different in pitch and volume to be discernible from the background noise. The alarms evaluated were from the Line Repeat Panel, Control Room Auxiliary Cons@le, Fire Panel, and Main Control Board. Measurements and comparisons to .

ambient sound level were completed and recorded.

Equipment The sound level meter used was a General Radio Model 1982 with a 1962-9610 microphone. The meter is capable of measuring in dB, dB(A), dB(B) and dB(C) weightings and ln octave band ranges from 31.5 to 16,000 Hz. Operator input was necessary to identify noise sources which may mask audible alarms. A form was used to record readings for ambient sound level, noise sources, and audible alarms.

2.3.1.5 Findings/Results Table 2.3.1-1 presents noise levels in the St. Lucie Unit 2 Control Room. This survey was iterated several times in the course of the review.

At no time was the survey conducted when the plant was in operation. The one Human Engineering Discrepancy identified during this survey is presented in Table 2.3.1-2.

Overall, the, noise environment was assessed to.be marginal; however audible signal detection and voice communications are possible. Table 2.3.1-2 summarizes the Human Engineering Discrepancy identified by the Noise Survey. It should be noted that several operators expressed dissatisfaction with the noise level in the control room particularly when the air conditioner and Reactor Protection System fans are operating.

TABLE 2.3.1-1 SOUND SURVEY. RECORD Octave Band Work Station dB(A) 250 500 1K 2K OK Notes RPS 69 66 65 60 60 50 Basal Level, as found - 0 RPS cooling fans Radiation Monitor 65 60 59 57 50 51 Basal Level (Seismic) 105/106-Front 63 63 62 59 56 53 Basal Level 103/) 00-Front 69 65 65 60 57 56 Basal Level 101/102-Front 69 65 63 59 56 50 Basal Level Operator's Desk 65 63 60 58 59 56 Basal Level NPS/WE Office 63 60 60 60 51 07 Basal Level (outside)

HVAC 66 60 60 60 56 53 Basal Level Line Repeat Panel'9 63 63 59 56 50 Basal Level Radiation Monitor 68 60 6'8 59 57 53 Basal Level (CRT) (DDPS) 26

YAME 2.3.1-2 NOISE SURVEY HUMAN ENGINEERING DISCREPANCY (HED)

I File II HED 8 Descri tion Location Excessive control room noise (Reactor Control room. '.1.5.5.b Protection System fans and A/C unit contribute to noise levels).

t 2.3.2 Lighting Survey 2.3.2.1 ejective The objective of the Lighting Survey was to ensure that the control room. lighting is sufficient to permit the operator to effectively perform all necessary tasks. The lighting tested includes ambient illumination, reflected luminance, and reflectance throughout the. control room. Ambient illumination was tested under both full AC lighting conditions and full DC lighting conditions.

2.3W2 Review Team Responsibilities Two human factors specialists conducted t this survey. Responsibilities included developing the test procedures, conducting the test, and recording and analyzing the data.

2.3.2.3 Criteria o

Figure 2.3.2-1 summarizes the criteria used in the survey:

Recommended illumination levels, NUREG-0700 (6.1.5.3) in foot-candles, as stated in o Recommended reflectance levels, in percentage, as stated in NUREG-0700 (6.1.5.3.f).

o Checklist criteria (see Appendix A).

2.3.2.0 Task Definition/Methodology The general procedure for taking photom-eter measurements includes measuring ambient illumination and reflected luminance. A Tektronix Model 316 digital photometer with illuminance and luminance probes was used.

Ambient illumination measurements, in foot-candles, were taken at all operator work stations. Consoles and panels were measured in approximately two-foot increments in a grid pattern over the surface evaluated. The probe was placed on the surface area, and measurements were taken under normal and emergency lighting conditions. The readings were recorded on a data sheet reflecting the same grid pattern.

Reflectance of surfaces in the control room was measured using a combination of illuminance and luminance probes with the application of the reflectance formula to the data. The formula employed to derive reflectance is as follows:

Reflectance Reflected Luminance Ambient Illuminance Presence of glare within the control room was visually examined.

2.3.2.5 Findings/Results Overall illumination levels in the lower range with thirteen banks illuminated are within acceptable limits according to the criteria with the exception of the RTGB 201 benchboard. When seventeen banks are illuminated, the illumination levels are too high and exceed maximum allowable limits. Under a full bank lighting condition, the illumination levels would greatly exceed the allowable range.

28

Recommended illumination levels, in foot-candles (fc), as stated in NUREG-0700 (6.1.5.3.a):

Panels Minimum Recommended Maximum Primary R Auxiliary 20 30 50 St. Lucie 2 Sam le Readin s(fc)

RTBG 206 RTGB 201 17 banks illuminated 73 86 13 banks illuminated Ol 50 It should be noted that the reading of illumination levels will vary depending on which lamp banks are illuminated.. n Emergency DC illumination levels were not sufficient't most panel areas. The required minimum level of 10 foot-candles was found at only the Reactor Protection Panel, the Radiation Monitor Plotter, the Communications Console, the Digital Data Processing System Console, and the benchboards for RTGBs 202 and 203. All other control room areas had levels less than the minimum requirement for emergency DC lighting. Emergency AC illuminatin levels were adequate.

Large variations in illumination levels exist between vertical panels and bench-boards, and between the primary operating area and the auxiliary panels. High variability of illumination levels throughout the control room force rapid pupil accommodation to occur when scanning the control boards or moving from one location to another.

Following the initial illumination survey, normal AC lighting was reduced to correct excessive illumination levels, and illumination levels in the control room were then re-evaluated. The results of this re-evaluation indicate that although the overall illumina-tion level in the control room has been reduced, several areas still exceed the recommended level of 50 foot-candles.

Illumination levels for both the normal AC and emergency DC lighting for the Remote Shutdown Panel were found to be inadequate. Illumination levels ranged from 5 to 16 foot-candles for normal AC lighting and 0.3 to 1.5 foot-candles for emergency DC lighting.

Table 2.3.2-2 summarizes the Human Engineering Discrepancies identified by the Lighting Survey.

29

TABLE 2.3.2-1 LIGHTING SURVEY HUMAN ENGINEERING DISCREPANCIES (HEDs),

File 0 HED 8 Descri tion Location 23 6.1.5.3.a Control room ambient illumination. Control Room 6.1.5.3.b Illumination uniformity. Control Room 25 6.1.5.0.c D.C. illumination levels below 10 FC. Control Room, Remote Shutdown Panel

2.3.3 Environment/Workspace Survey 2.3.3.1 Objective The objective of the Environment/Workspace Survey was to evaluate the control room environment to ensure safe, comfortable, and efficient operation. The assessment included furniture and equipment layout; document organiza-tion, use, and storage; supervisor access to the control room; ambience and comfort; temperature; humidity; and ventilation.

2.3.3.2 Review Team Responsibilities The personnel required to conduct this survey and their responsibilities included:

o A human factors engineer responsible for data collection, data analysis, and final report preparation.

o Various control room operators, familiar with control room opera-tions and problems, to assist in the assessment of the control room environment. Their input was contributed through informal and formal interview processes.

o A technical assistant to aid in the collection of measurements and data.

2.3.3.3 Criteria The following are summarized criteria from NUREG-0700 used to evaluate the control room environment. The checklist used for the Detailed Control Room Design Review is contained in Appendix A.

Furniture and Equipment Layout Work stations, including desks, consoles, and panels, should be placed and spaced to facilitate unobstructed viewing, movement, and communications.

o L-shape, U-shape, concentric, or wing configurations facilitate sight, movement, and communications.

o Enough space is allowed to enable a single operator to perform required tasks.

A minimum of 60 inches is recommended between a single row of equipment/panel and a wall or other opposing surface.

A minimum of 50 inches is recommended between two rows of facing equipment.

o A minimum of 8 feet of space is recommended between opposing rows of equipment where more than one operator must work simul-taneously or where kneeling or bending is necessary.

Document Organization, Use, and Storage A good system for organizing and storing documents is recommended to enhance their location and use. All documents should be easily accessible. Documents should be clearly labeled.

Supervisor Access to Control Room The Shift Supervisor's Office should be readily accessible to the control room.

31

Temperature, Humidity, and Ventilation o Air temperature at floor level and at head level should not differ by more than 10o F.

o The ventilation system should make up outdoor air into the control room at a rate of at least 15 cubic feet per minute per occupant.

Ambience and Comfort Features to consider in creating a pleasant and com-fortable atmosphere in the control room are:

o Color combination o Color and lighting o Visual relief from instrumentation o Comfortable seating o Carpeting.

2.3.3.0 Task Definition/Methodology The following procedures were used to evaluate each of the control room environment subcategories.

Furniture and Equipment Layout o The control room work stations were determined to include the control room operator's desk; the entire bench console; vertical panels A, B, and Nuclear Instrumentation System; and the computer printer table. Also examined were entrance/exits from the primary work area and walkspace/passageway dimensions surrounding work stations.

o Maintenance and operational requirements were reviewed (to elimi-nate those criteria not applicable to this control room).

o Furnishings and equipment were evaluated using the checklist con-tained in Appendix A.

Document Organization, Use, and Storage o Plant procedures were the only documents evaluated as these were the only documents stored within the primary area of the control room.

o The procedures were evaluated on a sample basis using the checklist contained in Appendix A.

Temperature, Humidity, and Ventilation o Temperature and humidity were measured 20 hours2.314815e-4 days <br />0.00556 hours <br />3.306878e-5 weeks <br />7.61e-6 months <br /> each at head and floor level using a 7-day continuous circular trend recorder.

o Temperature, humidity, and ventilation measurements were com-pared to NUREG-0700 recommended guidelines.

32

Control Room Decor Each feature of control room decor was evaluated and compared to NUREG-0700 recommendations.

2.3.3.5 Findings/Results In general, the St. Lucie Unit 2 Control Room meets the NUREG-0700 guidelines. General obersvations are presented, in brief, below.

Furniture and Equipment Layout Panels and control room furniture are generally arranged to facilitate the efficient coverage of panels and movement of operators. Some problems may occur- as a result of placement of long communications and computer consoles in front of RTGBs 201, 202, 203, and 200. However, there are spaces between the two consoles so access to the main panels is not completely blocked.

Not all panels are within the primary operating area which is defined as the area between the main control panels and the room divider. At least one licensed operator must remain in that area at all. times. Location of the Fire Panel, Hydrogen Recombiner, t

and parts of the Heat, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning and Plant Aux 2 panels outside this area may cause some operational problems. For example, the Fire Panel will have an audible alarm acknowledge on it; a single operator in the primary area (if the other operator is in the kitchen or restroom, for instance) may not leave that area to silence the alarm. Also the Plant Aux 2 panel cannot be seen from the operator's desk because view of it is blocked by RTGB 206.

Document Organization, Use and Storage The following documents should be available in the control room.

o Procedures including operating, emergency, and alarm response o Piping and Instrumentation Drawings o Controlled Wiring Diagrams o Technical Specif ications o 3ob Performance Aids such as steam tables and power curves o Blanks of any forms that must be completed, e.g., logs and work permits.

Provisions have been made to store all of these in the control room. It was assumed that Piping and Instrumentation Drawings and Controlled Wiring Diagrams will be in the flat file outside the restroom; technical specifications and all procedures will be in a bookcase behind the Reactor Protection System; and blank forms will be in the file cabinet outside the restroom. These locations are well lit and easy to access.

A work area is provided at the operator's desk; however, no provisions have been made to allow for use of reference materials at the main control panels. Although there 33

will be a desk in front of RTGB 206, the top of the computer console in front of RTGBs 201 and 202 has a slanted top, and the top of the communications console in front of RTGBs 203 and 200 is narrow, which prevents operators from placing items on them.

Therefore, at five of the six main control boards, an operator will either have to hold the procedure binder or set it on the board. Use of a rolling bookshelf would permit operators to read procedures at the board and would allow two-handed operation while negating the need to lay a binder on the panel.

Similar documents will also be used at the Remote Shutdown Panel, but no provisions have been made to store them there. Procedures, Piping and Instrumentation Drawings, and Controlled Wiring Diagrams for all systems controlled on the Remote Shutdown Panel should be stored in the room housing the panel.

Procedure and technical specification labeling and binding could not be assessed because these documents had not been completed at the time of the survey.

Supervisor's Access Offices for both the Nuclear Plant Supervisor and the Watch Engineer are located within the control room isolation boundary. Both supervisors will be able to monitor control room activities and communicate with operators in the primary area while standing in their office doors.

Nonessential Personnel Access A barrier approximately three feet high was built to separate the control room door from the primary area. Although this should deter nonessential personnel from entering the primary area, a similar arrangement at Unit l has not been successful. People frequently move through the control room without regard for the barriers. Location of the'supervisors'ffices outside the primary area may decrease the circulation of nonessential personnel. Also installing an additional barrier and instituting administrative procedures to control who may walk through the barrier may limit the movements of nonessential personnel. The purpose of the barrier should be made clear, perhaps by a sign stating that no one may enter the area without permission.

Personal Storage Sixty lockers have been provided in the control room, and they will be used by all operations personnel. Since there will be approximately 00 operators, the number is sufficient. The location of the lockers will require all operations personnel to walk through the primary operating area to reach them. If entrance to the primary area is to be controlled, this will become a problem.

Ambience and Comfort The primary area will be carpeted, and the barrier surrounding it will be paneled. Control room walls will also be paneled and provided with decorations similar to those on the walls of the St. Lucie Unit I Control Room. These enhancements will create a pleasant environment for the operators.

A restroom and kitchen are located within the control room isolation boundary, but are not within voice contact. No provisions for" communication between the control room and these facilities have been made although operators on shift will need to leave the primary area to use them.

Both the kitchen and the restroom will be used not only by control room operators, but also by operations personnel. This should not be a problem in the kitchen since it is large and will be well supplied with tables and chairs. However, there is only one restroom, and since there will be both men and women on shift, non-operations shift personnel should use the other restrooms located throughout the plant.

Table 2.3.3-1 presents Human Engineering Discrepancies identified by the Environ-ment/Workspace Survey.

35

TABLE 2.3.3-1 ENVIRONMENT/WORKSPACE SURVEY HUMAN ENGINEERING DISCREPANCIES (HEDs)

Pile g EIED g Descri tion Location 6.1.1.l.a St. Lucie Unit 2 Pire Alarm Panel not Control Room installed.

6.1.1.3.a Panel location/component visibility. Post-Accident Console 6.1.1.3.d Traffic patterns obstructed. Communications/

Operations Console 6.1.1.4.a.l Procedur es storage. Remote Shutdown Panel 19 6.1.2.6 Procedures use at boards. Control Room 22 6.1.5.1.a Climate control inadequate. Remote Shutdown Panel 27 6.1.5.6.a Locker number/location creates high Control Room traffic area.

28 6.1.5.7.b.2 Use of rest area by non-control room Restroom/Kitchen operators.

2.3.0 Controls and Displays Survey 2.3.0.1 Objective The purpose of the Controls and Displays Survey was to identify and document Human Engineering Discrepancies associated with the complement of controls/displays existing at the time of evaluation of controls and displays.

2.3.0.2 Review Team Responsibilities The review team consisted of two human factors specialists who collected data and documented the discrepancies. Operations personnel available in the control room at the time of data collection answered plant-specific questions regarding the operator-control board interface.

2.3.0.3 Criteria Criteria for controls and displays are presented in the Control and Display Checklists which consist of NUREG-0700 recommended guidelines that are applicable to control and display evaluation.

2.3.0A Task Definition/Methodology The Controls and Displays Survey was divided into a number of component-specific checklists (e.g., meters, rotary controls, etc.), each of which was designed to be used independent of all other checklists. All checklist items for a particular control or display type were applied to each component in that class. All components that did not meet a criterion were listed in a Human Engineering Discrepancy discussing the principle violated. All Human Engineering Discrepancies resulting from this survey are listed on the appropriate control room inventory forms, providing Florida Power R Light with a list of discrepancies associated with each component.

As many checklist items as possible were answered using the photomosaic, thereby reducing time spent on-site and fninimizing disruption of control room activities.

Questions answered on-site generally required operator input or visual clarity not available from the photomosaic.

2.3.0.5 Findings/Results Table 2.3.0-1 presents the Human Engineering Discrep-ancies identified during the Environment/Workspace Survey.

37

TABLE 2.3.0-1 CONTROL R DISPLAYS SURVEY HUMAN ENGINEERING DISCREPANCIES (HEDs)

File 8 HED 8 Descri tion Location .;

6.0.l.l.a.2 Ease of adjustment, X-core range. Reactor Protection System 6.0.l.l.b.l Unnecessary control, "First-out Reset". RTGB 200 6.0.l.l.c.l Non-standardized process controllers. Control Room 6, 7, 8 6.0.2.1 Lack of motion/position convention, rotary RTGB 206, Plant Transfer Controls. Switches 6.0.2.2.b BFW pushbutton position inconsistency. RTBG 202 13 6.0.3.l.c Pushbutton surface not concave. RTGB 201 and 205

" 6.0.3.3.a Distinguishability of nonfunctional RTBG 202 and 206, pushbut tons. Remote Shutdown Panel 6.0.3.3.d.l Pushbut ton barriers. RTGB 201 6.0.0.1 Direction of activation Control Room 17 6.0.0.3.b Key orientation. Control Room 18 6.0.0.3.d Keyswitch "off" position not vertical Control Room 19, 20 6.0.0.5.d.l Rotary controls, lack of pointer. Control Room Unnecessary components on Control RTGB 200 Element Assembly display.

TABLE 2.3.0-1 CONTROL R DISPLAYS SURVEY HUMAN ENGINEERING DISCREPANCIES (HEDs)

File ¹ HED ¹ Descri tion Location .i 9, 10 6.5.l.l.f Display failure, not apparent for sigma Control Room meters and trend recorders.

10 6.1.1.5.e Keys inadequately identified. Key Locker ll, 12, 13 6.5.1.2.a Inadequate scale precision. RTGB 201 and 205 15, 16,,17, 18 6.5.1.2.d.(l, 2) Inadequate scale range. Control Room 19 6.5.1.2.e Scale transformations. RTGB 201 22 6.5.1.5 Format of scale graduation. Control Room 23 6.5.1.5.a.l More than nine marks between RTGB 201, HVAC numbered scale points.

6.5.1.5.a.3 Lack of intermediate graduations. RTGB 200 25, 26 6.5.1.5.c Non-linear scale increments. RTGB 201 27, 28 6.5.1.5.d Scale incompatibility. RTGBs 202 and 206, Remote Shutdown Panel 29 6.5.1.5.f Multiple scales/single pointer. RTGB 201, HVAC 36, 37, 38 6.5.2.2.a.2 Pointer obscures information. RTGB 201 - 206, HVAC, Remote Shutdown Panel 39, 00 6.5.2.2.b.2 Parallax. Control Room 6.5.2.0.b.2 Null point orientation. RTGB 201

TABLE 2.3A-l CONTROL R DISPLAYS SURVEY HUMAN ENGINEERING DISCREPANCIES (HEDs).

f

~

File HED 8 Descn tton Location 6.5.2.5. Fixed pointer/moving scale. RTGB 202, 203, and 205 50, 51, 52 6.5.0.l.b Paper/scale mismatch. Control Room 6.5.0.l.i Lack of recorder paper speed adjustability. Control Room 60 6.5.0.2.b.l Channel/scale over load. RTGB 201, HVAC 61 6.5.5.1.a.3 Lack of separation between drum counters. RTGB 201 and 205 62 6.5.5.2.c Projection display contrast. RTGB 200 25 6.8.3.1 Inadequate control separation. Control Room

2.3.5 Conventions Survey 2.3.5.1 Objective The objectives of the Conventions Survey were to:

o Identify plant conventions o Determine if they are acceptable by human factors standards o .Locate deviations from convention.

2.3.5.2 Review Team Responsibilities The evaluation team was'composed of a human factors specialist and a control room operator as required to supply information.

Responsibilities included the collection and analysis of measurements and data.

2.3.5.3 Criteria o Components and system arrangement for ease in locating components and conducting accurate operation per.NUREG-0700 guidelines.

o Coding system (including size, shape, and color coding) and use of symbols, signals, and abbreviations for uniformity and appropriate applications throughout the control room per NUREG-0700 guide-lines.

2.3.5.0 Task Definition/Methodology Interview Control room operations personnel were interviewed to determine what conventions exist in the control room related to arrangement of systems and components, coding, abbreviations and acronyms, and control operation. It was also determined whether or not confusion existed due to certain conventions, deviations, or lack of conventions.

Sample A sampling of components, systems, labels, and other performance aids were used to verify interview findings. If 50% or more of each group were similar in arrangement, coding, and operation; then a convention was assumed to be e'stablished.

Any deviation was reported, as weil as lack of convention.

Checklist A checklisting procedure was employed to determine if existing conventions are acceptable by human factors standards. Some items required operator assistance.

2.3.5.5 Findings/Results Control Coding Control coding problems were caused by the lack of coding schemes, rather than by the inconsistent application of existing conventions. No coding schemes were present for the following areas:

o Annunciator response control coding o Emergency control coding o Coding to aid in legend light/legend pushbutton discrimination.

Annunciator response and emergency control coding are recommended in NUREG-0700 and are discussed in detail in the Essex Corporation coding conventions memo-randum. Operators should also be able to discriminate between legend lights and legend pushbuttons.

Shape Coding A variety of rotary control shapes are used on the main control panels. All are in conformance with NUREG-0700 guidelines for selection of coded shapes in that they are both visually and tactually identifiable. Although rotary controls for widely different functions are located on the same panel (e.g., pumps and valves for High Pressure Safety Injection, Low Pressure Safety Injection, Component Cooling Water, Primary System Sampling, Shutdown Cooling, Feedwater, and Main Steam Isolation are on RTGB 206), and a variety of acceptable shapes is used in the control room, no consistent shape coding scheme has been instituted. This is a problem especially on RTGBs 205 and 206 because large arrays of identical rotary controls are used.

Standard Names, Acronyms, Abbreviations and Part/System Numbers List A list of standard names, acronyms, and abbreviations was compiled by Essex Corporation and was used to re-engrave annunciator tiles and control board labels.

However, abbreviations used on legend lights and pushbuttons are not consistent with those developed by Essex due to space limitations.

Labels should also be consistent within and across pieces of equipment in their use of terms. Terminology in rotary control position labels, however, was not always congruous. The following discrepancies were noted and were resolved during the relabeling program:

o "Hand" means "hold in position to run" on the FLASH TANK PUMP controls on RTGB 205.

o "Hand" means "transferred to local control" on the RCB BEACON and RCB OBSTRUCTION LIGHTS on Plant Aux Panel 1.

o "Manual" means "transferred to local control" on the TURNING GEAR DRIVE control on RTGB 201.

o "Override" means that the valve is being opened or closed, depending on what the signal being overriden is telling the valve to do.

42

Process Controllers Process controllers are discussed separately because they have problems with both color and location coding which, in conjunction, make them difficult to use. Discrepancies exist only with the Fisher-Porter process controllers and are listed in Table 2.3.5-1.

43

TABLE 2.3.5-1 CONVENTIONS SURVEY HUMAN ENGINEERING DISCREPANCIES (HEDs)

File f HED 8 Descri tion Location 9, 10 6.0.2.2.a Inconsistent control coding (key-operated Control Room switches).

12 6.0.2.2.d Shape coding of control handles. Control Room 16 6.0.0.1.b Differentiation of controls (RCPs, PRZR RTGBs 203 and 200 HTRs).

30 6.5.1.6.c.l Inconsistent indicator light color meanings. Control Room 31 6.5.1.6.c.2 Violation of recommended color coding. Control Room 32 6.5.1.6.c.2 Scale range coding not employed. Control Room 33, 30, 35 6.5.1.6.d Violation of color'coding convention. Control Room 6.5.2.3 Trend recorders lack range coding. Control Room 08, 09 6.5.3.3.c Highly similar design for pushbuttons and RTGBs 201 - 205 legend lights.

13, 10 6.8.1.3.d Inconsistent color coding. Control Room 15, 16 6.8.2.1.(a, c) Sequential controls not colocated. RTGBs 203 and 205 17, 18, 19 6.8.2.1.c.l Controls and displays not located in RTGBs 200 and 205 system groups.

20 6.8.2.2.b Diesel generator loading sequence lights. RTGB 201 '

TABLE 2.3.5-1 CONVENTIONS SURVEY HUMAN ENGINEERING DISCREPANCIES (HEDs)

HED g Descri tion Location 22 6.8.2.3.a Annunciator pushbutton location RTGBs 201, 203, 205, and inconsistent. 206 23 6.8.2.3.b Auxiliary Feedwater controls mirror'imaged Remote Shutdown Panel layout.

2.3.6 Process Computer Survey 2.3.6.1 Objective The objective of the Process Computer Survey was to evaluate the system hardware and operational characteristics of the process computer user-system interface., Included in this evaluation were the Sequence of Events Recorder, Digital Data Processing System, and Analog Display System.

2.3.6.2 Review Team Responsibilities The survey team included a human engi-neering specialist and the instrumentation and control startup engineers responsible for h

each system. Because operation and interpretation of the Digital Data Processing System and the Sequence of Events Recorder will be similar between St. Lucie Units 1 and 2, the computer-cognizant engineers at St. Lucie Unit 2 were interviewed to supplement information supplied by St. Lucie Unit 1 control room operators.

2.3.6.3 Criteria Applicable criteria from Section 6.7 NUREG-0700, are listed in Appendix A.

2.3.6.4 Task Definition/Methodology Computer-cognizant instrumentation and control engineers were questioned about system hardware and software. They were asked both to describe input methods and interpret data to output. A copy of hourly logs was obtained when possible. Applicable checklist sections were referenced at each step to obtain appropriate cr iteria. Printer outputs were evaluated for format.

Control room operators were asked to describe their interactions with the system (e.g., when and how they access data and how they use the information they obtain). The system was then evaluated in terms of its suitability to meet operational requirements.

The computer system was evaluated using operating procedures and printouts and II interviews with computer-cognizant instrumentation and control engineers and operators.

When available, computer operating procedures were also evaluated to ensure that they provide sufficient information to allow a trained operator to use the system.

Human Engineering Discrepancy reports were written detailing all discrepancies noted.

2.3.6.5 Pindings/Results Sequence of Events Recorder The Sequence of Events Recorder is a teletype printer which will be located in the primary operating area. Events are printed in the following format:

Normal or Abnormal / EIour:Minute / Second:Millisecond / Point à / Event Descriptor 46

The sequence of events recorder is a non-safety system which monitors and records contact actuation of selected plant equipment. The system is intended to function as a log of major equipment operation, i.e. start, stop, open, close events. It provides plant personnel with information that may be used in evaluating the sequencing of major equipment during a plant transient and/or trip.

Discrepancies identified during the survey are listed in Table 2.3.6-1.

Digital Data Processing System The Digital Data Processing System is a Fisher-Porter system designed to,perform calorimetric and xenon calculations, monitor Control Element Assembly positions, monitor and control movable incore detectors, and provide various parameter values. Operators interface with a computer console, and with a medium speed printer located with the other printers next to the primary area barrier.

All other parts of the system are behind the main control boards.

Discrepancies identified during the survey are listed in Table 2.3.6-1.

Analog Display System The Analog Display System is a CRT mounted on the vertical portion of RTGB 204 which displays Control Element Assembly positions and alarm information. Controls directly below the screen are used to adjust screen luminance. The Control Element Assembly, for which position and PDIL will be displayed in the bottom left corner of the screen, is selected with rotary controls on the benchboard labeled CEA SECONDARY DISPLAY BACKUP.

Alarms are coded by color. A yellow alarm (PPI) signifies an abnormal condition.

Conditions causing a purple alarm (DEV, SEQ and PIL) also cause a Control Element Assembly motion inhibit and indicate that immediate operator attention is required. Each alarm is accompanied by an annunciator.

47

In general, in spite of the identified Human Engineering Discrepancies, the Analog Display System is well human engineered. Display contrast is good, there is little glare, and the characters are large, all of which make the display easy to read from the operator's desk. Indications of both processor and sensor failure are provided on the screen. Color coding is consistent both within the display and with respect to coding employed on other systems in the control room. Alarms are distinguishable by flash rate, and alarm priority is coded by color.

Table 2.3.6-1 presents the Human Engineering Discrepancies identified by the Process Computer Survey.

48

TABLE 2.3.6-1 PROCESS COMPUTER SURVEY HUMAN ENGINEERING DISCREPANCIES (HEDs) .

File 8 HED 8 Descri tion Location 6.l.l.l.b Control room not arranged to facilitate Control Room coverage.

6.1.1.2.a Control room task assignments. Radiation Monitoring Panel 6.7.1.5.d.l Pushbut ton grouping. Digital Data Processing System 6.7.1.5.d.2 Distinguishability of pushbut tons. Digital Data Processing System 6.7.1.8.a.l Procedure not available. Digital Data Processing System 6.7.2.l.c Screen luminance/reflectance and Analog Display System, readability. Inadequate Core Cooling, (RTGBs 203 and 200) 6.7.2.1.f.O Resolution elements/character height. Analog Display System (RTGB 200) 6.7.2.2.e Insuf ficient resolution lines. Analog Display System (RTGB 200) 6.7.2.0.j.2 Numeric data not right justified. Analog Display System (RTGB 200) 6.7.2.7.m.l Red-green combinations. Analog Display System (RTGB 200)

TABLE 2.3.6-1 PROCESS COMPUTER SURVEY HUMAN ENGINEERING DISCREPANCIES (HEDs)

File 8 HED 8 Descri tion Location 10 6.7.3.l.d Inadequate printer speed. Sequence of Events Recorder 6.7.3.l.e.2 Printer lacks positive indication that paper Sequence of Events is running out. Recorder 12 6.7.3.1.e.3 Lack of reloading instructions. Digital Data Processing System, Sequence of Events Recorder 13 6.7.3.1.e.O Inadequate printer backup. Sequence of Events Recorder

'6.7.3.2.a.l Inadequate recording of annunciator alarms. Sequence of Events Recorder 15 6.7.3.2.c Operator cannot request alarm printout Sequence of Events by group. Recorder 16 6.7.3.2.f.3 Lack of parameter value in alarm message. Sequence of Events Recorder 17 6.7.3.3.d.l Inconsistent tabular format. Digital Data Processing System 18 6.7.3.3.d.2 Table vertical spacing, lack of printed Digital Data Processing line definition. System

2.3.7 Emergency Garments Survey 2.3.7.1 Objective The objective of the Emergency Garments Survey was to identify Human Engineering Discrepancies associated with the use of emergency garments and breathing apparatus. Using checklists drawn from NUREG-0700 and a standard rhyme test, the emergency garments and breathing apparatus were evaluated.

The eval'uation consisted of anthropometrics, communications while wearing breath-ing apparatus, storage and placement of emergency gear in the control room, the ease of access to and donning of emergency gear, and operation of the control boards while wearing emergency clothing.

2.3.7.2 Review Team Responsibilities The evaluation team was composed of two Essex Corporation staff members, one utility staff member from the Health Physics Department, and one control room operator. The'ssex staff, composed of research scientists and associates, served as human factors specialists. Utility Health Physics personnel functioned as operations specialists and evaluation process expediters. The experience of the control room operator aided in identification of plant-specific discrep-ancies relevant to the survey.

2.3.7.3 Criteria The control room emergency garments should not restrict the control room operator from performing assigned tasks.

Operator Protective Equipment o Types of Equipment Protective equipment includes protective clothing and breathing apparatus.

o Anthropometry Protective clothing and breathing equipment are compatible with operator body size and tasks to provide adequate tactile sensitivity and ability to see, reach, move, communicate, and hear.

o Periodic Checks Operator protective equipment is periodically checked to determine if it is in good condition.

o Quantity Protective equipment is available in sufficient quantities and sizes for the required number of operators.

o Marking Protective clothing sizes are clearly identifiable.

o Expendables There is an adequate supply of personal protection equipment expendables, such as filters.

o Accessibility All protective equipment is easily and readily acces-sible.

o Training Operators are well practiced in donning protective equip-ment.

o Procedures Instructions for donning, doffing, and controlling per-sonal protective equipment are provided.

51

Emergency Communications Voice Communications with Masks o Emergency face masks are equipped with diaphragms that are specially designed to transmit speech.

o The diaphragms separate voice from exhaust valve action.

o If not equipped with diaphragms, masks are equipped with electronic speech systems which pick up the voice with an internal microphone and transmit it to a loudspeaker attached outside the mask.

2.3.7.4 Task Definitions/Methodology A human factors specialist with Health Physics training observed and timed Health Physics personnel dressing out in anti-contamination clothing. Overall time and task times, along with pertinent human factors observations, were recorded.

A touch-and-feel test for the identification of an assortment of hand-held objects was conducted with a subject wearing anti-contamination gloves.

A subject was observed donning the breathing apparatus. Overall time and task times along with pertinent human factors observations were recorded.

A modified rhyme test requires a subject (listener) to identify a set of spoken words from a list of phonetically similar (rhyming) words. A modified rhyme test was conducted with the talker wearing the breathing apparatus mask to test the intelligibilityof speech when attenuated by the mask faceplate. The test was then repeated using a mask equipped with an electronic speech system. The talker's instructions used during the test were:

1. Each list WAS PRESENTED BY the following statement: "This is test

", where the blank was replaced with the list identification letter found at the bottom left corner of the Talker's List.

2. Each word was embedded in the carrier sentence "Please circle in group ", where the first blank was the target word from the Talker's List and the second blank was the word group number from the corresponding Listener's Sheet containing the target word.

3. The presentation rate was approximately 4 seconds between target words.

2.3.7.5 Findings/Results Since the emergency equipment stored in the St. Lucie Unit 2 Control Room is identical to that stored in the St. Lucie Unit 1 Control Room, the evaluation was conducted only once. Therefore, the findings and results presented in both St. Lucie Units 1 and 2 Detailed Control Room Design Review reports for the Emergency Garments Survey are the same.

52

When reviewing findings in this survey, the following should be considered: The St.

Lucie Unit 2 Control Room is environmentally protected from the external environment; therefore, the use of anti-contamination clothing is not anticipated. In addition, there are no technical specification requirements for anti-contamincation clothing in the control room. Control room uninhabitability due to fire is the only postulated event at which time operators would establish control from the remote shutdown panel. Below general results and conclusions are discussed.

Anti-contamination clothing dressout was accomplished in a total of 5.11 minutes, with individual task times as follows:

o Overalls 0.38 minutes o Boots and tape up 1.16 minutes o Gloves and tape up 3.17 minutes.

Hand-held objects such as pencils, pens, and pocket knives were identified correctly.

Only coins could not be identified by size due to the lack of tactile feedback. Digit accommodation in gloves was observed. It was found that the small finger is too short, the large finger is too long, and the glove does not sit on finger webbing.

Donning the breathing apparatus required 3.30 minutes, with individual task times as foQows:

o Out of case 1.30 minutes o Don beathing apparatus and adjust harness 1.24 minutes o Don mask and adjust air flow 0.36 minutes.

It was found that while wearing respirators and air packs, vision is blurred, and restricted vision occurs with a loss of peripheral vision. Communication is unclear. The defogger does not function weQ since the mask fogged up immediately.

The results of the modified rhyme test indicated that speech intelligibilityis highly impeded by the face mask as presently used on the Scott Air Pack; 56% of the words spoken were correctly identified. The mask significantly muffled and attenuated the spoken words. At a distance of 5 feet the voice level of the speaker with the mask on was 55 dB; the voice level of the speaker without the mask was 65 dB. The mask does not incorporate an amplifier or diaphragm with which voice communication could be improved.

There are no written procedures for donning and controlling protective clothing.

However, donning and doffing protective clothing is addressed as part of the training program. Controlling protective clothing is the responsibility of the Health Physics 53

Department. In addition, storage of protective garments can be confusing for those dressing out because garments are not grouped as a package or organized by size.

Based on the modified rhyme test, it was concluded that communication functions,

~

K while wearing protective gear are impeded. The usability of communications equipment is not compatible with the present design of the face mask and the Scott Air Pack. This is partially due to the lack of a diaphragm or electronic speech device to separate voice from exhaust valve actions.

Table 2.3.7-1 summarizes Human Engineering Discrepancies identified during the Emergency Garments Survey.

TABLE 2.3.7-1 EMERGENCY GARMENTS SURVEY HUMAN ENGINEERING DISCREPANCIES (HEDs)

File 8 HED 8 Descri tion Location 20 6.1.0.1.(e, g) Accessibility and anthropometry of Control Room protective garments.

21 6.1.0.1.i No procedures for donning/controlling Control Room protective equipment.

3,0 6.2.1.8.(b, c) Emergency equipment interferes with Control Room communications.

0,5 6.0.l.l.d Task performance with emergency gear. Control Room

2.3.8 Labels Survey 2.3.8.1 Objective The objective of the Labels Survey was to determine the appropriateness and clarity of labeling in the control room to enhance operator perform-ance.

Essex first performed a demarcation and labeling study because inadequacies were reported during the NTOL survey. As a result of this study, component labels on RTGBs 201 through 206, the Remote Shutdown Panel, Plant Auxiliary Panels 1 and 2, HVAC panels, and the Line Repeat Panel were re-engraved to meet NUREG-0700 labeling guidelines. Component labels on these panels, therefore, are considered to be satisfactory and were not re-evaluated. Instead, this survey deals with component labels on the Reactor Protection System, the Radiation Monitor, and the panels located behind the main control boards, and with all labels on meter and trend recorder faces, legends on lights and pushbuttons, and position labels on rotaries and toggle switches.

2.3.8.2 Review Team ResponsibBities A human factors specialist was responsible for data collection, analysis, and report preparation. A control room operator was required to assist in collecting the necessary information and to advise the human factors specialist of problems that have been encountered.

2.3.8.3 Criteria Applicable criteria from NUREG-0700 are listed in Appendix A.

2.3.8.4 Task Description All components, panels, and systems requiring identifi-cation and manipulation were examined to ensure that they were labeled, as were the positions of all discrete controls. In addition, the location and orientation of each label were evaluated for readability and consistency. Panels without hierarchical labeling were, identified. Label content was reviewed for clarity, brevity, and spelling. Label readability was evaluated. Measurements included character height, width, width-to-height ratios, and visual angle subtended at the eye; stroke width-to-character height ratios; space between characters, words and lines; and character-to-background contrast.

Type style was assessed for consistency, simplicity, and use of all capital letters.

Components with unique labeling requirements (e.g., contrast on electronic counters) were evaluated. Temporary labels, including equipment "tag-outs", were assessed to ensure that they conform with human engineering criteria applied to permanent labels. The procedure for adding a temporary label to the board was evaluated.

56

2.3.8.5 Findings/Results Many labeling problems were found on the Reactor Protection System, the Radiation Monitor, and the panels located behind the main control boards. Labels are missing or inconsistently located; they have varying letter heights and poor contrast; and they use abbreviations, acronyms, and terms inconsistently. Because of the number of discrep-ancies on these panels, these labels should be included in the control room relabeling effort. It should be noted that the plant relabeling effort was not completed at the time this survey was performed.

Rotary control and keyswitch position labels are the soucre of many discrepancies.

These discrepancies occur on all panels since the rotary controls and keyswitches were provided by the equipment manufacturer and are consistent within their population, but differ from component labels.

Label Absence Necessary information is missing on a number of components. Not all positions are labeled on rotary controls and key switches, continuous rotaries on process controllers are not labeled with direction of motion, and pens on multiscale trend recorders are not labeled with units of measurement.

Label Location and Orientation NURHG-0700 recommends that all labels be oriented horizontally. Position labels on rotary controls and keyswitches, however, are often slanted or vertical due to space limitations.

Some position labels are obscured by the control handle, particularly when the handle is large or when the control is located high on a vertical panel. Using smaller control handles and/or placing the position labels well above the control would remedy the problem. In addition, component labels on reactor trip pushbuttons are obscured by the tall guard used. A shorter guard should be installed.

Meter labels on the Remote Shutdown Panel are not consistently located because there is not sufficient space between, components.

Hierarchical Labeling The following panels were not completed at the time of the survey: Reactor Protection System, Radiation Monitor, and panels located behind the main control panels. Those employing hierarchial labeling however, had some variation in size gradations between labels and letter heights within the same heirarchical level due to space limitations.

Label Content Aside from a few individual label inaccuracies, the content discrepancies are of three types: incongruity between the label beneath a display and the label on the display face; content problems on position labels; and failure to distinguish between demand and status information.

57

Some position labels have content problems. Those on the REACTOR TEMP RECORDER SELECTOR on RTGB 200, for instance, use engineering numbers from trend recorders that have been removed. Labels are not always complete and sometimes are, simply incorrect. Terms having incompatible meanings in different applications are discussed in the Conventions Survey.

Displays should be labeled to indicate whether they reflect actual status or demand information. Small horizontal meters associated with rotary controls reflect demand information, as do the pressurizer relief valve indicators; however, they are not labeled to indicate that they reflect demand only. On the other hand, the ESFAS BYPASS STATUS legend lights on RTGB 205 reflect either actual status (when they are illuminated automatically) or demand (when they are pressed by an operator). Therefore, it is not possible to distinguish between actual status and demand on these lights.

Label Readability Label contrast is poor on all rotary control position labels on the main control boards and on all component labels on the Radiation Monitor and many of the back panels. The Radiation Monitor in particular uses color-coded labels with very poor contrast between letters and background, e.g., white writing on a pink or purple background. Position labels on main control panels and component labels on some back panels have white letters on a dark background, which, although readable now, may become obscured by dust.

Unique Component Requirements Some components must meet criteria similar to those applied to labels. Those criteria are therefore discussed in this survey.

The figure-to-background contrast of the projection displays showing pulse counting control rod position on RTGB 200 is very poor. Insufficient backlighting renders the displays unreadable even under ambient lighting conditions of less than 20 foot-candles, the minimum recommended for a panel in the primary area.

The mimics are generally useful and well designed. Flow directions should indicated by distinctive arrowheads, however, some of the arrows on the Line be'learly Repeat Panel are incomplete. Although intended to end with a label, only half of the arrowhead fits in the allotted space.

Use of Temporary Labels There is presently no formal procedure for adding temporary labels to control panels. Consequently, the board has a number of dyno tape labels added to it, none of which conform to good human engineering principles. The number of labels added to the board already is symptomatic of other problems which may or may not be related to labeling. Adding key numbers to the control board, for instance, would be unnecessary if keys were stored in some logical order. Using dyno tape may be

necessary in some cases, particularly when a label is incorrect and arrangements are being made to replace it with a new permanent label.

Table'2.3.8-1 provides summaries of Human Engineering Discrepancies identified by ..

the Labels Survey.

59

TABLE 2.3.8-1 LABELS SURVEY HUMAN ENGINEERING DISCREPANCIES (HEDs)

File 8 HED 8 Descri tion Location 20 6.5.1.0.b Unnecessary scale markings. RTGBs 202 and 206 21 6.5.1Ã.f Inadequate indication of scale RTGBs 202 and 206 transformation.

55, 56 6.5.0.l.k Label obscures trend recorder display. RTGB 201, HVAC 57, 58, 59 6.5.0.2.a.l Inadequate recorder pen color identif ication. Control Room 1, 2, 3 6.6.1.1 Label absent, incomplete. Control Room 6.6.1.2 Lack of hierarchical labels. Control Room

'.6.2.1.a Labels below display. Control Room 6.6.2.3.a.l Orientation of switch position labels. Control Room 6.6.2.0.b Reactor trip pushbutton label concealment. RTGB 201 and 200 8,9 6.6.3.l.a Inappropriate or missing position labels. RTGB 200 10, ll, 12 13 10 6.6.3.2.b Inadequate label content. Control Room 15 6.6.3.2.d Ambiguous control position labels. HVAC 16, 17, 18, 19, 20 6.6.3.3.b Inconsistent labels, abbreviations, Control Room numbering.

21 6.6.3.6 Labels indistinguishable in wording. Engineered Safeguard,

'ogic Cabinets

TABLE 2.3.8-l LABELS SURVEY HUMAN ENGINEERING DISCREPANCIES (HEDs)

File 8 HED 8 Descri tion I.ocation 22, 23, 20, 25 6.6.3.8.a Control position unlabeled. Control Room 26, 27 6.6.3.8.b Lack of direction of motion identification. Control Room 28, 29 6.6.3.8.c Position label obscured by control handles. Control Room 30 6.6.0.l.a.2 Inconsistent character heights. Control Room 31, 32 6.6.0.l.b.l Improper use of light characters on dark Control Room background.

33 6.6.5.2 Improper use of temporary labels. Control Room 30 6.6.6.0.b.3 Incomplete mimic arrows. Line Repeat Panel

2.3.9 Annunciator Survey 2.3.9.1 Objective The objective of the Annunciator Survey was to assess the operability and usability of the system using the guidelines outlined in NUREG-0700, and

'o document and assess all resulting discrepancies.

2.3.9.2 Review Team Responsibilities The members of the review team included a human factors specialist to conduct the annunciator survey; a nuclear operations specialist to supply plant systems information (i.e., interrelationship of various compo-nents, the impact of loss of a pump on plant operations); and a plant instrumentation and control engineer to answer questions, provide information, and obtain any necessary documentation for completion of this task.

2.3.9.3 Criteria Applicable criteria from NUREG-0700 are listed in Appendix A.

2.3.9.4 Task Definition(Methodology This survey was conducted by: 1) appli-cation of checklists, and 2) by verification of operator concerns identified during operator interviews. The checklists were separated into two major parts: visual displays and auditory warnings. These checklists addressed maintainability, identification, coding, operation, and arrangements of the annunciator system. The checklisting was designed to be conducted onwite. Operations personnel were interviewed about the system, and were asked to demonstrate the alarm systems operability. Observations and notations were recorded on the checklist sheets. For those items found to be in conflict with checklist criteria, Human Engineering Discrepancy reports were written.

2.3.9.5 Findings/Results Table 2.3.9-1 presents Human Engineering Discrep-ancies identified by the Annunciator Survey. In general, the annunciator system was brought into compliance with NUREG-0700 guidelines by a relabeling, re-engraving, and prioritization program conducted by Florida Power 4 Light following the Preliminary Control Room Design Review.

TABLE 2.3.9-l ANNUNCIATORSURVEY HUMAN ENGINEERING DISCREPANCIES (HEDs)

File 8 HED 8 Descri tion Location 6.2.2.0.a Placement of alarm audio generator. Cohtrol Room 6.2.2.6 (b, c) Excessive alarm volume. Aux Panel 1 6.3.1.3.a.l Lack of reactor first out. Annunciator 6.3.1.0 Lack of prioritization. Annunciator 3,0 6.3.1.0.b.l Inconsistent color coding. Annunciator 6.3.1.5 No "alarm clear" signal. Annunciator 6.3.2.l.b Audible portion of alarm can be deactivated. Annunciator 6.3.3.l.c Annunciator tile may be interchanged. Annunciator 6.3.3.l.c.2 Special tool required for bulb replacement. Annunciator 6.3.3.3.c Annunciator tiles lack array indices. Annunciator 10 6.3.3.0.a Wordy/unclear annunciator legend. Annunciator ll, 12 6.3.3.5.a Inadequate font size/style/readability. Annunciator 13 6.3.0.l.a Simultaneous alarm initiation. Annunciator 6.3.0.l.a.2 Lack of master silence. Annunciator 15 6.3.0.2.a Inconsistent control layout. Control Room

TABLE 2.3.9-1 ANNUNCIATOR SURVEY HUMAN ENGINEERING DISCREPANCIES (HEDs)

File 8 HED 8 Descri tion Location l7 6.3.0.2.b.O Lack of annunciator control coding. Annunciator

2.3-10 Anthropometry Survey 2.3.10.1 Objective The objective of the Anthropometry Survey was to determine whether controls and displays are located in a manner which makes them highly visible,; ~

within reach, and precludes inadvertent actuation.

2.3.10.2 Review Team Responsibilities Two human factors engineers took the measurements necessary for performance of the Anthropometry Survey. With those measurements, one person developed the reach envelopes and visual angles and applied all checklist items.

2.3.10.3 Criteria The following general criteria were applied to meet task objectives:

a. All controls are within reach of the 5th percentile female (i.e., the person who~is smaller than 95 percent of the female population)

(6.1.2.2.b.1).

b. The 95th percentile male can reach all controls without stooping (6.1.2.2.b.2).

c. All displays are visible from any point at which they must be monitored, based on eye height of both the 5th percentile female and the 95th percentile male. This includes viewing of annunciators from their associated acknowledge controls (6.1.2.2.e).

d. Controls are placed far enough back on the board to avoid inadver-tent actuation (6.1.2.2.d. 1).

e. All controls and displays involved in a single task sequence are located to minimize the requirement for operator movement (6.1.2.2.f).

f. Consoles are designed to allow sufficient leg and foot room and, if necessary, space for writing (6.1.2.2.g).

g. Controls and displays which are frequently used or important are located in the most favorable position with regard to viewing or reaching (6.1.2.5.a 2 6.1.2.5.b.2).

h. CRTs are easy to view with a minimal amount of head movement (6.7.2.3).

2.3.10.0 Task Definition There were two processes in the application of checklist items: developing vertical reach envelopes and visual angles, and measuring control/

display height on vertical panels.

Reach Envelopes Reach envelopes were made for the main control boards (see Figures 2.3.10-1 and 2.3.10-2) and the operator's console (see Figure 2.3.10-3). The reach envelopes were designed using shoulder height and two different sets of criteria:

functional reach and extended functional reach. All measurements were made with the 65

MAIN CONTROL BOARDS ST. LUCIE 2 FIGURE 2.3101 VISUAL ANGLES AND REACH ENVELOPES FOR TOP OF BOARD 5TH'%EMALE 90 80 70 45'S 60 EYE HIEGHT (55.5")

FUNCTIONAL REACH (25.2")

50

/ HEIGHT'(48.4")

45'HOULDER EXTENDED FUNCTIONAL REACH (28.9")

r 40 /r 24 3/16es ~ (HANDRAIL) 30 20 33 35I64" 10 10 30 66

100 MAIN CONTROL BOARDS ST. LUCIE 2 C

FIGURE 2.310 2 VISUAL ANGLES AND REACH ENVELOPES FOR TOP OF BOARD 95TH % MALE 45' 90 80 70 75'YE HEIGHT (68.6")

FUNCTIO NAL REACH (35")

/ /

60 // HEIGHT (60.8")

45'HOULDER EXTENDED FUNCTIONAL REACH (39")

/

/

50 //

40 24 3I16.,

30 20 10 10 30 40 67

OPERATOR CONSOLE ST. LUCIE 2 FIGURE K3.10 3 REACH ENVELOPES VERTICAL LIMITS (200 ABOVE 40'ELOW) 50

'5TH% MALE EYE POINT (48.6")

FAILS 5II 5TH% FEMALE 95TH % MALE V I.IMITS EYE POINT (41.6")

FUNCTIONAL 40 REACH (35") i 95TH% MALE SHOULDER HEIGHT 5TH% 5'AILS (40.8")

FEMALE

+ 5TH% FEMALE FUNCTIONAL REACH SHOULDER HEIGHT (25.2") 95% (34.6")

3l V LIMITS 20 10 10 20 30 40 50 60 68

assumption that the operator's body was in line with either the leading edge of the benchboard (operator's console) or the handrail (main control panels). The first set of criteria applied was for functional reach. This is defined as the distance from the right, ~

index fingertip when the arm is extended forward to the right shoulder when both shoulders are parallel to the operator's feet. This measurement was used to develop a reach envelope, based on the assumption that an operator should not have to lean or stretch to reach a control. The second set of criteria used was for extended functional reach. This is the same measurement as functional reach except that the righf shoulder is extended forward.

At the time of this survey, the exact distance of the handrail from the benchboard was not available. Therefore, an estimation of 3 inches from the end of the benchboard was used.

The dimensions of the main control boards at corners (i.e., where RTGB 200 meets RTGB 205 and where RTGB 202 meets RTGB 203) are different than the dimensions of the remainder of the board. Therefore, separate drawings were done for these sections of the board (see Figures 2.3.10-0 and 2.3.10-5). Figure 2.3.10-6 illustrates the failure areas for the 5th percentile female extended functional reach.

Visual Angles Determination of the visual angle of a display refers to the measurement of the angle from the line of sight to the display face. Maximizing this angle in the vertical plane ensures that the display is not so low or so high that it is difficult to read. Maximizing the angle in the horizontal plane ensures that the display is not located too far to the left or right of the position from which the display is monitored.

These criteria were applied to all displays, including annunciators and CRTs.

Visual angles were measured with the eye reference point in line with the handrail, except for annunciators, where the eye reference point was determined by the 5th percentile female's functional reach. Figure 2.3.10-7 shows the failure areas for displays on the main control boards. A separate drawing was made for the Safety Parameter Display System and Inadequate Core Cooling displays because of their unique designs (see Figure 2.3.10-8). Figure 2.3.10-9 illustrates the visual angle for the annunciators from the 5th percentile female eye reference point. Figure 2.3.10-10 shows the oblique angle from the line of sight to a display located to either side of the working position from which the display must be read. Because more stringent criteria are required for CRT evaluations, a separate drawing was made for the Analog Display System and Safety Parameter Display System, see Figure 2.3.10-11. Separate drawings also were made for the operator's console, which is a sit-down console with a CRT (see Figures 2.3.10-3, 2.3.10-12, and 69

100 MAIN CONTROI. BOARDS ST. LUCIE 2 FIGURE 2.3.10.4 VISUAL ANGI.ES AND REACH ENVELOPES FOR 5TH % FEMALE AT CORNER OF BOARD 90 80 454 ~~

70

-a EYE HEIGHT (55.5")

FUNCTIONAL REACH (25.2")

50 SHOULDER HEIGHT (48.4")

r FUNCTIONAL r'XTENDED REACH (28.9")

40 rr r

45'0 28ss 20 10 30 40 70

MAIN CONTROL BOARDS ST. LUCIE 2 100 FIGURE 22.105 REACH ENVELOPES AND VISUAL ANGLI)S FOR 95TH % MALE AT CORNER OF BOARD x TOP OF BOARD 45'YE 90 80 FUNCT IONAL REACH 70 (35") HEIGHT (68.6")

/

EXTENDED FUNCTIONAL REACH (39") SHOULDER HEIGHT (60.8")

60 50 45' 40 30 26"

~ ~

20 10 10 50

MAIN CONTROL BOARDS FRONT VIEW ST. LUCIE 2 FIGURE 2.310 6 5TH % FAILURE AREAS FOR EXTENDED FUNCTIONAL REACH

',e+'))y. I,>> "CC>) "4,>>~4:,'>>I:,>j>>I>$(i~~~'q 'I')>';"><>))...~~.':i >P>>

25l ~

~ !I PASS 24tl 72

MAIN CONTROL BOARDS FRONT VIEW ST. LUCIE 2 FIGURE 2 3.10'7 5TH % AND 95TH % FAILURE AREAS FOR VISUAL ANGLES 45l I 4QH 40 30 20 10 5 II 24ll 73

MAIN CONTROL BOARDS ST. LUCIE 2 FIGURE 24.10 8 VISUAL ANGLES FOR THE QSPDS AND ICC 90 10'0 454 60'0 60'TH 95TH % EYE HEIGHT (68.6")

% EYE HEIGHT (55.5")

50 40 30 20 10 10 50

MAIN CONTROL BOARDS ST. LUCIE 2, FIGIIRE R3.10 9 REACH TO ANNUNCIATION CONTROLS BY TOP OF BOARD 5TH PERCENTILE FEMLE AND V(SUAL ANGLE TOP OF ANNUNCIATORS i9'0 70 EYE HEIGHT (55.5")

50 SHOULDER HEIGHT (g8.c 40'UNCTIONAL REACH ~ 25.2" II 13 ANNUNCIATOR CONTROL POSITION 20 10 10

FIGURE 2.3.1010 HORIZONTAL DISPLACEMENT OF DISPLAYSIANNUNCIATORS 40 45'0 45'0 20 I

10 "20 I

45'0 45'0I BENCHBOARD 10 DEPTH 20 30 40 A. EYE REFERENCE POINT FOR ALL DISPLAYS EXCEPT ANNUNICATORS. MAXIMUMDISPLACEMENT IS 27 INCHES FROM CONTROL B. EYE REFERENCE POINT FOR ANNUNCIATOR CONTROLS ON RTGBS 201,204,205. MAXIMUMDISPLACEMENT FOR ANNUNCIATOR TILES IS 40 INCHES FROM THE CONTROLS.

MAIN CONTROL BOARDS ST. LUCIE 2 FIGURE 2.3.1011 VERTICAL LIMITS AND VISUAL ANGI.ES FOR ADS AND SPDS 90 80 70 594 25'5TH % EYE HEIGHT (68.6")

60 320 STH % EYE HEIGHT (55.5")

59'1.57" 50 40 30 20 10 10 20 30 77

OPERATOR CONSOI.E ST. LUCIE 2 FIGURE 23.1012 VIEWING ANGLE ( 45')

VIEWING ANGLE ( 18")

VIEWING DISTANCE~

50 95TH% MALE VIEWING DISTANCE 95TH% MALE 5TH% FEMALE EYE POINT (48.6")

88 5TH% FEMALE 40 EYE POINT (41.6")

50~

30 20 7I ~

10 10 20 30 50 60 78

2.3.10-13). Also the dimensions of the operator's console were evaluated using criteria recommended in NUREG-0700.

Vertical Panels Vertical panels including Heating and Ventilating, Plant Aux 1 and 2, Line Repeat, Reactor Protection System, Radiation Monitoring, and all back panels were evaluated for control/display placement.

2.3.10.5 Findings/Results The following anthropometric measurements were found to meet the NUREG-0700 criteria as a result of the Anthropometry Survey:

o All controls on the main control boards are within reach of the 95th percentile male.

o All displays, including annunciator tiles, are within the upper limit of the visual field for the 5th percentile female.

o All displays and annunciators are positioned so that the angle from the line of sight to the face plane is 45 or greater for the 5th percentile female.

o The viewing distance to the CRTs is greater than 18 inches.

o The viewing angles to the CRTs are a minimum of 45 .

o The CRT on the operator's console has horizontal limits that are no more than 35 to the left or right of the operator's straight-ahead line of sight.

o The Analog Display System and Safety Parameter Display System CRT screens are located within the vertical limits.

The following anthropometric measurements were found not to meet the NUREG-0700 criteria as a result of the Anthropometry Survey:

o Some controls on the vertical section of the main control boards and on the benchboard failed the 5th percentile female functional reach criterion.

o There are controls which are not within extended functional reach of the 5th percentile female.

o There are emergency or frequently used controls which are not within functional reach of the 5th percentile female.

o There are displays which are too low to be seen by the 95th percentile male.

o Several annunciator tiles are too far away to be seen by an operator standing in front of the corresponding annunciator controls.

o There are components on vertical boards which are too high or too low for an operator to reach them without stretching up or stooping down.

79

OPERATOR CONSOLE ST LUCIE 2 FIGURE 2.3.1013 HORIZONTAL LIMITS ( c 35')

12" 24I ~

STRAIGHT AHEAD LOS 35'5'TH%

FEMALE EYE POINT 0tl 12" 24" STRAIGHT AHEAD LOS 30'5TH%

MALE EYE POINT

o The operator's console CRT screen is not located within the vertical limits of the operator's horizontal line of sight.

Although fun'ctional reach is the measurement prescribed for use by NUREG-0700, a valid,:

argument could be made for the substitution of extended functional reach in the St. Lucie Unit 2 Control Room Anthropometry Survey. Because a handrail is used, it is not possible to inadvertently actuate a switch by leaning "on the board. In addition, no controls are within 3 inches of the panel edge. Since the handrail acts both as a control guard and a point on which the operators can lean to steady themselves when reaching, the use of functional reach imposes unnecessarily stringent requirements. A problem exists when a frequently used or emergency control fails for functional reach or when any control fails for extended functional reach.

Table 2.3.10-1 summarizes Human Engineering Discrepancies identified by the Anthropometry Survey.

TABLE 2.3.10-1 ANTHROPOMETRIC SURVEY HUMAN ENGINEERING DISCREPANCIES (HEDs)

File 8 Descri tion Location 12, 13 6.1.2.2.b.l Controls out of reach of 5th percentile Control Room female.

6.1.2.2.d.l Possibility of inadvertent control actuation. RTGBs 201 206 6.1.2.2.e.l Component mounted too low for 95th Control Room percentile male.

16 6.1.2.2.e.2 Excessive horizontal displacement of Annunciators annunciator s.

17 6.1.2.3.g Inadequate kick space. Operator's Console 18 ~

6.1.2.5.(a, b) Controls and displays too low/high. Control Room 6.7.2.3.(c.l, b) CRT exceeds vertical limit of view. Operator's Console

2.3.11 Force/Torque Survey 2.3.11.1 Objective The objective of the Force Torque Survey was to identify control room equipment, via operator interview, which require too little or too excessive force for their operation, and to evaluate conformance of any potentially discrepant equipment to applicable human engineering criteria.

2.3.11.2 Review Team Responsibilities The evaluation team consisted of a human factors engineer qualified to take farce/torque measurements and a control room operator. Where control actuation was necessary to subjectively assess the force/

resistance of a control, operations personnel directed the activity.

2.3.11.3 Criteria Applicable criteria from NUREG-0700 are listed in Appendix A.

2.3.11.4 Task Definitions/Methodology Several control room operators (St. Lucie Unit 1) were interviewed using a preconstructed force/torque questionnaire (see Table 2.3.11-1). Individual component ~tes were activated by a control room operator to test conformance with criteria, and were evaluated using the checklist.

2.3.11.5 Findings/Results No Human Engineering Discrepancies were identified in the Force/Torque Survey.

83

TABLE 2.3.11-1 FORCE/TORQUE QUESTIONNAIRE+

C

1. Do you recall any inadvertent switch actuations as a result of coming in contact with the switch mechanism? If so, do these switches appear to be too easily actuated?

GO TO FIRST PANEL, THEN REPEAT QUESTIONS AT EACH PANEL

2. Are there any controls, pushbuttons, or legend pushbuttons which appear to be too easily actuated or difficult to actuate?

3. Do toggle switches have an elastic resistance that increases as the control is moved and drops as the switch maps into position?

0. Are knobs for spring loaded momentary contact rotary selector controls large enough to be easily held against the spring torque for as long as necessary?

t

5. Does rocker switch resistance gradually increase then drop to zero when the control snaps into position?

6. Does the resistance for the rocker switch preclude the switch from being placed between positions?

7. Do any control knobs or handles rotate or move loosely on their shafts?

3. Do any controls give the "feeling" that internal wear has occurred or that breakage might occur, or have the "feel" that sensory feedback has altered over the life of the control?

+Questionnaire applied in St. Lucie Unit l.

2.3.12 Communications Survey 2.3.12.1 Objective The objective of the Communications Survey was to assess the degree to which various modes of communication transmission and reception used in the control room conform to the criteria identified in the attached checklist. Through the evaluation process generic discrepancies and discrepancies specific to individual commu-nication devices were identified.

2.3.12.2 Review Team Responsibilities The members of the review team included:

A human factors specialist to.conduct the checklisting, identify discrepancies, and report the survey findings.

o A senior human factors scientist to observe the system operation during an emergency drill and identify those discrepancies noted, and to assist in conducting rhyme tests.

o Communications system operators (Control Room Operator, Nuclear Plant Supervisor, and Nuclear Watch Engineers) to supply operational information and demonstrate system operations.

o Plant technicians (Instrumentation and Control and Electric Depart-ment personnel) to work closely with the Essex. Corporation researchers answering questions, providing information, and obtaining any necessary documentation for completion of this task.

2.3.12.3 Criteria Applicable criteria from NUREG-Q7QQ are listed in Appendix A.

2.3.12.4 Task Definition/Methodology The three procedures used to conduct this survey were: 1) conduct of operator interviews, 2) application of human engineering checklists, and 3) conduct of a modified rhyme test. At the time of the survey, the communications system at St. Lucie Unit 2 Control Room was not complete. However, the St. Lucie Unit 1 Control Room communications system is similar to that of the St.

Lucie Unit 2. Data (interview and rhyme test) from St. Lucie Unit 1 have been generalized to St. Lucie Unit 2. Each is discussed briefly below.

Interview The operator interviews were reviewed for identification of potential communications discrepancies. The discrepancies were then targeted for reverification in the control room and evaluated using checklist criteria.

Human Engineering Checklist The checklist, applied on-site, was concerned with the following issues: maintainability, identification, coding, operation, audibility, us-ability, and accessibility.

Operations personnel were asked specific questions about the different communi-cations systems or were asked to demonstrate the system operation and capabilities.

85

Instrumentation and control engineers and plant technicians were consulted concerning specific system capabilities (e.g., frequency ranges, power supplies, and maintenance).

Page System Rhyme Test A modified rhyme test of the Plant Page System was spontaneously conducted, based on operator interview findings. In this subtask, 15 words were spoken over the page system while the plant was in normal operating condition.

2.3.12.5 Pindings/Results Table 2.3.12-1 summarizes the Human Engineering Discrepancy findings of the Communications Survey. The results of the Communications Survey include the completed checklist and the Human Engineering Discrepancy reports documenting the identified discrepancies.

Interviews suggested intelligibility problems with the page system. Table 2.3.12-2 presents the target words used in the modified rhyme test. The test was presented, and 87% correct recognition was made of target words. These findings are considered to indicate marginal intelligibility of the instruments tested. In terms of spoken phrases, contextual cues will increase speech intelligibility dramatically. The addition of constrained language (e.g., use of phonetic alphabet) would enhance intelligibilityfurther.

86

TABLE 2.3.12-1 COMMUNICATIONSSURVEY HUMAN ENGINEERING DISCREPANCIES (HEDs)

File 8 HED u Descri tion Location 29 6.1.5.7.b.3 Lack of control room kitchen Control Room communication.

6.2.1.3.b.6 Inadequate headset storage space. Control Room 6.2.l.8.a Lack of backup communications equipment. Control Room

TABLE 2.3.12-2 MODIFIED TALKERS'S LIST FOR PAGE SYSTEM RHYME TEST Group ll DIM 12 SHED 13 TOE 10 JAR 15 SIN 16 DUG 17 SWOG 18 SEEN 19 NOT 20 WEST 21 PIT 22 BAT 23 SAY 20 DIG.

25 PAGE

2.3.13 Maintainability Survey 2.3.13.1 Qbjective The objective of the Maintainability Survey was to evaluate the adequacy-of the control room design to support maintenance activities performed by,'

operations personnel.. The survey was organized into three parts:

o Maintenance of Components with Integral Lighting o Recognition of Visual Display Failure o Spare Parts, Operating Expendables, and Tools.

2.3.13.2 Review Team Responsibilities The following personnel were required to conduct this survey: a human factors engineer, responsible for data collection and analysis and for report preparation; a control room operator, responsible for providing assistance during data collection and analysis; and an instrumentation and control technician, who was responsible for providing information and assistance during data collection and analysis, 2.3.13.3 Criteria Criteria used in this survey are summarized below.

o Lamps should be replaceable from the front of the panel (i.e.,

components should not have to be removed to replace lamp.

o Components are not susceptible to shorting out or, in the case of switches, to inadvertent activation during the process of lamp removal or replacement.

o Lamp replacement does not subject the operator to a shock hazard .

o Covers having legends, color coding, or other component-specific information are physically keyed, or some form of procedural safe-guard is provided to prevent interchanging of covers.

o If lamp replacement requires tile removal, there is a way to ensure that the tile is replaced in the correct location.

o Dual-bulb or dual-filament light assemblies are used, or bulb-test capability is provided where lamp status cannot be verified.

o Component design encourages immediate replacement of burned-out bulbs by providing for rapid and convenient bulb replacement with power on and without hazard to personnel or equipment.

o Operator aids are provided if needed for lamp replacement.

o When panel instruments such as meters fail or become inoperative, the failure is apparent to the operator (i.e., a failed meter displays an off-scale indication).

o Spare parts, such as indicator lamps, and any tools required by operating personnel are stored in suitable designated space<s) within the control room.

89

o An adequate supply of expendables and spare parts (e.g., fuses, bulbs, ink, recorder charts, printer paper, etc.) are provided.

p, Expendables and spare parts are readily accessible.

o All tools required to replenish expendables and install spare parts are available.

o There should be adequate storage space for expendables and spare parts.

o When different types, sizes, or styles of expendables and spare parts are required, they should be clearly and distinctively marked to avoid confusion or misapplication.

o Records should be maintained concerning the status of expendables and spare parts.

o The paper, ink, and other expendables required to maintain graphic recorders should be provided and accessible in the control room.

o The design of graphic recorders permit quick and easy r eplenishment of paper and ink.

o Fresh replacement batteries for walkie-talkies are accessible and well marked.

o The stock of batteries is sufficient to support continuous emergency operation of walkie-talkies.

2.3.13.0 Task Definition/Methodology The following procedures were followed to conduct this survey.

I Maintenance of Components with Integral Lighting All components having inte-gral lighting were identified. Components were organized into generic classes (e.g.,

legend switches, annunciators, etc.). Next, representative components were selected from each class for evaluation.

Maintenance procedures for lamp replacement for each sample component were reviewed and assessed. Finally, each sample component was evaluated according to the above criteria by using the checklist contained in Appendix A. Whenever necessary, the control room operator or the instrumentation and control technician demonstrated required maintenance activities.

Recognition of Visual Display Failure All visual displays were identified. Visual displays were organized into generic classes (e.g., vertical meters, strip charts etc.).

Next, representative displays from each class were selected for evaluation; and display failure modes, indications, etc., were identified by interviewing the control room operators and/or instrumentation and control technician.

90

Each sample- display was evaluated according to the above criteria using the checklist contained in Appendix A. Whenever necessary, the operator or instrumentation and control~technician simulated display failure either by disrupting the electrical signal;:

to the display, or some other means, as appropriate. Where it was impractical to simulate ~

display failure, display specifications were reviewed to determine display failure response.

Spare Parts, Operating Expendables, and Tools All control room components requiring maintenance by operations personnel in the form of replacing parts or replenishing expendables were identified. The components were organized into generic classes (e.g., transilluminated displays, graphic recorders, printers, etc.). Next, for each class of components the associated spare parts and/or operating expendables required for maintenance by operations personnel were identified and described. Information entered on the data form included:

o Component component name or designation (e.g., graphic recorder) o Type type of spare part or operating expendable (e.g., paper) o Size cubic dimensions of spare part or expendable, as stored (approximate) o Markings provisions for labeling or otherwise designating similar items to avoid confusion o Replacement frequency how often the item must be replaced (e.g.,

once per week) o Tools tools required to replace spare part or replenish expendable o Storage location where in the control room the item is stored.

Storage'losets, . lockers, etc., were also identified and described. Information entered on this form included:

o Designation name assigned to locker, closet, etc. (e.g., Storage Locker //1) o Location where in the control room the container is located o Size internal dimensions of the container o Stored items items stored in the container o Labeling bins, compartments, etc.

o Frequency of stocking schedule for restocking container.

91

The control room design was evaluated with respect to spare parts, operating expendables, and tools by using the checklist contained in Appendix A. In conducting this evaluation~it was important to consider the following:

o Adequacy of supply to determine if the supply of expendables and spare parts is adequate, one must determine the frequency with

~

which the spare part or expendable is replaced, as well as the periodicity of stock replacement (i.e., the likelihood that an item will run out before the shelves are restocked).

o Adequacy of space to determine the adequacy of storage space, one must compute the volume of all items contained in the storage space when the shelves are fully stocked.

2.3.13.5 Findings/Results The survey of integrally lighted components in the control room revealed both positive and negative features of the present system in ensuring that all bulbs on the board are operable. A positive feature is that all bulbs are replaceable from the front of the board. When tools are required, (e.g., to avoid receiving shock when changing annunciator bulbs) they are provided and easily accessible.'amp tests and/or redundant bulbs are provided on some systems such as rod control push-buttons, annunciators, the core mimic, and most legend lights and pushbuttons.

Meters and trend recorders do not have clear indications of failure. They generally fail to the highest or lowest graduation on the scale. This is not sufficient, particularly when the normal readings are at the high and low scale ranges, e.g., CONTAINMENT PRESSURE measuied in PSIG.

Although sigma meters fail high or low on a loss of signal, they fail steady when power fails. They all have green indicator lights on the scale face which illuminate when there is power to the meter. The absence of bulb illumination could only function as an indication of display failure if bulb reliability was ensured by instrumentation and control maintenance procedures.

The Analog Display System supplies the operator with a list of failed sensors and an indication of display reliability at all times. A flashing dot in the upper right corner of the screen signifies that the display is being continually updated. Absence of that dot indicates that information on the screen is not current and should not be used.

At the time the survey was peformed, facilities for the storage of operating expendables were still being planned. Conclusions on the adequacy of storage, therefore, were based on a control room floor plan supplied by Florida Power dc Light (see Figure 2.3.13-1 and Table 2.3-13-2).

92

FIGURE 2.3.13-1 LOCATION AT EXPENDABLES AND OTHER PARTS STORAGE (REFER TO TABLE 2.3.13 2)

ANALYslhs POPS Nx PROCESS COMP CASS TTR INATI Ib RECOIATINLD CONTROL PANEL AOS CASINET PUNY AVI IV RfCOMSINER CONTR. IDIO.T CONTROL PANEL fNSINE ERED WASTE MLN 6 SATE SVARO Ckfk. R YOL.

COMPVIYTE IDEE 0 306 CDNTRO'05 AVX Ya SEOVEkcf OI REACTIYITY Wlkf6 AVTO ACT SOL Cihlkfl SAYETT ILfLATEDRAO.

MDNIYDRINS PANELS hfAC'lDR ISEISMI RMS>

COOLlI'I SYSTEM C 303 CONTROL ROOM CDMM CONSOLE LOOSE CONDENSATE PihTS COOLING WAYE R M"'CC REACTOR 6 YOW SYSTEM PROT lCT IVE 303 At SYSIEM CONTR:

PARE CASLNET LO:

6 g RAO DPS TVR AINE flD IIONITORIND CONSOLE MON SfktRATOR LSTATOR TfIIPI CRT fllC AVX DOS SDI SAS CRT Dfk CONTRO; SAS COLORPRIe CARINET PUTER DDPS A PRINTfhs SEO RMS PUNT AVx PIVNTER CONTIL R.NO.Y ERIE hfPEAT PANEL Ks SR SA N 4 V CNllaDi PNE:.ETE C Sf NE RAT OR RDARO CO'SOLE PROT E Cfek

~ X CONTROL RELAY CASINET CARINEY RIST CARS M RITCNE N F 5 N FAYE ROOM 93 e

,~

Bulbs, fuses, and recorder ink will be stored undere the DDPS console. This is a convenient location. To maximize ease of accessibility, expendables should be well organized and marked to indicate their use. No provisions as yet have been made for bulb storage at the Remote Shutdown Panel.

Recorder and printer paper are changed by control room operators but are stored outside the control room in the FAN fan room. All the necessary types of chart paper are not kept in stock, as evidenced by the fact that all Foxboro strip charts have 0-100 scaled paper, regardless of what the appropriate scale is. Foxboro recorders are reported as being difficult to maintain.

Table 2.3.13-1 summarizes the Human Engineering Discrepancies identified by the Maintainability Survey.

94

TABLE 2.3.13-1 MAINTAINABILITY SURVEY HUMAN ENGINEERING DISCREPANCIES (HEDs)

Descri tion Location 6.1.1.5.(a, b) Inadequate supply of expendables. Control Room 6.1.1.5.f Inadequate bulb inventory records. Control Room 6.3.3.1.c.2 Shock hazard during lamp replacement. Control Room 6.5.3.l.a.(l, 2) Lack of lamp test. Control Room 6.5.3.1.a.3 Bulbs difficult to access for replacement. RTGB 202 6.5.3.l.c.2 Lamp covers interchangeable. RTGBs 201 and 200 6.5.0.l.f Recorder paper difficult to replace. RTGBs 203, 205, and 206

TABLE 2.3.13-2 CONTROL ROOM LAYOUT R EXPENDABLES STORAGE ITEM SIZE INCHES LOCATION DOCUMENT STORAGE A Prints, Flat File Cabinent 36 X 53 X 01 Bathroom Outside North Wall B Forms, File Cabinent 52 X 15 X 25 Bathr oom Outside North Wall C Procedures, Book Case 78 X 36 X 12 West Wall Behind RPS SPARE PARTS E Bulb, Fuses, Ink, etc. Under DDPS CONSOLE F Paper For Printers 72 X 36 X 18 In Fan Room D Stationary, Paper, Pens, etc. 72 X 36X 18 West Wall Behind RPS EMERGENCY EQUPMENT ANTI COMTAMINATION G Scott Air Pac, Protective 72 X 36 X 18 West Wall clothing, etc. Behind RPS TOOLS-H Operator's Tool Box 12X30X8 NPS Office Flashlight/Fuse Pullers Operators'esk PERSONAL STORAGE 36X 12X 12 East wall 12 Lockers 26 X 12 X 12 North Wall 60 Lockers CHART STORAGE 72 X 36 X 18 In Fan 72 X 36 X 18 Room 96

2.0 System Function and Task Analysis System Function and Task Analysis was conducted in four basic steps, as follows:

o Identify/review systems, functions, and tasks identify system functions develop task lists and Response Selection Diagrams identify event sequences to be analyzed o Analyze tasks analyze tasks for each function develop'patial-Operational Sequence Diagrams o Verify task performance capability/human engineering suitability o Validate control room functions.

Each of these steps is discussed in the following sections.

2.0.1 Identify/Review Systems, Functions, and Tasks The overall objectives of the System Function and Task Analysis were to identify and organize plant systems, functions, and operator tasks to support subsequent analysis.

Subtasks are presented below.

2.0.1.1 Identify Systems/Subsystems and System Functions The objectives of this subtask were to identify and document the plant systems and subsystems which function to operate the reactor plant and generate and distribute power. This included the systems which are represented in the control room. Once the system and subsystem boundaries were identified, the functions which are performed within a subsystem division were identified and documented.

The review team consisted of several senior operations personnel, four human factors specialists, and plant instrumentation and control engineers.

The team members reviewed the Final Safety Analysis Reports, technical specifica-.

tions, system descriptions, and other available documentation which describe the reactor plant, power generation, and power distribution systems. A preliminary systems and subsystems list was developed. The team interviewed the operations personnel using the control room photomosaic to verify/revise the system and subsystem divisions which were identified by operations personnel as governing:

o Reactor control and instrumentation systems o Safety systems o Feedwater systems o Radwaste systems 97

0 o Power generation systems o 'ower distribution systems.

The system and subsystem boundaries were identified and verified to reflect the as- >

built operational status and operating practices. The operations personnel were requested to provide, for each subsystem, the functions (or operations) of (and any operational variations associated with it) the subsystem and its components. Operational variations and the conditions under which they are employed were documented as function alternatives.

This subtask identified the major plant systems, the functions which they govern, and the subsystems of each major system. The list of system functions underwent task Analysis.

2.0.1.2 Develop Task Lists and Response=Selection Diagrams The objectives of this subtask were: l) to identify and describe motor, perceptual, and information process-ing tasks associated with performance of system and subsystem functions, 2) to identify task sequences and dependencies, and 3) to graphically depict task sequences in Response Selection Diagrams.

Through review of standard, abnormal, and emergency operating procedures and interviews with operations personnel, conditions which initiate operator tasks in relation to performing functions (initiators include alarms, routine monitoring, administrative procedures, etc.) were identified.

Also identified were the prerequisite conditions for the conduct of functions and the possible variations in the conduct of functions based on presence or absence of prerequisite conditions.

By reviewing system operating procedures and interviewing training instructors and operators, individual tasks and decision points involved in function performance were identified. Detailed descriptions of task actions were recorded in the form of Response Selection Diagrams which graphically represent task sequences and identify actions and decisions on the part of the operator.

This subtask provided Response Selection Diagrams for each control room function, depicting:

o Tasks o Task sequences o Decision points o Task dependencies o Detailed task descriptions.

98

These Response Selection Diagrams were used as initializing information for detailed analysis of tasks.

2.0.1.3'-Identify Event Sequences The objective of this subtask was to identify, +

event sequences (postulated and experienced transients) to be evaluated in the task analysis. The specific list of event sequences selected for analysis were:

o Plant Startup/Shutdown/Change in Power o Loss of Coolant Accident o Inadequate Core Cooling o Multiple Steam Generator Tube Ruptures o Failure of Auxiliary and Main Feedwater o Failure of High Pressure Reactor Coolant Make Up o Anticipated Transients Without Scrams Loss of offsite power Stuck Power-Operated Relief Valve.

2.0.2, Analyze Tasks The basic objective of this System Function and Task Analysis activity was to use the data previously generated to analyze, in detail, operator-allocated tasks for each of the functional sequences selected for analysis. Subtasks are discussed below.

2.0.2.1 Analyze Tasks for Each Function The objectives of this subtask were to analyze task requiiements to determine information requirements, control requirements, communication requirements, constraints (time, etc.) on task performance, and decisions and skills/knowledge requirements; and to document task requirements in an accessible, usable format for each task and task sequence.

The Response Selection Diagrams were used as a basis to determine detailed task requirements. Detailed task descriptions were analyzed, and for each task the following information was assembled on the Task Analysis/Response Selection Diagram form for each task:

o The required control action, if applicable (i.e., binary, multi-discrete, or continuous)

I o The control panel and the display or control code associated with the task o The display requirement, if applicable (i.e., binary, multi-discrete, or continuous scale) o Parameter ranges and control features necessary for safe plant operation 99

o Skills/knowledge demanded of the operator for task performance o

I'-

'orkload assessment.

f 2.0.2.2 Develop Spatial-Operational Sequence Diagrams The objective of this was to present sequential task accomplishment graphically on line drawings of the 'ubtask board layouts.

Using Task Analysis/Response Selection Diagram data as input, human factors engineering analysts graphically represented task sequences on panel line drawings (i.e.,

Spatial-Operational Sequence Diagrams). The procedure for generating Spatial-Operational Sequence Diagrams is as follows:

o Assemble line drawings of control board o Code components compatibly with locator codes on Task Analysis/Response Selection Diagram forms o Sequentially link control board instrumentation and displays based on Task Analysis/Response Selection Diagram data o Numerically identify links with task code numbers from Task Analysis/Response Selection Diagrams o Assemble and file Spatial-Operational Sequence Diagrams for subse-quent analysis.

The outputs and results of this subtask were Spatial-Operational Sequence Diagrams for each system and subsystem function that identify:

o Sequence of control/display use for each function o Frequency of control/display use for each function o Decision and task sequence output failure points.

With the knowledge of the original design considerations and the design and human factors trade-offs that were conducted during the plant design phase, the Operations Department performed an integral role in the determination of task requirements.

The outputs and results of this subtask were verification or identification of:

instrumentation and design requirements for performance of tasks, operator skills and knowledge required for task performance, and wor'kload assessment.

2.0.3 Verify Task Performance Capability/Human Engineering Suitability This task required further analysis and evaluation of operator-allocated tasks.

Subtasks for this task are discussed below.

100

e 2.0.3.1 Develop Functional Sequence Diagrams The objective of this subtask was to develop event-based Functional Sequence Diagrams for each event sequence listed in Section 2.0.'I:-3, above.

For each event sequence which underwent evaluation, event evolutions (courses) were identif ied.

Functional Sequence Diagrams generated from procedures represent the evolving plant and operational status ensuing after an initiating event.

The procedure for developing Functional Sequence Diagrams was as follows:

o Identify the previously defined functions and tasks as operationally sequenced in the event o Identify branch points (e.g., diagnostic decisions, etc.)

o Timeline 'operations and tasks to identify event progressions.

As Functional Sequence Diagrams were completed, sequential functions were overlaid on control room floor plans and sequentially numbered to identify and analyze control room traffic patterns. The traffic pattern analysis was conducted as follows:

o Assemble Functional Sequence Diagrams for each event o Obtain control room floor plan drawings o Sketch the traffic paths for all operators as required by the event sequence o Identify functional (operational) dependencies, as required.

Outputs of this subtask are Functional Sequence Diagrams and Traffic Diagram checklists.

2.0.3.2 Verify Human Engineering Suitability The objective of this subtask was to identify man-machine interface problems that may affect task performance, but that may not be evident in component surveys.

There are four major design issues that this subtask addressed: I) the grouping of components with respect to function, sequence, importance, and frequency-of-use crite-ria; 2) control and display integration to ensure that associated controls and displays are not dispersed and that their designs are compatible; 3) component discrimination through enhancements such as demarcation and coding techniques; and 0) panel layouts for consistency of conventions across all panels/units. Specific checklist items regarding the above issues were used as compliance standards.

The functional groups were identified in the system and subsystem definition of Task l. The extent to which functional groups/systems/subsystems define an appropriate 101

functional group with respect to operational requirements was then assessed using the Spatial-Operational Sequence Diagrams. These diagrams identify: 1) the components which are involved in carrying out the subsystem functions, 2) the sequence of component use, and 3) the associated controls and displays for a particular action. In addition, by identifying corresponding functions between control panels and units, where applicable, location and sequence aspects of the layout consistency were assessed. The checklist items (Appendix A) were applied to each Spatial-Operational Sequence Diagram sheet, and discrepancies were noted. All the Spatial-Operational Sequence Diagrams involving a discrepant component were analyzed with respect to the component's frequency-of-use and importance as determined in Subtask 2.4.4.

2.4.4 Validate Control Room Functions The objective of this task was to: 1) estimate the importance and frequency-of-use for equipment, and 2) verify the availability of required instrumention and controls in the control room.

2.4.4.1 Develop Frequency and Importance Data The objective of this subtask was to determine both importance and frequency-of-use data for equipment used in task sequences and selected plant events.

Based on: 1) event sequences, 2) normal operating procedures (e.g., startup), and

3) frequency estimates of nonprocedurally-bound operations (e.g., Boron control, annun-ciator responses, etc.), frequency data for equipment use is estimated. The procedure for estimating task frequency was as follows:

1. Determine an estimate of the frequency of implementation of normal operating procedures (e.g., start-up, shutdown, change in power) by interviewing senior operations personnel.

2. Similarily, determine estimates of the frequency of nonprocedurally-bound operations (e.g., boration, volume control, etc.) for each function.

3. Assemble data on form.

4. Develop a frequency table for function call-up.

5. Develop frequency estimation for each instrument/control/

communication requirement based upon estimated frequency-of-function execution.

6. Sort and store frequency data.

Using a similar technique, indication of equipment importance was identified by weighting the importance of the events shown on frequency data form and then summing the weighted frequencies of equipment uses in function callups.

102

The outputs and results of the subtask were estimated frequency-of-use and importance data for control room equipment by event/operation.

2.0.0.$ ;Verification of Equipment Availability The objectives of this subtask '~

were to identify availability (presence) of required instrumentation and controls in the control room to support performance of system functions, and to identify potentially extraneous control room equipment.

The basic criteria for the subtask were: 1) the control and display designs should match the task needs and operators'apabilities, 2) frequently required or important instrumentation or controls should be located in the control room, and 3) infrequently used or unimportant instrumentation should be excluded from the control room inventory.

The Task Analysis/Response Selection Diagrams were compared with the Functional Sequence Diagrams to identify the equipment requirements. To identify any deficient areas, the results were then compared to the control room inventory list representing the present equipment capabilities and characteristics. All equipment was evaluated for its appropriateness to operating requirements using the checklist (see Appendix A).

The calculated frequency-of-use data was examined to identify equipment with very high or very low frequency of use. Lists were prepared for infrequently used equipment located in the control room and frequently used equipment located outside of the control room. These lists were also annotated with the assessment of the component's importance to operations as previously developed.

The outputs and results of this subtask include: 1) a list of required control room equipment located external to the control room, 2) a list of infrequently used equipment located in the control room, and 3) a list of discrepancies based on Task Analysis of the equipment requirements and the present control room inventory.

2.0.5 Findings/Results Approximately 06 Human Engineering Discrepancies which are summarized on Table 2.0.5.-1 were noted during the Task Analysis. In general the St. Lucie Unit 2 Control Room was found to afford acceptable operability.

103

TABLE 2.4.5-1 TASK ANALYSIS HUMAN ENGINEERING DISCREPANCIES (HEDs)

Pile I HED 8 Descri tion Location l~ 2, 3, 4 6.5.l.l.b Inadequate information. Control Room 14 6.5.1.2.b Displayed information must be converted. RTGB 202 6.8.1.l.a Lack of control functional grouping. Remote Shutdown Panel 6.8.1.1.b Lack of component functional grouping. RTGBs 202 and 206 6, 7, 8, 9 6.&.l.l.c Lack of grouping by frequency of use. RTGBs 201, 203, and 204 10, 11, 12 6.&.1.2 Panel not laid out according to frequency RTGBs 2,05 and 206 of use.

21 6.8.2.2.b Unconventional control/display sequence. RTGB 206 24 6.8.2.4.a Lack of position standardization. RTGB 202, Remote Shutdown Panel 26, 27 6.8.3.2.b Long arrays of meters with no demarcation. RTGBs 201 and 203 6.9.l.l.a Lack of control/display proximity. RTGBs 205 and 206 6.9.2.1.a Improper component grouping. RTGB 202 6.9.2.2.a Inconsistent control/display arrangement. Radiation Monitoring Panel 5, 6, 7 6.9.2.2.a.l Display not above control. RTGBs 201 and 205

TABLE 2.0.5-I TASK ANALYSIS HUMAN ENGINEERING DISCREPANCIES (HEDs)

File II HED 8 Descri tion Location 8,9, 10 6.9.2.2.d Misleading control/display arrangement. RTGBs 20l and 205 ll 6.9.3.l.a.3 Improper control/display integration. HVAC

3.0 IMPLEMENTATION The objectives of this phase are: 1) preparation of schedules for implementation of selected backfits, 2) develop standardized backfit solutions, 3) present justification for not correcting certain discrepancies and 4) provide current status of implementation program.

3.1 DEVELOP BACKFIT SCHEDULES Backfit implementation programs were prepared as human engineering discrepancies were identified, documented, and assessed.

Scheduling of human engineering discrepancy backfits were a function of:

o Human engineering discrepancy priority o Engineering and procurring lead time requirements and constraints o Overall plant outage schedules.

Schedules will be periodically reviewed and updated as part of the implementation program.

3.1.1 PHASE 3 ENHANCEMENT AND DESIGN SOLUTIONS PROPOSED BACKFIT CORRECTIVE ACTION The basic procedure employed in identifying and selecting enhancements and design solutions is based on Figure 3-1.

1. Analysis of correction by enhancement

2. Analysis of correction by design alternat'ives

3. Assess extent of correction.

4 3.1.2 ANALYSIS OF CORRECTION BY ENHANCEMENT Discrepancies selected for correction were first examined for possible correction by enhancement (labeling, demarcation, procedure aids, etc.). Each human engineering discrepancy is considered and, where such correction is possible, the discrepancy was reassessed for its effect on operator performance. As appropr iate, human engineering discrepancies can be reevaluated via checklisting and task analysis until human factors engineering suitability is verified.

Where it was determined that correction by enhancement was not possible, the discrepancy was analyzed for correction by design alternatives (see Figure 3-2).

106

3.1.3 ANALYSIS OF CORRECTION BY DESIGN ALTERNATIVE Identification of design alternatives was achieved by the examination of the human engineering discrepancy, reference to task analysis data, and identification of potential constraints (e.g.,

availability of equipment, Reg. Guide 1.75, etc.) and was dispositioned by taking into account plant safety, design restrictions, operator performance, and cost effectiveness. The acceptability of design alternatives will be verified by further evaluation using the following:

o Functional analysis o Task analysis o Reapplication of appropriate checklists.

Figure 3-3 presents'the general activity involved in analysis of correction by design alternative.

3.1.4 EXTENT OF CORRECTION For all human engineering programs implemented or discrepancies selected for correction by design alternatives, extent of correction (by enhancement or redesign) will undergo evaluation.

To achieve the assessment, a simple reapplication of program guidelines and verification of human factors engineering suitability will be perfor med. Figure 3-4 is the form used to document extent of correction assessments. In cases where a generic program is consistantly implemented, ie. labeling, color coding, etc. only a sample of enhancements will be re-evaluated for extent of correction since the results will be the same in all cases. Correction assessments will occur as part of the implementation program since the full extent of enhancements cannot be evaluated until a sample survey of field implementation is made.

107

HUMAN ENGINEERING DISCREPANCIES TO BE ANALYZED FOR CORRECTION (FROM THE HED SELECTION PROCESS)

ANALYSIS FOR CORRECTION BY ENHANCEMENT CORRECT WITH YES ENHANCEMENT?

NO DESIGN AND VERIFY ANALYSIS TO IDENTIFY DESIGN IMPROVEMENT ALTERNATIVES AND SELECT RECOMMENDED SOLUTION IMPLEMENT AND DOCUMENT

~ =-

FUNCTION ANALYSIS

~ ALLOCATION I MAN MACHINE

~ VERIFY AI.LOCATION -- -WI

~ SELECT PREFERRED DESIGN ALTERNATIVE

~ VALIDATE DESIGN -->>--- ~ I Not Fully SCHEDULE Corrected Corrected IMPLEMENTATION JUSTIFY ASSESS EXTENT OF CORRECTION AND DOCUMENT DOCUMENT Partially .

Corrected JUSTIFY SCHEDULE DOCUMENT AND DOCUMENT IMPLEMENTATION FIGURE 3-1 ASSESSMENT: SELECTION OF DESIGN IMPROVEMENT 108

FlGURE 82 FLOW FOR CORRECTiON OF HEDS BY ENHANCMENT CONS}DER ENHANCEMENT ALTERNATlVES REEVALUATE lJalng 0700 guldellnes HED HED RESOLYED NO Ustng NUREQ 0801 and 0700 ERROR yES ASSESSMENT

~2 HED SELECT KD FOR CORRECTlON IY DESION ALTERNATlYES DETAlLKD Detailed design proc~a, ENHANCEMENT using 0700 guldellnes srhere DES}GN, approprtate, ss des}gn lMPLEMENTAT}ON require manta AND DOCUMENTAT}ON 109

RGURE'3-S PROCESS FOR ANALYZINGHED DESIGN ALTERNATIVES REVIEW SYSTEM FUNCTIONS AND TASK ANALYNS IDENTIFY ALTERNATIVES EVALUATE ALTERNATIVES NO HED NO LTERNATIV YES ENHANCEMENT RESOLVED EXHAUSTED SOLUTIONS 2 POSSIBLE NO N

HEOe JUSTIFY NTRODUCE 4 DOCUMENT DESIQN NO FEASIBLE NQINEERINQ 2

SCHEDULE IMPLEMENT DOCUMENT 110

FIGURE 34 HED BACKFIT ASSESSMENT'ED NO.

PROPOSED ISlPLEMENTED IENHANCEMENT SACKFIT SACKFIT a) LABELING I) b) DEMARCATION b) c) CODING c) d)PROCEDURES d)

.e) TRAINING o)

II DESIGN ALTERNATIVES b) REPLACEMENT')

I) RELOCATION c) CONFORMANCE TO PROCESS CONVENTION c) e)

d) RELOCATION OF FUNCTION d)

REASSESSMENT OF PROBABLE ERROR AND DEVIATION

1. EXTENT OF DEVIATION NIA SOME COMPLETE FROM 0700 GUIDELINES

2. ERROR ASSESSMENT LOW HIGH 1 DEV ~ 0? RESOLVED SIGNOFF: HEPM DATE:

NO 2.ERROR ASSESSMENT RESOLVED 0>

REDESlGN SACKFlT 111

3.2 HUMAN ENGINEERING BACKFIT PROGRAM 3.2.1. LABELING As a result of the Detailed Control Room Design Review performed on St. Lucie Unit No. 2, 7 of the findings (summarized in table 3.2-1) identified, remain to be implemented as part of an ongoing labeling effort at the St. Lucie site.

The labeling program developed at the St. Lucie site is described in Florida Power dc Light site Administrative Procedure No. 0010137.

The subject administrative procedure was developed using NUREQ-0700 to establish criteria for:

o Light height o Label configuration, i.e., number of lines of print per label o Label borders and space between lines o Font characteristics Administrative Procedure No. 0010137 provides:

o Guidelines for the preparing, revising, and fabrication of labels for use in the control room and related areas.

o A dictionary of standard abbreviations and acronyms to be used as a reference in control room labels and procedures.

The following is a list of the remaining findings to be corrected by the ongoing labeling effort. The findings are listed by section number as they relate to NUREG-0700 and file number as they relate to FPRL's tracking system. A more detailed listing along with descriptions of each line item presented in Section 3.5 of this report.

SECTION NO. FILE NOS.

6 6 15~17)18~20)23~26~29 112

3.2.2. DEMARCATION As a result of the Detailed Control Room Design Review performed on St. Lucie Unit No. 2, all findings identified, as requiring demarcation were corrected as a result of the preliminary control room design review effort.

A set of guidelines was developed to provide general guidance for designing and intergrating demarcation along with summary labels and mimic coding. The demarcation guide lines ensure that the final product maintains:

o Simplicity of design o Intergration of summary labels o Use of mimics where beneficial to the operator and current panel space permits.

The final demarcation design selected was developed using task requirements, system/functional relationship, and operating experience on St. Lucie Unit No. 2.

The demarcation was coordinated with the r elabeling program and was completed as part of the preliminary Control Room Design Review effort.

113

3.2.3. ANNUNCIATOR REVIEW As a result, of the Detailed Control Room Design Review performed on St. Lucie Unit No. 2, 3 of the findings (summarized in table 3.2-1) identified, remain to be corrected as part of the ongoing Annunciator Review Program.

The Annunciator Review Program will address the following points to resolve the subject findings:

o Re-engraving of alarm windows to alleviate:

Congested tiles Incomplete messages Confusing messages Addition of new tiles Standarization of abbreviations o Prioritization of alarms by color coding o Review of alarm windows to identify those with multiple inputs requiring reflash capability o Review of alarm location with regard to associated controls o Review of annunciators to identify those common alarms which could be combined into catagory alarms.

Annunciator engraving specifications, prioritization coding and abbreviation list are contained in the St. Lucie site Administrative Procedure 0010137.

The following is a list of the remaining findings to be corrected by the ongoing Annunciator Program. The findings are listed by section number as they relate to NUREG-0700 and file number as they relate to FPRL's tracking system. A more detailed listing along with descriptions of each line item is presented in Section 3.5 of this report.

SECTION NO. FILE NOS.

6.1 16 6.3 3,4 114

3.2.4. CODING CONVENTION As a result of the Detailed Control Room Design Review performed on St. Lucie Unit No. 2, 2 of the findings (as summarized in table 3.2-1) identified remain to be corrected as part of the established coding convention effort.

The coding conventions implemented in the St. Lucie Unit No. 2 Control Room are identified in FPRL's St. Lucie Site Administrative Procedure 0010137 and are consistant with the standards developed during the Preliminary Control Room Design Review effort. The subject coding conventions are applied to:

o Indicator lights o Push buttons o Mimics o Power trains o Meter scales o Automatic actuation signals o Control handles The following is a list of the remaining findings to be corrected by application of the developed coding conventions.

The findings are listed by section number as they relate to NUREG-0700 and file number as they relate to FPRL's tracking system. A more detailed listing along with descriptions of each line item is presented in Section 3.5 of this report.

SECTION NO. FILE NOS.

6.3 6.8 14 115

3.2.5. ENGINEERING INTERGRATION REVIEW As a result of the Detailed Control Room Design Review performed on St. Lucie Unit No. 2 there are 16 of the findings (as summarized in Table 3.2-1)'dentified as requiring design changes remaining to be implemented and/or engineering review completed and final dispositioning assigned.

Of the 16 findings remaining in this catagory 13 have been dispostion for design enhancement corrective action and will be implemented during the units first refueling outage.

The remaining 3 require additional engineering review with regard to design alternatives taking into account qualification of equipment, common operational concerns between the St. Lucie Site Control Rooms, coordination of construction support requirements and availability of equipment/materials. The remaining engineering review items will be dispositioned by July 30, 1984.

The following is a list of the Findings currently scheduled for implementation during St. Lucie Unit No. 2's first refueling outage.

SECTION NO. FILE NO.

6.1 22,26 6.4 6.5, 7,46,53,62 6.8 5,7,9,16,21 6.9 The following is a list of the findings scheduled to have their evaluations and dispositioning completed by July 30, 1984. The results of the subject Engineering Intergration Review will be reported to Nuclear Regulatory Commission Human Factors Branch by August 30, 1984 for their review of Florida Power and Light companiew proposed dispositioning.

SECTION NO. FILE NO.

6.5 9 6.7 10 Continued on next page.

116

6.8 A brief description of the subject findings and proposed design enhancement follows for,.those human engineering descrepancies which are currently scheduled to be implemented during the units first refueling outage. In addition a detailed listing along with descriptions of each line item is presented in Section 3.5 of this report.

117

~ ~

Findin s: (Section 6.1, File No. 22)

~ ~

HED No. 6.1.5.1a)

~ ~ ~

The air source to the remote shutdown panel room is the outside air.

The remote shutdown panel room has no provision for temperature and humidity control thus the subject room environment exceeds the confort zone specified in NUREG-0700.

~Res onse: (Section 6.1, File No. 22)

A wall mounted airconditioner will be provided for the remote shutdown panel room. The subject airconditioner will be provided with a vital AC electrical feed.

Installation of the airconditioning unit will be completed during the units'irst refueling outage.

~ ~

Findin s: (Section 6.1, File No. 26)

~ ~

HED NO. 6155b)

~

The fans on the bottom of the RPS produce excessive noise in the primary control area. They produce 69 db(A) when measured at the communications console, which is 4 db(A) above the maximum recommended 65 db(A). The fans themselves contribute 9.6 db(A) to the ambient sound level, most of which is in the 250-4k Hz octave bands.

These are the frequencies usually used .for alarms. The fans, therefore, pose a possible alarm masking problem. (The subject sound levels were taken prior to installation of the Control Room carpet.)

~Res onse: (Section 6.1, File No. 26)

Control Room carpeting has been added and the sound level readings at the communications console are 65 db(A).

Currently Florida Power and Light Company is working with Combustion Engineering to reduce the noise contributed by the subject fans. The engineering resolution is scheduled to be completed by January, 1984 and implementation during the unit's first refueling outage.

118

Findin s: (Section 6.4, Pile No. 6)

~ ~

HED No. 6.4.2.1)

~ ~ ~

A number of isolation switches are located throughout the plant which have two position lables: isolate and normal. Some have isolate on the left and some have isolate on the right.

~Res onse: (Section 6.4, File No. 6)

The subject finding is being field verified and those transfer switches which do not meet plant convention will be corrected no later than the unit's first refueling outage.

~

Findin s: (Section 6.5, File No. 7)

~ ~

HED No. 6.5.1.1e1)

~ ~ ~

SmaQ horizontal meters associated with rotary controls throughout the Control Room do no have signal limitters. Once the indicator reaches 100 percent if the control is still held in the increase/open position, the meter will go to zero and start moving to the 100 percent position again.

~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No. 7)

The subject finding is currently being reviewed by engineering and field operating personel and will be corrected during the unit's 1st refueling outage.

119

~ ~ ~

Findin s: (Section 6.5, File No. 9)

~ ~

HED No. 6.5.l.lf)

~ ~ ~

Sigma meters fail steady with a loss of power and fail high or low with a loss of signal. Since some meters normally read off scale low, meter failure is not readily apparent. All lights on the meter face go out with a loss of power so this failure is apparent even though the pointer is on scale. All GE meters fail to the lowest graduation mark rather than off scale.

~Res onse: (Sectioh 6.5, File No. 6)

No system or equipment is intentionally operated such that it' indication reads off scale. Any such operation usually results in equipment damage. In the case where indicators read zero or the pointers are at the botton of the scale, it is usually because the equipment is not running, the sump is dry, there is no level in the tank, etc. Operators maintain hourly logs of vital equipment status and in addition normal operating bands have been added to selected displays. iMost equipment with Sigma display status also have alarm set points associated with it, which in the event a signal loss caused the indicator to read zero the operator could easely identify the trouble area and take the necessary corrective action. For the safegards equipment which is not normally running periodic surveillance testing is performed to demonstrate equipment operability. Florida Power and Light Company feels that there is sufficient information available to control room operating personel to allow them to quickly identify display or signal failure verses equipment failure. Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

~F(ndin s: (Section 6.5, File No. 46)

Removal of the indicating light covers on the Aux. Feedwater control switches on control panel 202 is blocked by the control switch handles located above them. These control handles are all normally in the middle position, making it impossible to remove the lights with-out turning the handle.

~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No. 46)

The subject control switches will be replaced wih thumbswitches no later than the units first refueling outage.

120

Findin s: (Section 6.5, File No. 53)

HED No. 6.5.4.lf)

The strip charts with the colored tape indicator rather than a pointer have sharp bottom edges which can cut the fingers of an operator trying to pull out the recorder to change the paper.

~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No. 53)

Operators should exercise care when changing chart paper internal recorder gears, springs, etc. all pose a potential scratch or cut hazzard due to square edges.

A plant work order will be issued and the sharp edges reported on the Foxboro recorders will be polished smooth.

Findin s: (Section 6.5, File No. 62)

~ ~

HED No. 6.5.5.2c)

~ ~ ~

CEA Group projection displays have poor character to background contrast ratio (less than 15:1). There is generally very poor contrast and the displays are difficult to read, even under DC lighting.

~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No. 62)

Engineering is reviewing the replacement/modification for ease of maintenance of the subject displays. Engineering recommendations for replacement/modification of the subject displays will be complete by January, 1984 with implementation during the units'st refueling outage.

121

Pindin s: (Section 6.7, File No. 10)

~ ~

HED No. 6.7.3.1d)

~ ~ ~

The sequence of events printer is a teletype and has a speed of approximately 12 lines per minute, much less than the recommended 300 lines per minute. In addition the printer is very loud and would be quite distracting during a transient.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.7, File No. 10)

As a result of the preliminary Control Room design review a sound enclosure was provided for the sequence of events printer, and a quieter printer installed. Engineering is currently reviewing the need for a larger printer buffer or faster printer. Engineering resolution and dispositioning is scheduled to be complete by January, 1984.

~

Pindin s: (Section 6.8, File No. 1)

~ ~

HED No. 6.8.1.l.a)

~ ~ ~

The reactor coolant system letdown pressure (HIC 2201) and letdown level (HIC 2110) controllers are on a panel by themselves away from the remote shutdown panel. They should be operated while monitoring pressurizer pressure and level, which are on the remote shutdown panel.

~Res onse: (Section 6.8, File No. 1)

The subject controls are used to maintain the unit in cold shutdown.

The remote shutdown panel is provided such that in the event of Control Room inaccessibility the unit can be brought to hot shutdown.

Presently Plorida Power and Light Company is reviewing the relocation of the subject controllers and will have an Engineering dispostion by January, 1984.

122

~

Findin s: (Section 6.8, File No. 5)

~ ~

HED No. 6.8.1.1b)

~ ~ ~

On panel 206 unrelated displays have been placed between related displays for CCW from shutdown, CCW from Fuel Pool, and Containment Spray. The functional grouping of related displays is confusing.

~Res onse: (Section 6.8, File No. 6)

The component cooling water displays are clearly labeled, demarcated and consistantly grouped. The displays are arranged in a consistant manner which agrees with their associated control configuration and can be easily identified by Control Room operation personel. Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item.

jl

2) The containment spray displays are scheduled to be reviewed as part of control board 206 rework scheduled for the first refueling outage. Engineering recommendation and resolution will be complete by January, 1984.

~ ~

Findin s: (Section 6.8, File No. 7)

~ ~

HED No. 6.8.1.l.c)

~ ~ ~

It would be desirable to have the following control and displays located in the control room:

Auxiliary Building Dampers D5A and B, D6A and B, D9A and B, D12A and B.

2) City Water Storage Tank Level

3) Waste, Gas Tank Pressure

4) Shutdown Cooling Level (RCS Level Cold Level)

5) Liquid Waste Tank Level

6) Controls for LPSI Pump A and B Recirculation Valves 3204 and 3205. (manual valves)

~Res onse: (Section 6.8, File No. 8)

A review was made of the operator requirements and control functions associated with the above control and displays. It was determined that for operator verification purposes the indicating lights associated with item 1 above will be added to the heating ventilation control panel in the Control Room during the unit's first refueling outage.

The other above controls and displays are not associated with any operator control function in the Control Room and Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action.

123

Findin s: (Section 6.8, File No. 9)

~ ~

HED No. 6.8.1.l.c)

~ ~ ~

These controls and displays have a "zero" frequency of use and may have no value or usage in the control room. Extraneous components should not be located in prime operating area.

1) Generator KWH x 1000

2) 6.9 KUA Bus 2A1 and 2B1 KWH x 10

3) 4.16 KVA Bus 2A2 and 2B2 KWH x 10

4) Diesel Generator 2A and 2B KWH x 1

5) Requested Megawatt

6) Reactor Coolant Temperature Test Jacks

7) Vibration Phase Angle

8) Eccentricity Phase Angle

9) CEA Group 8

~Res onse: (Section 6.8, Pile No. 9)

All the above displays will be removed during the units'st r efueling outage except for item 7,8 and 9 above. Items 7 and 8 are used during unit startup and item 8 is an integral part of the CEA display on control board 204.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

~ ~

Findin s: (Section 6.8, File No. 16)

~ ~

HED No. 6.8.2.lc)

~ ~ ~

On panel 205, a normal blending operation would involve the use of the Boric Acid makeup pump 2A, the Boric Acid makeup flow valve, the reactor makeup water stop valve, and the reactor makeup flow valve as well as displays for Boric Acid flow, reactor makeup water flow and volume control tank level. These controls and displays are not logically grouped to perform this operation.

~Res onse: (Section 6.8, File No. 16)

As a result of the detailed Control Room Review effort control panel 205 arrangement was reviewed and some control display changes were identified which would enhance the subject control board layout.

The final review and control display layout will be finalized by January, 1984 and scheduled for implemtation during the. units first refueling outage.

124

Findin s: (Section 6.8, File No. 21)

~

HED No. 6.8.2.2.b)

~ ~ ~

The below components are not located in their proper mechanical trains.

1. Shutdown Cooling Loop 2B Isolation Valve

2. Shutdown Cooling Loop 2A Isolation Valve

3. High Pressure Safety Injection Pump 2B Header Pressure

4. High Pressure Safety Injection Loop 2B1/2B2 Flow

5. High Pressure Safety Injection to Hot Leg Loop 2B Flow

6. Low Pressure Safety Injection Header 2B Pressure

7. High Pressure Safety Injection Pump 2A Header Pressure

8. High Pressure Safety Injection Loop 2A2/2A1 Flow

9. High Pressure Safety Injection to Hot Leg Loop 2A Flow

10. Low Pressure Safety Injection Header 2A Pressure t

~Res onse: (Section 6.8, File No. 21)

Currently Florida Power AND Light Company is scheduling the rework of control board 206 during the units first refueling outage. The control board rework will arrange the subject controls and displays in a left to right ascending numeric/alphabetic order as previously submitted to the Nuclear Regulatory Commission Human Factors Engineering Branch under cover letter L-83-145 dated March ll, 1983.

~

Findin s: (Section 6.9, File No. 6)

~ ~

HED No. 6.9.2.2a1)

~ ~ ~

Letdown displays on control board 205 are not located directly above their associated controls. The corresponding display is located above the adjacent control i.e. temperature display located above letdown level control and letdown flow display located above letdown temperature control.

~Res onse: (Section 6.9, File No. 6)

Re-arrangement of the subject displays is scheduled to be performed during the unit's first refueling outage.

125

3.2.6. ADMINISTRATIVEAND TRAINING As a result of the Detailed Control Room Design Review performed on St. Lucie Unit No. 2, 3 findings (summarized in table 3.2-1) identified remain to be incorporated in to site administrative procedures and/or the operator training program.

The following is a list of the remaining findings still to be incorporated. The findings are listed by section number as they relate to NUREG-0700 and file number as they relate to FPdcL's tracking system. A more detailed listing along with descriptions of each line item is presented in Section 3.5 of this report.

SECTION NO. PILE NOS.

6.1 20 6.6 33 6.7 126

REMRiHRSliRiRiiHRRlil

~ RHWWHRRW%

'HHWHHKWR WHHWRHR&R I

RRRRRRRHR 585%555%RRRRMRWW

3.3 WRITTEN JUSTIFICATION/NO CORRECTIVE ACTION INTENDED 3.3.1 LOW ERROR ASSESSMENT As a result of the Detailed Control Room Design Review and Human Engineering Descrepancy Review Team meetings on St.

Lucie Unit No. 2 there are 70 findings (summarized in table 3.2-

1) which were identified as requiring no corrective action. These items are presented in detail along with Florida Power and Light Company's justification for taking no corrective action on these items.

The following is a list of findings by section number as they relate to NUREG-0700 and file numbers as they relate to FPRL's tracking system. A complete listing of all items along with a brief descriptions of each line item is presented in Section 3.5 of this report.

SECTION NO. FILE NOS.

~12,13,17,21,24,27,28,29 6.2 5,7 6.3 1,5,6,8,11 6.4 3242521 1213215218220 6.5 125262 1 022023323523623925426026 1 6.6 14,27,30 6.7 1222526>72829211212213214215216217 218 6.8 22324210211212215217219224225 6.9 2,4,5,8 128

~ ~

Findin s: (Section 6.1, File No. 5)

~ ~

HED No. 6.1.1.3b)

~ ~ ~

The arrangement of the communications and computer consoles and operator desk are not optimum because they persent an obstruction to the control boards due to their length. Since there are spaces between these consoles access to the control board is not completely blocked.

~Res onse: (Section 6.1, File No. 6)

The current desk and console layout was reviewed by Engineering, Human Factors Review Group and Operations personnel prior to their instaQation. The current design best optimizes equipment placement, work surface requirements, communication requirements and control board access. Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

n

~

Findin s: (Section 6.1, File No. 8)

~ ~

HED No. 6.1.1.5b)

~ ~ ~

Chart and printer paper are not readily accessable to Control Room operators even though operators are responsible for maintaining paper in recorders and printers. Paper is stored in the fan room located on the south side of the kitchen.

~Res onse: (Section 6.1, File No. 8)

Printer paper and chart paper are provided with red runout lines thus providing the operator with an indication of remaining paper supply in the subject instrument. The Control Room operators do have immediate access to the subject supplies which are located in the Control Room security area and at their convience can service the subject instrument. Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

129

Findin s: (Section 6.1, File No. 12)

HED No. 6.1.2.2b(1))

Controls outside 5th% female extended functional reach as outlined in NUREG-0700.

Letdown Pressure Control Valve in Control Board 205 (Rotary Control)

2. ESFAS Bypass Status Board on Control Board 205 (Pushbutton)

3. Reactor Coolant Loop Temperature Displays on Control Board 203 (Pushbut ton).

4, High Power Trip Reset on Control Board 204 (Pushbutton)

5. 125 Volt DC Bus Ties on Control Board 201 (Key Switches)

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.1, File No. 12)

A field walk down of the above items was performed on March 8, 1983 with Florida Power and Light Company representatives from operations (including a 5th% female operator), Engineering and Human Factors Review Team representatives from Essex Corporation. The field survey results verified that the 5th% female could reach and operate all the above controls without bending or excessive stretching except for the 125 volt D.C. bus tie trapped key switches located on control board 201.

The subject key operated switches are only used in the event of a DC ground, in which case the subject bus ties would have to be reconfigured.

A step stool is provided in the Control Room for use by the 5th% female operator so that she can easely reach the 125 volt DC bus tie key switches. No further action is intended by Florida Power and LIght Company.

130

Findin s: (Section 6.1, File No. 13)

HED No. 6.1.2.2b(l))

All controls on the vertical section of the control boards and the top row of controls on the bench board (5") are not within the 5% female functional reach.

Condenser Vacuum Breaker Valve on Control Board 201 (Rotary)

2. Aux. Feedwater Manual Initiation on Control Board 202 (Rotary)

3. CSAS, SIAS, RAS, MSIS, CIAS (Rotary, Puchbutton, Key Switches) on Control Board 206.

4, High Power Trip Reset on Control Board 204 (Pushbutton)

5. Reactor Trip on Control Board 204 (Pushbutton)

6. Reactor Trip on Turbine Trip on Control Board 201 (Pushbutton)

~Res onse: (Section 6.1, File No. 13)

A field walkdown of the above items was performed on March 8, 1983 with Florida Power and Light Company representatives from operations (including a 5% female operator), Engineering and Human Factors Review Team representatives from Essex Corporation. The field survey results verified that the 5th% female could reach all the above controls without bending or excessive stretching. No further action is intended by Florida Power and Light Company.

Findin s: (Section 6.1, File No. 17)

~ ~

HED No. 6.1.2.3g)

~ ~ ~

Four inches of foot room should be provided for the seated operator at the operators console.

~Res onse: (Section 6.1, File No. 17)

An Essex Corporation Human Factors Team representative assisted Florida Power and Light Company Engineers with the antroprometric design of the operators console. Foam core full scale models were built in the Control Room prior to final design and fabrication. Florida Power and Light Company feels that the writting surface extends far enough (approx.

25 inches) to provide adequate leg room for seated operators at the subject console and intends no further action.

131

~

Findin s: (Section 6.1, File 21)

~

HED No. 6.1.4.1i)

~ ~ ~

There is a lack of written procedures for doffing, donning and controlling protective equipment.

~Res onse: (Section 6.1, File 21)

All site personel required to work in radiation areas as well as those who are required to use resperators and work in radiation areas are trained in their use and receive periodic requalification training. The training requirements and frequency are consistant with Federal and site rquirements.

The site Health Physics Group is responsible for controlling and maintaining those protective equipment stations required on site.

Florida Power and Light Compnay maintains that the existing administrative controls and inplace training requirements for site radiation training are adequate and intends no further action on this item.

~ ~

Findin s: (Section 6.1, File No. 24)

~ ~

HED No. 6.1.5.3b)

~ ~ ~

There are large variations of illumination level between bench boards and vertical panel areas and between the primary operating panels and the auxiliary panels.

~Res onse: (Section 6.1, File No. 24)

The error assessment associated with this finding is low. In any environment which is illuminated from over head, no mater what type of diffuser is used, the incendent light levels on the vertical section of panels will always be lower than the incident light levels on the horizontal sections on the same panel. The Control Room lighting must provide adequate light for operation of the plant under three conditions:

1) Normal operating - All AC lights available,

2) Emergency; "A" vital AC lights and "B" Battery Lights,

3) Emergency; "B" vital AC lights and "B" Battery lights.

Under the previously identified conditions the subject Control Room light levels are adequate in all areas i.e. greater than 20 foot candles for normal lighting and greater than 10 foot candles for emergency lighting.

Florida Power and Light Company feels that the presently existing lighting systems and configurations provide adequate light levels for the Control Room operators and intends no further action.

132

~

Findin s: (Section 6.1, File No. 27)

~

~ ~

HED No. 6.1.5.6a)

~ ~ ~

There will be sixty lockers for the operations staff but more than sixty people who need them. In addition, the lockers will be located behind the ESFAS logic cabinets which will require aQ operations personel to walk through the primary operating area to use them.

Resesonse: (Section 6.1, File No. 22)

There are no requirements to provide for storage of personal effects in the Control Room. The subject lockers are provided for the convience of operations shift personal and there is an adequate supply of lockers for shif t personal. The operating shif t complement is normally five individuals who normally conduct their work activities in the Control Room and/or in the plant proper. Shift operators other than Control Room operators have storage lockers located at their work stations.

Florida Power and Light Company feels that the traffic generated by use of the subject lockers is not disruptive to plant operation since this traffic would exist as part of normal shift routine as well as during shift turnover.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no corrective action with regard to this item.

~

Findin s: (Section 6.1, File No. 28)

~ ~

HED No. 6.1.5.7b(z)

~ ~ ~

'Restroom and eating failities should be used only by Control Room operators when the facilities are located inside the Control Room isolation boundary. The facilities at St. Lucie 2 will be used by all operations personel. This may not be a problem in the kitchen since it is large. There is only one restroom, however, and since it will be used by both men and women, non Control Room operators should use other restrooms located throughout the plant.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.1, File No. 26)

The facilities provided with in the Control Room isolatin boundary are provided for Control Room operations personel. However, it is understandable that on occasion field operation personal may have a need to relieve themselves while performing a task in the Control Room proper. Florida Power and Light Company feels the facilities are adequate and to date there have been no complaints from operations personel as to the availability of comfort facilities. Florida Power and Light Company intends no corrective action with regard to this item.

133

Findin s: (Section 6.1, File No. 29)

~ ~

HED No. 6.1.5.7b3)

~ ~ ~

The kitchen is not provided with an intercom so that operators in there may be contacted by the operator in the Control Room. View of the kitchen is blocked by the line repeat panel and there is no means of communication other than yelling.

~Res onse: (Section 6.1, File No. 29)

The Control Room is staffed with at least the minimum required shift complement at all times. This staffing complement is adequate for all normal and off normal operating conditions. For Control Room operating personal to leave the main Control Room operating area they must be properly relieved.

Florida Power and Light Company feels that the existing page party line system provides ample communications and area coverage and intends no action on this item.

~

Findin s: (Section 6.2, File No. 5)

~

~ ~

HED No. 6.2.2.3d)

~ ~ ~

The nine or more auditory codes exceeds the recommended limitation of seven.

~Res onse: (Section 6.2, File No. 6)

The error assessment associated with the above finding is extreamly low. The alarms in the St. Lucie 2 Control Room utilize spacial orientation, frequency coding, horn sound and bell sound to provide unique identification for operating personel. Florida Power and Light Company does not feel the number of alarm types is taxing to the operator; but, rather an assistance in alerting the operator to the proper area of response. Florida Power and Light Company intends no corrective action on this item.

134

~

Findin s: (Section 6.2, File No. 7)

~ ~

HED No. 6.2.2.6b 2 c)

~ ~ ~

No alarm should exceed 90 db(A) in volume. The alarm on the Plant Auxiliary Panel was measured at 95 dB(A) when standing 4 feet from the panel. It produced ringing in the ears of the listener, and operators complained that the volume bothered them.

~Res onse: (Section 6.2, File No. 2)

The subject alarm is a qualified safety class alarm and is intended to operate under all emergency conditions. Under adverse operating conditions the'background noise level in the Control Room may be higher than normal due to the sounding of other auditory devices and communciations systems. It is imparitive that the operators be aware of the activation of the auxiliary panel alarms since these alarms are associated with vital equipment essential to plant safety.

Florida Power and Light Company feels the subject alarms are consistant with their design intent and intends no corrective action.

Findin s: (Section 6.3, File No. 1)

~ ~

HED No. 6.3.1.3)

~ ~ ~

No sequence feature exists indicating which reactor or safety injection alarms occurred first, thus causing a plant trip.

~Res onse: (Section 6.3, File No. l)

The plant is provided with a sequence of events computer and printer which monitors and records pre-selected contact operation. This information is available to the operator if desired and is presented in an organized time/event sequenced order so that an analysis can be made of the transient by plant staff. In addition, Florida Power and Light Company is installing a Safety Parameter Display System which is to be used as an operator aid in determining the type of event and possible corrective actions to be taken. Florida Power and Light Company does feel that it has adequate sequence event logs for determining the sequence of events for analysing a plant trip and intends no further action on this item.

135

~

Findin s: (Section 6.3, File No. 5)

~ ~

HED No. 6.3.1.5)

~ ~ ~

No audible or special visual effect indicates the clearing of an alarm. At present, light simply extinguishes when alarm clears.

~Res onse: (Section 6.3, File No. 6)

It is Florida Power and Light operational philisophy that annunciator extinguishment is adequate indication of a clearing alarm since there should be no alarms present during normal operating conditions other than some plant permissives and possible equipment out of service for maintenance. During transient conditions such as a plant trip the ring back feature would introduce excessive visual and auditory noise in the Control Room environment. It would also require an additional operator manual control action to acknowledge each clearing alarm thus taxing the operator and increase the risk of operator error during a potentially critical time due to the shear volume of information which must be processed.

Under normal and steady state conditions operators take delibrate corrective actions to clear alarms and monitor system status to ensure the alarms condition is cleared. In addition, Florida Power and Light Company is implementing an annunciator priority color coding convention to the alarm windows which will aid the operator in assessing the importance of the alarm and the time response required to implement corrective action and clear the off normal condition. Florida and Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

Findin s: (Section 6.3, File No. 6)

HED No. 6.3.2.lb)

Audible portion of the alarm can be deactivated in the Control Room using a pocket knife on the initating device.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.3, Pile No. 6)

The audible alarm sources are located on top of the control panels or inside the subject control panels. The sources are placed in areas of difficult accessability deliberately to preclude tampering with volume settings. In addition, the operators in the Control Room are responsible for maintaining equipment integrity i.e. they must issue the proper hold offs and provide the authorization for system entries to perform work.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action.

136

~ ~

Findin s: (Section 6.3, File No. 8)

~ ~

HED No. 6.3.3.1C(z)

~ ~ ~

Annunciator lamps are replaced with use of a bulb replacement tool.

~Res onse: (Section 6.3, File No. 8)

Annunciator lamps are tested once per shift and burnt out lamps replaced. The subject annunciators are provided with redundant bulbs and are wired such that the external case of the lamp is ground. The subject lamps may be replaced by hand or using the bulb replacement tool, which ever the operator prefers. Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

~ ~ ~

Findin s: (Section 6.3, File No. 11)

~ ~

HED No. 6.3.3e5a)

~ ~ ~

The large distance from the acknowledge stations to some of the annunciator arrays could make reading of some alarms difficult.

~Res onse: (Section 6.3, File No. 11)

As a result of the preliminary Control Room design review effort annunciator messages were shortened and font size was increased to k inch to improve readability and conciseness of messages. In addition, it is standard practice for an operator to read the alarm window prior to acknowledging the alarm. Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

137

~

Findin s: (Section 6.4, File No. 3)

~ ~

HED No. 6.4.2.2c(1)

~ ~ ~

The different- controls (pushbuttons and continuous rotaries) on process controllers are not recognizable in terms of function because identical controls have different functions and different controllers, e.g.

pushbuttons sometimes control valve position and sometimes are non functional. In addition, pushbuttons are not well labeled and sometimes are not labeled at all. The color and location coding is confused on pushbuttons. There is no consistency for what colors are used together.

~Res onse: (Section 6.4, File No. 6)

During the preliminary Control Room design review labeling and demarcation programs were implemented into plant design to better identify to the operator functional relation ship of associated controls and displays. In addition, non functional pushbuttons were removed from controllers and on those controllers with functional pushbuttons field personel ensured that legend codes were in place e.g. A-auto, M-manual and H-hold. Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

~

Findin s: (Section 6.4, File No. 4)

~

~ ~

HED No. 6.4.1.1d)

~ ~ ~

The identification and operation of instrumentation on control boards is markedly degraded with the use of the protective oxygen mask.

The mask becomes fogged up and peripheral vision is significantly lost.

~Res onse: (Section 6.4, File No. 4)

There are no requirements for Control Room opeators to wear protective equipment while operating the plant. The Control Room meets all the current habitability requirements for all accident scenarios and is intended to remain a radiologically clean area during an accident with all support personel stationed at the Technical Support Center and Emergency Offsite Facility.

In the event of a fire or adverse condition the Control Room would be evacuated and plant shutdown controlled from the remote shutdown panel room. Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

138

Findin s: (Section 6.4, File No. 5)

~ ~

HED No. 6.4.1.1d)

~ ~ ~

Controls are difficult to identify and activate while wearing protective gloves. Gloves hinder tactile feedback due to improper fitting, leading to the loss of redundant secondary cues in identifying shape or size coded controls.

~Res onse: (Section 6.4, File No. 5)

There are no requirements for Control Room operators to wear protective clothing (anti "C") while operating the plant in the Control Room. The Control Room meets all the current habitability requirements for all accident scenarios and is intended to remain a radiologically clean area during an accident with all support personal stationed at the Technical Support Center and Emergency Offsite Facility. Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

Findin s: (Section 6.4, File No. 11)

HED No. 6.4.2.2b)

The Steam Generator Feedwater controllers have three mode select pushbuttons: manual, auto and hold. All the other controllers have manual on the far left. These have hold on the far left which could cause substitution errors. Pushing hold inadvertantly will input a different set point.

~Res onse: (Section 6.4, File No. 11)

The H button is for bumpless or soft manual transfer. Pressing the H button locks the controller output thus allowing the operator to position the valve in the desired position using the open and close pushbuttons.

Pushing the H button does not inadvertantly input a different setpoint.

Florida Power and Light Company feels the controller is properly designed and labeled for performing its intended function and intends no further action on this item.

139

Findin s: (Section 6.4, File No. 13)

~ ~

HED No. 6.4.3.1c)

~ ~ ~

The surfaces of the below listed pushbuttons are not concave and do not offer slip resistance.

1) DEH Turbine Control Control Board 201

2) Valve Test Control Board 201

3) Reheater Control System Control Board 201

4) ESFAS Bypass Status Control Board 205

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.4, File No. 13)

Pushbuttons are spatially separated, have adequate surface area and in addition require a minimum of force to operate. Accidential activation of an adjcent pushbutton due to finger slippage is highly unlikely. Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

Findin s: (Section 6.4, File No.~ 15)

~

HED No. 6.4.3.3d1)

~ ~ ~

The legend pushbuttons for the reheater control system located on control board 201 are continuous but are not separated by barriers.

~Res onse: (Section 6.4, File No. 15)

The subject pushbuttons are large and clearly labeled to preclude inadvertant operation as well as separated by barriers. Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

Findin s: (Section 6.4, File No. 18)

~ ~

HED No. 6.4.4.3d)

~ ~ ~

The off or safe position of the keyswitches is not vertical except for the turbine generator electro hydrolic control unit OPC keyswitch on control panel 201. The majority have two positions so off is either to the left or right.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.4, File No. 18)

Key switches are used throughout the Control Room to provide administrative controls and prevent inadvertant operation of selected equipment. Keyswitch positions are clearly labeled and their operation and direction of movement are consistant with the Control Room conventions estabilished during the preliminary Control Room design review effort. Florida Power and Light Compnay intends no further action on this item.

Findin s: (Section 6.4, File No. 20)

~ ~

HED No. 6.4.4.5dl)

~ ~

Most rotary controls on the reactor protection system panel lack an indication of position. They do no have indicator lights or a pointer shape and the lines painted on the controls are obscured by the control shape because they are only painted on the knob skirts and the controls are high on a vertical panel.

~Res onse: (Section 6.4, File No. 20)

The subject rotaries on the reactor protection system panel are used during calibration procedures. The rotaries have status lights associated with their functions including set points, etc. The calibration of this equipment is performed under procedural control and each step must be checked off by the operator performing the calibration. Florida Power and Light Company feels the controls are adequately labeled and do provide sufficient operator feedback and intends no further action on this item.

Findin s: (Section 6.5, File No. 1)

~ ~

HED N. 6.5.1.1b)

~ ~

Present scale range for pressurizer pressure low range is 0-700 psia.

It should be expanded to at least 1500 psia as the normal range meter reads 1500 - 2500 psi. Valves in the 1250 range could be expected during a safety injection condition and both of the present meters would peg out, leaving the operator to guess where between 700 and 1500 the pressurizer pressure was. Variations in pressurizer pressure at that point would help to diagnose a Loss of Coolant Accident.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.6, File No. 1)

The normal safety class low range analog pressurizer pressure indication is 0 to 1500 psi and the normal safety class wide range analog pressurizer pressure indicator is 0-3000 psi. In addition, Florida Power and Light Company installed a low range digital display of pressurizer pressure which reads from 0-999 psi. The digital display is provided as an aid to the operators to assist in start up and shutdown operations when securing and initating shutdown cooling. The present instrumentation meets all requirements and does provide adequate range. Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item.

141

Findin s: (Section 6.5, File No. 5)

HED No. 6.5.1.1c)

There are no CEA rod groups 7 or 8. A projection display showing the position of one of these groups, therefore, is unnecessary. Both sets of these displays should be removed.

~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No. 5)

These displays are currently de-energized and would not confuse the operator since rod status is presented on the core minie, CEA control console and CEA CRT display. Florida Power and Light Company is evaluating along with the NSSS Supplyer the possibility of increasing the number of CEA groups thus making the subject displays necessary.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

Findin s: (Section 6.5, File No. 6)

~ ~

HED No. 6.5.l.le(1))

~ ~ ~

An ESFAS bypass status light will illuminate:

1. When some part of that particular system, e.g. CCW, HPSI, is inoperative.

2. When it is pushed. If the light is pushed and part of the system is inoperative, the light will stay on even when the system becomes operative. There is no way to distinguish between the two causes of illuminiation.

~Res onse: (Section 6.5, Pile No. 6)

The ESFAS display provides the operator with a status of the associated safety system. The status lights can be manually set by the operator under procedural control and/or by electrical isolation during major equipment repair. All the systems displayed on the subject panel have technical specification requirements associated with out of serices times while the unit is at power and minimum equipment availability to bring the unit critical. It is intended that this panel should be maintained in a dark state e.g. aQ equipment available, therefore any illuminated light requires that the operator must take the appropriate actions to meet the technical specifications or bring the unit to a safe condition. The subject status board provieds the intended function and does not induce any potential for operator error. In fact, the panel ensures that operators are alerted to off normal status of ESFAS equipment.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

142

~

Findin s: (Section 6.5, File No. 10)

~ ~

HED No. 6.5.1.1f)

~ ~ ~

When the sensor to a trend recorder fails, the recorder either goes to the high or low end of the scale. It does not fail off scale, however; failure to the null point or highest valve could be misinterpeted by the operator, particularly when the normal range is at the top of bottom of the scale.

~Res ense: (Section 6.5, File No. 10)

No system or equipment is intentionally operated such that it' indication reads off scale. Any such operation usually results in equipment damage. In the case where recorders read zero or the pens are at the bottom of the scale it is usually because the equipment is not running, the sump if dry, there is no level in the tank, etc. Operators maintain hourly logs of vital equipment status and in addition normal operating bands have been added to selected recorders. Recorders provide a history of information and it would therefore be apparent to the operator that something had occurred if there were a sudden step change in the subject recorder trace. For safeguards equipment which is not normally running periodic surveillance testing is performed to demonstrate equipment operability.

Florida Power and Light Company feels that there is sufficient information available to Control Room operating personel to allow them to quickly identify dispaly or signal failure verses equipment failure.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

Findin s: (Section 6.5, File No. 20)

~ ~

HED No. 6.5.1.4b)

~ ~ ~

'estinghouse recorders have markings on the scale which might appear to be major graduation marks. The subject marks actually have no meaning.

~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No. 20)

The subject marks are diamond shaped and in no way can be confused with the normal scale graduation marks. In addition, recorders provide historical trends on scaled paper which is how the display is normally read by the operator.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item.

143

Findin s: (Section 6.5,

~ File No.~ 33)

HED No. 6.5.1.6d)

~ ~ ~

The meaning of colors are not consistance across different systems and equipment. For instance, green lights on meters mean power to the meter. Green lights on the board mean no flow. Amber has a variety of meanings for indicator lights. Such as generator electrical trip on annunciator panels, hazzard on scale face coding, 6.9 EV on the mimic on control board 201, and manual on process controllers. Red is used for flow, high/low set points on Sigma indicators, unsafe on range coding of meters, setpoint markers, trip pushbuttons, vacuum breaker handle.

~Res onse: (Section 6.6, File No. 33)

As a result of the preliminary Control Room design review program Florida Power and Light Company developed a standardized color code program for the St. Lucie site. This program which is procedurally controlled identifies the acceptable use of colors and coding in the Control Room and their meaning. The program does allow for a color to be used in more than one type of application especially if it is consistant e.g. red indicates breakers energized, valve open therefore Quid Qow and/or pressure present, off normal - set point exceeded, off normal-exceeded normal and peak expected operating limits.

The subject guidelines and procedure is part of the normal plant operating philisophy and is maintained along with the normal plant administrative procedure to ensure consistancy of color code convention through the life of the plant. This is an inplace program which was approved during the preliminary Control Room design review. Florida Power and Light Company considers this item closed and intends no further action.

144

Findin s: (Section 6.5, Pile No. 35)

~

~

HED No. 6.5.1.6d)

~ ~ ~

Most controllers have white auto and amber manual pushbuttons.

The main feedwater controllers have red auto and white hold pushbuttons (other controllers do not have a hold function).. In addition,.these pushbuttons are not in the same relative location as on other controllers.

On controllers having amber buttons, the amber buttons were either associated with the amber manual button or non functional. On these, the amber buttons are used with the white hold button. A silver, continous rotary is used with the amber manual button.

~Res ense: (Section 6.5, File No. 35)

The subject controllers for main feedwater control are unique and are required to perform in a different manner than other controllers in the Control Room. The controls are clearly labeled as to the their function and operators are adequetly trained as to their use and operation.

Plorida Power and Light Company feels that the subject controllers are properly suited for their function and are sufficiently labeled to provide the Control Room operator with adequate information for their use.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action of this item.

~

Findin s: (Section 6.5, Pile No. 36)

~ ~

HED No. 6.5.2.2a(2))

~ ~ ~

Impact recorders have pointer shapes which obscure graduation marks and units of measurement. The unit identification, e.g. Degrees F is above the scale in the center of the scale range. It is frequently covered by the pointer.

~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No. 36)

Impact recorders like trend recorders use scaled graduated chart paper. The recorder legend indicates the parameter being measured, e.g.

temperature, pressure, etc. and the chart paper has the scale and values printed on it. Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item.

145

~

Findin s: (Section 6.5, File No. 39)

~ ~

HED No. 6.5.2.2b(z))

~ ~ ~

Moving scale controllers have a green tape across the face which shows the setpoint valve. This tape is far away from the actual scale face causing parallax problems. Two of the nine controllers are mounted on the horizontal section of the bench board which makes their parallax problem worse.

~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No. 39)

The subject green band on the process controOers in question is part of the original equipment design and is approximately 3/32 of an inch wide. It provides an operating band reference. Operators use trend recorders and analog indicators when adjusting set points on the subject controllers since system feedback is necessary and the effects of an adjustment is not instantaniously measureable. Florida Power and Light Company feels the controls are adequate a'nd do provide the operator with sufficient accuracy and information to safely and efficiently perform the desired tasks. Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item.

Findin s: (Section 6.5, File No. 54)

~ ~

HED No. 6.5.4ell)

~ ~ ~

No trend recorders have paper speed adjustability. It is recommended that each have a high speed to run out records for detachment and a selection of lower speeds.

~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No. 54)

Recorder chart paper is manually run out for detachment by operators. The majority of recorders in the Control Room have only a single speed setting because there is no need for speed adjustability due to the nature of the process they monitor (monitoring for changes during steady state conditions e.g. plant at full power). In some instances, dual speed recorders are provided for use during unit startup or shutdown.

Their purpose is to provide the operator with better resolution of some time based processes.

Florida Power and Light Company feels the recorders provided in the Control Room are adequate and intends no action on this item.

~

Findin s: (Section 6.5, File No. 60)

~ ~

HED No. 6.5.4.2b1)

~ ~ ~

Most impact recorders have too many outputs to track one trend.

The majority on HVAC have 9 to 11 channels each. Recorders on 201 print 20 to 30 points each.

~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No. 60)

Impact point trend recorders are used to monitor data points which normally have very close values such that if one data point or a few data points go out of normal operating limits they can be easely identified. In addition, if the Control Room operator wishes to trend a particular point he can use the manual select function such that only the desired data point is monitored on the recorder or he can use the programable trend blocks provided on the plant computer.

Florida Power and Light Company feels the provided instrumentation and plant computer trend capability is adequate and intends no action on this item.

~

Findin s: (Section 6.5, File No. 61)

HED No. 6.5.5.1a(3))

~

All drum type counters have more than four digits and none are grouped by spaces, commas or decimal points.

~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No. 61)

The drum type counter in the control room are used in calculating differencies or maintain a running total. Since the displays are used to compare like kind numbers on the same display it is apparent to the operator if a digit is missed. None of the displays are used together e.g.

they provide stand alone information thus the only error expected is a transposition error which could occur even if spaces, commas or decimal points were used.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

147

Findin s: (Section 6.6, File No. 14)

~ ~

HED No. 6.6.3.2b)

~ ~ ~

The position labels for the 125V DC tie breaker key switches on control board 201 are labeled open reset/close. They do no specify which is the locked position.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.6, File No. 14)

The subject key switches are used to ensure proper alignment of the 125 volt DC tie breakers and prevent a cross tie of two safety class buses.

These key switches have no lock position but do provide a trapped key function to ensure that the key can only be removed when the breaker is open in order to use the same key to effect a realignment to another bus.

Operators are instructed during their normal course of training as to the function and operation of the subject 125 volt DC tie breaker key switches. Florida Power and Light Company feels the operation; labeling of the subject key switches and training program adequately identifies the function and use of the subject equipment and intends no further action on this item.

Findin s: (Section 6.6, File No. 27)

~

~

~

HED No. 6.6.3.8b)

~ ~ ~

Direction of motion is not identified for any of the continous rotaries or the thumbwheels on process controllers. Since moving scale controllers generally violate the accepted population stereotypes for direction of motion, labelling of this type is necessary for the operator to determine how to operate the controller.

~Res onse: (Section 6.6, File No. 27)

During the preliminary Control Room design. review thumbwheel process controllers had increase arrows and labeling added to indicate direction of movement of thumbwheel to increase control function.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

148

Findin s: (Section 6.6, File No. 30)

HED No. 6.6.4ela(z))

Rotary control and key switch position label letter height should be identical for all labels within the same hierarchical level. Position labels are not consistant in letter height from one control to the next. Some controls have different letter heights for different positions.

~Res onse: (Section 6.6, File No. 60)

Position labels on escutcheon plates are engraved in accordance with available space (as provided by the manufacturer). Position labels are engraved with as large a font as possible to improve message readability. Inconsistancies are due to available space and amount of information to be engraved. Florida Power and Light Company does not feel that the difference in character high on escutchen plates will confuse the operator or prevent him from understanding the position label e.g. on, off, reset, auto, etcee Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

Findin s: (Section 6.7, File No. 1)

HED No. 6.7.1.5d(l))

These are groups of keys which are used together or are related but are separated by unrelated keys on the plant computer (DDPS) console.

1) Delete/Restore, Enter

2) Deadband, Hight Alarm, Low Alarm

~Res onse: (Section 6.7, File No. 1)

The subject pushbuttons on the Digital Data Process System are located in the same key pad cluster. The subject pushbuttons and the additional function pushbuttons located in this cluster are clearly labeled.

There is a training lesson plan present for operator use in programming the desired function.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

149

~ ~

Findin s: (Section 6.7, File No. 2)

~ ~

HED No. 6.7.1.5d(2))

~ ~ ~

A variety of functions are performed on the digital data process system keys. Some of the keys can be used alone (e.g. clock, E3, Alarm Summary), some must always be used with other keys (High Alarm, Delete/Restore, Point/Yalve). The functions contr oQed vary from flashing the time on a projection display to running a test of the time from when a breaker in the coil power programer is opened until the selected CEA reaches the dropped rod contact. The pushbuttons are undifferentiated except for the label and color (e.g. yellow pushbuttons must be used with the enable key).

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.7, File No. 2)

The digital data process system keypad pushbuttons are clearly engraved with their function and the pushbuttons are colored to differentiate between their use and function. An outline plan is available in the Control Room for operators identifying the system and instructional use for the most common/desirable actions (e.g. data trending, alarm set point checks, continuous display of a data point, etc.).

Special tests and data collection are performed under procedural control by responsible personel. Florida Power and Light Company feels that the operation personel are properly instructed on the use of the digital data process system use. The subject system is clearly labeled and sufficient material is available in the Control Room, outlining the equipment operation. Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

Findin s: (Section 6.7, File No. 5)

~ ~

HED No. 6.7.2.1.f(4))

~ ~

All characters displayed on the Analog Display system CRT which are less than k inch tall have less than 10 resolution elements per character height.

NOTE: These characters are easily readable from the normal operating position. r

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.7, File No. 6)

The subject Analog Display System provides the operator with redundant control rod status. The display is placed at the control rod operating station and can easily be read by the Control Room operator from the reactor control station. Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

150

Findin s: (Section 6.7, File No. 6)

~ ~

HED No. 6.7.2.2e)

~ ~ ~

To provide the 'illusion of continuity, graphic lines should contain a minimum of 50 resolution elements/inch. The analog display system screen only provides 20 elements/inch.

~Res onse: (Section 6.7, File No. 6)

The only graphic representation displayed on the Analog Display System CRT is a solid bar chart representation of rod position. The resolution of the subject CRT is sufficient to present clear readable bar graphs and characters. The system adequately performs its intended function.

Florida Power and Light Company feels the subject display adequately performs its intended design function and intends no further action on this item.

Findin s: (Section 6.7,

~ File No.~ 7)

HED No. 6.7.2.3c(1),b)

~ ~ ~

The two 19 inch CRT's located on the operators console should have vertical limits not more than 20o above and 40o below the operators horizontal line of sight. The vertical limit measured for the 95% male was 55o.

~Res onse: (Section 6.7, File No. 7)

The subject console and display configuration was designed with the assistance of Florida Power and Light Company's Human Factor consultant Essex Corporation. The design of the console selected best optimizes the use of display hardware, personel anthroprometrics and Control Room traffic patterns. If desired, the Control Room operator can either raise or lower the chair they are using to improve their visual performance at this work station. In addition, the displays do meet the vertical limits for the 95% male as outlined in NUREG-0700.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

151

F indin s: (Section 6.7, File No. 8)

HED No. 6.7.2e4J(z))

The scale on the right side of the display screen and information in the lower left hand corner displaying the selected Control Element Assembly data are numeric data which are not right justified. Decimal points, therefore, are not lined up.

~Res onse: (Section 6.7, File t(o. 8)

The subject numeric data presented ip the lower left corner of the display is stand alone information, i.e. Control Element Assembly, rod position and insertion limit. The information is not required to be mathematically interpellated by the operator. The scale on the right side of the display screen provides a bottom to top increasing scale of rod position with major graduation marks.

Florida Power and Light Company feels the subject display does not pose any adverse problem to the operator using it since the information is clearly and consistantly presented. Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

~

Findin s: (Section 6.7, File No. 9)

~ ~

HED No. 6.7.2.7m(1))

~ ~ ~

Whenever possible, red and green should not be used incombination.

On the analog display system, however, red signifies that control rods are with drawn and green signifies that they are fully inserted.

~Res onse: (Section 6.7, File No. 8)

The reactor is normally operated with aQ control rods in the full out position when at power (display is a full red bar) or rods not full out (display is a full green bar). The only time red and green colors would be displayed on the screen at the same time is during power assention, power desention or while performing control rod exercise tests. The color code used on the subject display is consistant with the illuminated displays on the rod control panel. No operator error is anticipated due to the use of red and green together in the subject display.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item.

152

~ ~

Findin s: (Section 6.7, File No. 11)

~ ~

HED No. 6.7.3e1e(z})

~ ~ ~

The digital data process system printer and sequence of events printer do no have an indication that paper supply is almost depleted.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.7, File No. 11)

Operators normally monitor the subject printers for alarm outpt and summary logs. The printer paper used by the subject printers does have a runout line on the paper margine giving the operator ample time to add paper.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item.

~

Findin s: (Section 6.7, No. 12)

~

HED No. 6.7.3.1e(3))

~ ~ ~

Instructions for reloading paper and ribbon do no appear on or around either the digital data process printer or sequence of events printer.

~Res onse: (Section 6.7, File No. 12)

Printer reloading is visually apparent (similar to standard typewriter) also manufacturers diagram is inside access cover.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item.

153

Findin s: (Section 6.7, File No. 13)

HED No. 6.7.3.le(4))

When the sequence of events printer is out of service, the back up printer will record all data but will only print point number; date and time. It will not print the problem description which means that the printout will not be directly usable.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.7, File No. 13)

If the sequence of events printer fails the backup printer is provided to avoid any loss of information. The sequence of events printer and system is a non safety system designed to provide an after the fact status of selected contact operations of various relays. The information is used to aid in the analysis of a plant trip by plant staff.

Immediate operator actions during a plant transient or trip is to recover and place the reactor in a safe condition. Plant staff is assigned the responsibility of determining the sequence of events in analysing the subject event. The operator is provided with other displays and outputs such as the digital data process system, control board indicators, safety assessment system, etc. to assist in determining correct control responses.

Florida Power and Light Company feels the sequence of events system is adequate for its intended function and intends no further action on this item.

154

Findin s: (Section 6.7, File No. 14)

HED No. 6.7.3.2a(1))

Not all annunciator alarms are recorded by the sequence of events printer.

~Res onse: (Section 6.V, File No. 14)

The contact points monitored by the sequence of events recorder were selected by operation and engineering personnel. The contacts selected to be monitored were thoses identified as being necessary to analyze abnormal transients and plant trips. It was necessary to exclude contact points which provide no information with regard to plant operating status or key functions since this information would only serve to add bulk to the output and provide no directly usable information to staff personnel.

Florida Power and Light Company contends that the sequence of events recorder is not an alarm printer and is adequate for its intended/designed function.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

Findin s: (Section 6.7, File No. 15)

HED No. 6.7.3.2c)

Operator may request a summary of all paramenters in alarm but will not be able to get printouts by alarm groups.

~Res onse: (Section 6.7, File No. 15)

The alarm summary requested by Control Room operators is a listing of the presently valid digital data process system monitored alarms, not annunciator windows. The purpose of the alarm summary is to provide the operator with a printout of the current parameters which are in alarm. The alarm summary is used by operation personnel to periodically update themselves on plant status and off normal conditions.

Florida Power and Light Company contends the system is adequate for its intended design function and intends no further action on this item.

155

~

Findin s: (Section 6.V, File No. 16)

~ ~

HED No. 6.7.3.2f(3))

~ ~

The sequence of events printer records hour, minute, second, millisecond, point number and brief event description. It does not print additional specific data such as parameter value or the specific problem for annunciators displaying multiple problems.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.7, Pile No. 16)

The sequence of event recorder was designed to monitor and record major equipment contact closure for specific equipment. The set points and/or alarm points which cause a major piece of equipment to change state are not monitored by the sequence of events recorder. The sequence of event recorder is a digital device it only detects change of state and was not designed to monitor analog signals. The system provides plant staff with information regarding starting, stopping of major rotating electrically powered equipment opening, closing of breakers, etc.

Florida Power and Light Company feels the system adequetly performs its design function and intends no action with regard to this item since the descriptors are correct for the information monitored.

Findin s: (Section 6.7, FQe No. 17)

HED No. 6.7.3.3.d.l)

The CEA Position Log Tables are inconsistent in format and confusing. The regulating groups have the rod position number printed directly below the rod number. The shutdown groups have their rod numbers printed out in a group and then their positions are printed in a group below. This arrangement is confusing and makes it difficult to read the positions of shutdown rods.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.7, Pile No. 17.1)

The CEA Position Log Tables are consistently formatted and clearly present the subject information. The rod positions are printed below the rod numbers and presented in the same order as the labels.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item.

156

6.8 A brief description of the subject findings and proposed design enhancement follows for those human engineering descrepancies which are currently scheduled to be implemented during the units first refueling outage. In addition a detailed listing along with descriptions of each line item is presented in Section 3.5 of this report.

117

~ ~

Findin s: (Section 6.7, File No.~ 18)

~

HED No. 6.7.3.3d(z))

~ ~ ~

Both the sequence of events printer and the digital data process system printer display long columns but do no separate them into groups of five to faciliate reading a particular line across a number of columns.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.7, File No. 18)

The sequence of events printer prints number, date, time and descriptor. These outputs are organized in a left to right manner. The sequence of event log monitors information with regard to changing states of selected major equipment. This information is usually used by plant support staff after the fact and is not used immediately by the Control Room operator in diagnosing a transient since the only information provided is contact open/close times. A straight edge is used when reviewing information on the subject log to prevent transposition errors.

The digital data process system printer uses numbered and colored (white/green) bar paper which provides visual keys as to line grouping of long columns. The subject paper is an industry standard and is acceptable in all fields of data processing and business.

Florida Power and Light Company feels the existing printouts are acceptable in their present form and intends no further action on this item.

157

Findin:

~ ~

(Section 6.8,

~ File No. 2)

~

HED No.~ 6.8.1.1b)

~ ~ ~

The main steam header isolation valves and main feedwater isolation valves are opened after the reactor is critical but before the turbine is rolled: They should be with the rest of the secondary system on RTGB 202. These valves close on a main steam isolation and there are other valves on 202 which also close on main steam isolation signal (e.g.

feed water pump discharge valves).

~Res onse: (Section 6.8, File No. 2)

The subject valves do no require any operator control action other than either open or closed depending on plant condition (e.g. on line or off line). The subject valves are located on control board 206 along with the other containment isolation valves so that the Control Room operator can quickly and effectively perform during a plant transient requiring containment isolation.

The subject valves are part of the main steam system and feedwater system however, their prime function is isolation of those subject systems to containment.

Florida Power and Light Company feels that these valves are functionally grouped since the only time critical/operator verified function performed is associated with a transient requiring isolation of various systems to containment and the subject valves are grouped with the other safety related containment isolation valves. These valves do not provide any time based operator function with regard to normal operation of the main feedwater or steam supply systems.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

158

Findin s: (Section 6.8,

~ File No. 3)

~

HED No. 6.8.1.1b)

~ ~ ~

The overall grouping is poor on panel 202 for the following sub-systems:

Traveling Screen, Intake Cooling Water, Condensate, Turbine Cooling Water, Circulating Water, and primary makeup water pumps. Association of related components is confusing.

~Res onse: (Section 8.8, File No. 3)

During the preliminary, Control Room design review effort the subject displays and controls were reviewed and changes made to some control and display positions to better organize associated components. In addition, the use of hierarchical labeling and demarcation was implemented to provide the Control Room operator with visual keys and job performance aids. The final arrangement of control panel 202 best optimizes control display arrangement given the existing standards and conventions of display and control location implemented throughout the Control Room and anthroprometric requir ements for operating personel.

Florida Power and Light Company feels the panel layout is functionally grouped and that the addition of the subject demarcation and hierarchical labels adequately identifies the subject equipment.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

159

Findin s: (Section 6.8, File No. 4)

HED No. 6.8.l.lb)

The Steam Generator level meters on control board 202 are not located among other steam generator meters. Grouping is interupted by feedwater meters.

~Res onse: (Seotion 8.8, File No. 4)

During the preliminary Control Room design review some controls and displays were rearranged on control board 202 to enhance operator performance based on function and task. The subject steam generator level displays (indicators and recorders) are used in conjuction with feedwater displays and controls during unit startup, shutdown, and normal operation.

Florida Power and Light Company feels the displays are properly grouped based on function and operator task performance and feels the implemented demarcation and hierarchical labeling program clearly identifies display/control groupings.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

160

~

Findin s: (Section 6.8, File No.~ 10)

~

HED No. 6.8.1.2)

~ ~ ~

Controllers are located on the vertical panel which is a failure zone for the functional reach of the 5th percentile female. In addition, these are controllers with a high frequency of use requiring fine adjustments.

~Res onse: (Section 6.8, File No. 10)

The subject controllers identified in the above finding on RTGB 206 are:

Safety Injection Tank makeup for Safety Injection Tanks 2A1, 2A2, 2Bl, 2B2. The subject controllers are used periodicaQy to top off the Safety Injection Tanks to the proper level. This evolution does not require precision adjustment nor fine control. The subject controls are not used nor are they required to be used during any accident condition. Florida Power and Light Company feels the placement of the subject control is consistent with their importance and frequency of use and intends no further action.

2. Shutdown cooling controls and displays. A field walk down was performed on March 8, 1983 with Florida Power and Light Company representatives from operations (including a 5t"%

female operator), Engineering and Human Factors Review Team representatives from Essex Corporation. The field survey results verified that the 5th% female could reach and operate the shutdown cooling controls without bending or excessive stretching. Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

3. The subject controllers identifed on Control Board 205 are:

a. Boric Acid Flow ControQer

b. Reactor Make-up Water Flow Controller A field walkdown was performed on March 8, 1983 with Florida Power and Light Company representatives from operations (including a 5th% female operators), Engineering and Human Factors Review Team representatives from Essex Corporation. The field survey results verified that the St"%

female could reach and operate the subject controls without bending or excessive stretching. Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

161

~

Findin s: (Section 6.8,~ File No. 11)

~

HED No. 6.8.1.2)

~ ~ ~

The rotary control channel selector switches for letdown level and letdown pressure are located in the least comfortable zone for ease of reach. The 5th percentQe female operator can not reach this area and for others it may be a strain. In this case where two controls must be operated simultaneously motor response may be strained resulting in a loss of accuracy from slippage, etc.

~Res onse: (Section 6.8, No. 11)

The subject control switches and indicating lights are clearly labeled and controls only the selection of operating channel. The system can be operated with letdown level monitoring one channel and letdown pressure monitoring the other. Normal operating conditions though have both selector switches set to the same control channel.. The selection of control channel does not have to be made simultaneously for the subject pressure and level controllers since the control channels do not provide interdependent data to the controllers.

An anthropmetric field survey of the subject controls was performed on March 8, 1983. Present were representatives from Florida Power and Light Company operations staff (including a 5th% female operator),

Engineering and a Human Factor Reviw Team representative from Essex~

Corporation. The field survey results verified that the 5th% female operator could reach and operate the subject controls without bending and excessive stretching.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item.

162

~ ~

Findin s: (Section 6.8, File 12)

~

HED No. 6.8.1.2)

~ ~ ~

The reactor makeup mode and Boric Acid Pump Rotary Control Switches have a high frequency of use and are located in the least preferred area of manual use. In addition, the reactor makeup mode selector switch is located in the functional reach failure zone of the 5th percentile female operators

~essence: (Section 6.8, Pile 12)

The subject control switches are clearly labeled and are functionally grouped in accordance with display and control requirements since the subject controls are used for reactor makeup.

An anthropometric field survey of the subject controls was performed on March 8, 1983. Present were representatives from Florida Power and Light Company operations staff (including a 5th96 female operator), Engineering and a Human Factors Review Team representative from Essex Corporation. The field survey results verified that the 5th%

female operator could reach an operate the subject controls without bending and excessive stretching.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item.

163

Findin s: (Section 6.8, File No. 15)

~

~

~

HED No. 6.8.2.la)

~ ~ ~

Controls and displays used during task sequences are not grouped together. Operators are required to make control adjustments on one panel while monitoring displays on another panel.

1. Letdown pressure controller located on control board 205 and Reactor Coolant System pressure displayed on control board 203.

2. Letdown level controller located on control board 205 and pressurizer level displayed on control board 203.

3. Atmospheric Steam Dump controls located on control panel 202 and Reactor Coolant Temperature is displayed on control board 203.

4. Steam Generator blowdown controllers are located on the back panel of control board 203 and the isolation valves, sample isolation valve and indicating lights are located, on the front panels of control boards 205 and 206.

~Res onse: (Section 6.8, Pile No. 16)

The subject controls listed above are all operated in the same manner. A small control adjustment is made and the effect on the process is not visable until some time after the control operation (usually minutes). The operator is free to move around in the Control Room to perform other tasks and monitor subject displays. The control adjustments are made in the above manner until the desired process flow, pressure, and/or temperatur e is maintained.

Florida Power and Light Company feels the subject control/display configuration is adequate and intends no action on this item.

164

Findin s: (Section 6.8, File No. 17)

~ ~

HED No. 6.8.2.1c(l))

~ ~ ~

The rotary control "Refueling Water to Charging Pumps Valve" is not located with the other charging pump controls.

~Res onse: (Section 6.8, File No. 17)

The subject valve is not the normal suction path for the charging pumps. The valve is associated with emergency boration and recieves an automatic actuation signal. The subject valve can also be manually operated. If the subject valve were located with the normal charging pump controls inadvertant operation of the valve would cause a servere plant transient.

Florida Power and Light Company feels the subject valve is functionally grouped as is and intends no action on this item.

~ ~

Findin s: (Section 6.8, File No. 19)

HED No. 6.8.2.1c(2)

The 2A1 and 2Bl cold leg temperature displays are located with pressurizer displays and should be located with other reactor coolant temperature displays.

~Res onse: (Section 6.8, File No. 19)

The subject displays are primarily intended for use during an accident condition in conjunction with the subject pressurizer pressure displays. During the preliminary Control Room design review effort demarcation and hierarchical labeling was added which better identified the subject displays.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no further action on this item.

165

~ ~

Findin s: (Section 6.8, File No. 24)

~ ~

HED No. 6.8.2.4a)

~ ~ ~

Panel to panel standardization: Identical system is not layed out identically on two different panels, although it appears to be because they are both in a 4 x 3 matrix. Remote shutdown panel auxiliary feedwater control arrangement should be laid out identically to control room when they are redundant controls.

~Res onse: (Section 6.8, File No. 24)

The subject control panels are not arranged to mimic the main control board. They are functionally arranged using standard Control Room convention, i.e. left to right/top to bottom acending alpha-numeric order.

Controls on the romote shutdown panel are consistantly arranged and clearly labeled. Florida Power and Light Company does not feel that duplicating the control configuration of the main control board would improve operator performance. The remote shutdown panel was designed such that on loss of power with only one diesel start, all associated control on the function panel would be operational; Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item.

Findin s: (Section 6.8, File No. 25)

HED No. 6.8.3.1)

The separation between thumbwheels and pushbuttons on these controllers is less than k inch. Pushbuttons may be inadvertantly activated while using the thumbwheel.

~Res onse: (Section 6.8, File No. 25)

Thumbwheels for the subject controllers are frictionalized and are located on the outer edge of the controller minimizing the potential for operator error. The subject pushbutton is the manual increase pushbutton which is used in conjuction with the soft manual input or manual input pushbutton which is located on the opposite end of the controller. The auto function in both cases would be selected when using the thumbwheel and the manual increase function is inoperative. Therefore, even if the operator inadvertantly pushed the manual increase function while operating the thumbwheel, no error would occur.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item.

166

Findin s: (Section 6.9, File No. 2)

~ ~

HED No. 6.9.1.1b)

~ ~ ~

The flux meters on control board 204 protrud from the panel while the wide range power meters next to them are flush. Since the operator is standing to the right of the meters while operating the rod controls, the protruding meters partially blocks the view of the far left wide range power meters.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.9, File No. 2)

The subject displays are in clear view of the operator while at the rod control station by moving a few inches to the left of a few inches back. In addition, the T average T refrence recorder which is also used to monitor reactor condition is located immediately to the right of the subject control and provides the operator with indication of rate of change.

Florida Power and Light Company feels the operator does have clear visual access to the subject controls and intends no action on this item.

167

Findin s: (Section 6.9, File No. 4)

~ ~

HED No. 6.9.2.2)

~ ~ ~

The preferred arrangement for control and display relationships are

1) display above each control,

2) displays and controls in matched rows, or

3) multi-row displays with a single row of controls.

The radiation monitor panel employs none of these techniques.

Displays are often one or two rows below controls, but there is no convention.

~Res onse: (Section 6.9, File No. 4)

I The radiation monitoring panel consists of programable control units with intergrated displays i.e. the display and control are in the same unit.

The displays referenced in the above finding are the associated trend recorders which are multi-point recorders and are clearly labeled to identify pen color and channel. The subject panel is a backup operation panel used primarily by technicians for programming and calibrating alarms and instrumentation. The Control Room operator interface for the subject system is a computer keyboard and 19 inch color CRT located on the operators console.

Florida Power and Light Company feels the system is adequetly labeled and the subject control stations properly arranged to minimize potential for operator error.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item.

Findin s: (Section 6.9, File No. 5)

HED No. 6.9.2.2a(l)

The Bearing Oil Temperature, Bearing Oil Pressure and Electric Hydraulic Fluid Pressure displays are not located directly above the corresponding control.

~Res onse: (Section 6.9, File No. 6)

The controls for the subject equipment are aligned during unit startup and shutdown i.e. either turned on or off with no other control function. The subject controls and displays are clearly labeled and demarcated.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item.

168

~

Findin s: (Section 6.9, File No. 8)

~ ~

HED No. 6.9.2.2d)

~ ~ ~

There are five steam dump to condenser controllers and each has a pair of indicator lights under it. Four of the light pairs are redundant to the controller above them but the fifth is not. The arrangement is misleading.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.9, File No. 9)

The subject controllers are part of an intergrated automatic system i.e. require no operator action. The operator can only verify signal output and valve status. The five pairs of indicating lights are located directly below their associated controllers. The controllers are properly labeled and functionally grouped.

Florida Power and Light Company intends no action on this item.

169

3.3.2 DELETED/INVALIDFINDING (NO FURTHER ACTION REQUIRED)

As a result of the Detailed Control Room Design Review and Human Engineering Descrepancy Review Team meetings on St.

Lucie Unit No. 2 there were 13 findings (summarized in Table 3.2-1) which were deleted either because they were duplicate elseware or because they were invalid. These findings were dispositioned as requiring no further action as identified in the following text.

The following is a list of those findings which were deleted.

The subject findings are listed by section number as they relate to NUREG-0700 and file number as they relate to FPRL's tracking system. A more detailed listing along with a brief description of each line item is presented in Section 3.5 of this report.

SECTION NO. FILE NOS.

6.1 3,18 6.4 6.5 2t8>16>19t28r34~45 6.8 23 6.9 1 p7 170

~

Findin s: (Section 6.1, File No. 3)

~ ~

HED No. 6.1.1.2a)

~ ~ ~

Rad Monitor Computer Console and CRAC panels Control Room tasks assignments do not ensure that these panels will be operated correctly during aQ plant conditions because operators have received no training on either of them. They do not know how to change recorder paper in trend recorders, what the setpoints mean, how to access data, how to interpert units of measurement on some meters, e.g. sump level, or how to operate the keys on the computer console.

~Res onse: (Section 6.1, File No. 3}

The subject finding was found invalid due to the fact that Control Room operators are trained in the use of the radiation monitor system and its operation. In addition, St. I ucie Unit No. 2 does not have a CRAC panel. The St. lucie Unit No. 2 does have two plant auxilliary control boards which have Regulatory Guide 1.97 post accident monitoring instrumentation. The Control Room operators are trained in its use and in addition the subject instrumentation is covered by operating procedures.

~

Findin s: (Section 6.1,

~ Pile No.~ 18)

HED No. 6.1.2.5a(l),(2);

~ ~ ~ b(1),(2))

Control panels throughout the Control Room and the remote shutdown panel have controls not located within 34 inches and 70 inches above the floor and displays not within 41 inches,and 70 inches above the floor.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.1, Pile No. 18)

The subject finding duplicates the information/findings presented by files 12, 13 and 15 of Section 6.1.

171

~

Findin s: (Section 6.4,

~ Pile No.~ 2)

HED N. 6.4.1e1b(1))

~ ~ ~ ~

There are presently no first out annunciators on panel 204. If there are none installed, the first out pushbutton is non-functional and should be removed.

~Res onse: (Section 6.4, File No. 6)

The subject finding was found invalid since there is no first out pushbutton located on control panel 204. There is a first out pushbutton on control panel 201 and is associated in the turbine first out annunciators.

~ ~

Findin s: (Section 6.5, File No. 2)

~

HED No. 6.5.l.lb)

~ ~

Some Sigma meters drive annunciators and some do not. Some annunciators receive signals from Sigma meters and other's have separate sensors. All Sigmas that drive annunciators have setpoint markers and movement of'the pointer past this marker initiates the annunciator signal. When a meter fails high or low then an annunciator comes in. Indicating that a parameter is either too high or too low. It is important for operators to know whether or not the annunciator signal comes from a meter so that they may determine whether or not the meter is a redundant indicator. Setpoint markers should be removed from all meters that do not drive annunciators since there will be meter face zone coding to replace it. In that way operators could easily identify meters driving annunciators.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.6, File No. 6)

The Sigma meters on St.'Lucie Unit No. 2 have independent electronic bistables which provide annunciators inputs in various cases. Pailure of the meter movement does not cause an alarm since the bistable, providing the annunciator signal is not dependent on the meter pointer position. The subject finding was found to be invalid.

'72

~ ~

Findin s: (Section 6.5, File No. 8)

~ ~

HED No. 6.5.1.1e(1))

~ ~ ~

The indicator light associated with the pressurizer r elief isolation valves and pressurizer relief valves display demand signal rather than actual status. There is a sonic monitor on plant auxilliary control board no. 2 which displays actual status. The indicator lights on the main panel should be labeled to indicate that they only display what has been demanded of the valves, not what the actual position ise

~Res onse: (Section 6.5, Pile No. 6)

The subject finding was found invalid. The indicating lights located with the pressurizer relief isolation valves show block valve position via limit switches attached to the valve motor operator, thus providing positive indication. Accustic monitors and relief line temperature indicators provide the operator with empirical feedback on the pressurizer relief valves.

Findin s: (Section 6.5, File No. 16)

~ ~

HED No. 6.5.1.2d(1))

~ ~ ~

Operating ranges selected for:

1) Diesel Generator 2A and 2B frequency

2) Station battery 2A, 28 and 2C volts

3) Generator frequency

4) Condenser vacuum

5) Cooling water pumps 2A and 2B amps

6) Pressurizer pressure are incorrect.

~Res onse: (Section 6.5, Pile No. 16)

The subject finding was found invalid. The operating ranges coded on the subject indicators are based on operating experience, equipment technical manual operating limits and plant operating procedures as well as Florida Power and Light Company operating philisophy.

173

~ ~

Pindin s: (Section 6.5, Pile No. 19)

~ ~

HED No. 6.5.1.2e)

~ ~ ~

The vibration and eccentricity casing differential expansion recorder readings must be multiplied by 0.2 to obtain the actual parameter valve. Scale transformations are not recommended unless they are accomplished by multiplying by a factor of 10.

~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No. 19)

The subject finding was found invalid since the recorder in question is direct reading and requires no conversion for operator use.

Findin s: (Section 6.5, File No. 28)

~ ~

HED No. 6.5.1.5d)

~ ~ ~

The two steam flow/feedwater flow controllers located on the back of control board 202 and 203 serve the same purpose and are identical except that FIC-9011-1 decreases with an upward movement and FIC-901101 increases with an upward movement.

~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No. 28)

The subject finding was found invalid. Review of the subject controllers indicated that both controllers had identical scales and operated in the same manner i.e, scales increased in an upward direction.

Findin s: (Section 6.5, File No. 34)

HED No. 6.5.1.6d)

The stator temperature meter TI-1165 on control panel 203 is red rather than green. All other Sigma meters use green.

~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No. 34)

The subject findings was found invalid. A field check of the subject Sigma meter revealed that the power lamp was green.

Pindin s: (Section 6.5, File No. 45)

~ ~

HED No. 6.5.3.1a(1), (2))

~ ~ ~

The core mimic on control panel 204 uses single bulbs with single filaments and there is no bulb test capability.

~Res onse: (Section 6.5, File No. 45)

The subject finding was found invalid since the reactor core mimic located on control panel 204 does have a functional lamp test pushbutton.

Pindin s: (Section 6.8, Pile No. 23)

~ ~

HED No. 6.8.2.3b)

~

The auxiliary feedwater controls are mirror-imaged between trains on the remote shutdown panel.

~Res onse: (Section 6.8, File No. 23)

Review of the subjct finding verfied that the subject controls on the remote shutdown panel are not mirror-imaged and the finding was found invalid.

Pindin s:(Section 6.9, File No. 1)

HED No. 6.9.1.1a)

~ ~

Displays for pressurized pressure must be observed while manipulating letdown pressure with fine adjustments. Displays are on a separate panel from the controQer subjecting the operator parallax or potential display substitution while trying to monitor the display from the control station.

~Res onse: (Section 6.9, File No. l)

The subject finding is a duplicated of File No. 15 of Section 6.8.

175

Findin s: (Section 6.9, File No 7)

~

HED No. 6.9.2.2a1)

~ ~ ~

The letdown flow display should be located abov'e the letdown level controQer on control panel 205.

~Res onse: (Seotion 6.9, File No. 7)

The subject finding is a duplicate of File No. 6 of Section 6.9.

176

3.4 COMPLETED BACKFITS 3.4.1 COMPLETED ENHANCEMENT/DESIGN SOLUTIONS As a result of the construction work effort and licensing effort associated with the Preliminary Control Room Design Review on St. Lucie Unit No. 2 there are 110 findings (summarized in Table 3.2-1) which were closed or completed during the Preliminary Control Room Design Review effort. The following is a list of those findings by section number as they relate to NUREG-0700 and file numbers as they relate to FPRL's tracking system. Presently the documentation for the closed findings along with descriptions of each line item is controlled by FPRL's Power Plant Engr. Group and a brief description presented in Section 3.5 of this report.

SECTION NO. FILE NOS.

6.1 1)2)4)6t7)9)10)ll)14)15rl t23)25 6.2 1,2,3,4,6 6.3 7)9)10t12t13t14t15)16)17 6.4 l)7)9) 1 0) 1 2) 14) 1 6) 17) 19 6.5 3)4)11)12)13)14t15t17)18)21)22)23r24)25)26)27)29) 30)31)32t37)38)40)41t42t43t44)47)48)49)50)5lt52)55) 56,57,58,59 6.6 1)2)3)4)5)6)7)8)9)10)1 1)12) 13)16)19)21)22)24)25)28) 31,32,34 6.7 6.8 6,8,13,18,20,22,26,27 6.9 3,9,10,11 177

3.4.2 SCHEDULED COMPLETION DATES POR STANDARIZED BACKPIT SOLUTIONS This section provides the currently scheduled completion dates for the Plant St. Lucie Unit No. 2 Standardized Backfit Program.

PROGRAM COMPLETION DATE

1. Labeling July, 1984

2. Demarcation July, 1984

3. Annunciator Review July, 1984 a) Hardware Installation 1st Refueling Outage

4. Coding Convention July, 1984

5. Engineering Intergration Review* July, 1984 a) Dispositioned Complete (install) 1st Refueling Outage b) Disposition Pending (comp. eval.) August, 1984

6. Administrative and Training July, 1984

• NOTE: Refer to Section 3.2.5 of this report for a list of those engineering intergration review items scheduled for installation during the units first refueling outage and those items remaining to be reviewed, dispositioned and reported on by August 30, 1984.

178

3.5 IMPLEMENTATIONPROGRAM TRACKING,SYSTEM AND

SUMMARY

REPORT The Human Factors Implementation Program Tracking System data base has been developed for the purposes of maintaining:

o Inventory Control o Status Update o Open Items List o Project History 3.5.1. INVENTORY CONTROL The Implementation Program Tracking System will account for a file of records, which are documented Human Engineer ing Discrepencies complied from an audit performed by Essex Corp. in collaboration with Florida Power and Light Company. These records are a brief synopsis of each Human Engineering Discrepancy containing:

A unique FPdcL control file index numbering system.

Human Engineering Discrepancy number based on a "as found" descrepency with reference to the NUREG 0700 indexing format.

3. Identity of the general area or location in the plant where the problem exists.

4, Responsible lead for work being done.

5. A brief description of descrepency.

3.5.2. STATUS UPDATE The Implementation Program Tracking System will maintain status of each Human Engineering Discrepancies which will be within a status block designated for status (or progress) information, and will provide a current work history (or synopsis) of each controlled item.

3.5.3. OPEN ITEM LIST DEVELOPMENT When inventory control and status updates are made, the Implementation Program Tracking System provides project management with a current "Open Items List", and will enable effective and systematic "closing" of each item.

The items that were "closed" by the NRC during the PCRD have the document number listed where applicable, and are included in the Implementation Program Tracking System for accountability and historical reasons.

179

3.5.4. PROJECT HISTORY Upon completion of the task, this document will provide a project work history for reference purposes, and can be used at any point in time as an index for resolutions and applications for the work done during Human Factors implementation program.

The intent of the Implementation Program Tracking System is to provide project management and support work organization groups with an effective means of coordinating and facilitating the Human Factors work effort. The up-date of the Implementation Program Tracking System will be done on a "as needed" basis.

3.5.5 PROGRAM INDEX AND LISTING The following computerized listing is the index and listing of Florida Power and Light Company Plant St. Lucie Unit No. 2 Detailed Control Room Design review implementation program tracking system. (See Appendix 1).

180

APPENDIX 1 181

IINTEO t 09/ 16/83 9t2Y$ 4 H KEY BEFEltENCE

~

t

, h ~ SYHBOLS I ABU (EV lAIIDNS FILI > I lttN f/t ILS S I Tt. F It.f COHIttOI. ttUwuEN.

2 ~ HED NU: aLPHA/NUHERIC IDENTIFIER AS PER .'RUREGO l00 GUIDELINES LREFtU NUREGD F00 INDEX)

S.BAHEA< PRvBLEH ERE.DOE)LIIEIER" Art LA B

I DESCR IP. I ION RTGB 201,'*'-...

~CBCgrC~rCAI

..,,. A P(A gy

"',".At:1),

Pf Sg RlP.fggtt PJAALAOA ~CIB

'PRINT'ER ANO. PLOTTERS Bllkllll Al 2 RTGB 202:, '>APB:' B'"aB'='t'3-;12' REACTOR.:RROTECTIOM~SYSTEHB:k'"..

20.5..

R)GB .2g.t .

.NIGB

~Z1M Q.dNLAM~tIJRL&lh8k <2 E.ShE AGRIC Chal ttEIS ehtt I

JUXQ&OP OPERATORS CONSOLE 'r." B,"".t',i." 'll F R OHO I RE DETECTIOH N R NTZ CONSOL'E S

C I ~

0 COHHUNICATIONSv'CONSOlE/)'" LAB HOT SNUTOOMN PANEL

.9 .HYd~hBEL 2O . COaSllNhhl&S tr Bchl o k CAILFBMXLPJUillULL~

5 ~ RESP  ! RESPONSIBLE LEAD/HORK ORGAN)'lh TlON A) NEt)" kUcLEAR ENERGY DEPT')

.EPP..-BOaEtL C) ES~L-t.t ASCD SERV..INC u) IAr.-FPaLP ILC LL,AIA-ttLAB..l tl J.'ttYS ICS.

.NOTE-. IF A ttuttBER IS FDUNO IN THIS BLOCK. I T DENOTES THE HRC "CLD>E OUT" OQC hUHBERO 0 ~ II UESCHIP I IuN: AttPLII ICA j)H. Df HED DLSCSE".4 tIC I 1 BSJATUS SIAIUS.OF. HED t)J>CBEPhttCI 8 ~ NUREGO 100 NUHERIC INDEX SECllun au ~:

.b. L Cunt ~OL ~Om~~LKE 6+2 I C 0 Htt U N C A II t) H 5 ~ ~ o s ~ y e ~ ~ ~ o o o o o o o A/P A G E 6 3 ANNUNCIATOR MARNINGBSYSTEHi1>~~'<PAGE 9 B AC

'6 4 MO.NIMOLS~

A 6i5 A

VISUaL I ABA W o/. =~~~~SMltHRLLIE)LS 6 8 6~9 DISPLAYSowaa~a>>AALLL~ah'A~

AIIO AOCAAAOB.AAOA PANEt. LAYOUT ~ q ~ o' PAB~

'owe 'e'i'egoi ~ PAGE 27 CONTROL Dl SPLAY I tt TEGRA TION ' ~'PAGE 30 1

TYPICAL! IHEO NUB)=-EXB 4 IW 13 SECTION

,b .. ~J,SECTION f A SUB UN)OUE SUB SECTION OESCRIPTOR

~

(

IjlUt. I OGBAP N T

.1 ~ .HUNAN ENGRO OESCREP'AGCY (H)Q3S~J;<-'.:.'.Q. P(.'."'.". "~~',~o' ': ."i... PRO+'",'Q Lt, F 1LE LS PR/Sf g fLY,CONfgdLLEDQ ANO'-Hgtf4TATIIFdgfl1f ail:jIUNAN.,Q <<%>> "i>

~AClJlR~MIIP IlNOEf~

TULLE CORI'F ITEN~ERE I QIE .BESIILJ X~NMJM1 CONQUCJEQ iD ESSEX RNC Ql JQCICJINI~M'JIIIYRQLJIQQN 2 AhfxlT EVALUAIIQN REED F IL (ONLI RNC ROILY INNJQ lllRLIILNO~~QQRILFJCJQQQJ f ON NUNEG .08aS~ =SUPR~ZLJKB~EAfLJf;Rd HCEBSJ~EN~

AS A RESULT OF THE SERO'.SOIIE DFTHE"-)EO ~ 5 HAVE BEEN- "CLOSEO"i

~ \

N ~ N N tl ~

S~ NVRL4 Us UO:

.15 IHL AIK~XUld REFERENCE NANUAL~

L N F ~ ~

I' ~ R

~ >'

~ '

GE 0005 FLORIDA POXt.R A i0 LIGMl'O Sf l.UCIE UN( f 2 09/16/83 EBASCO 5 t'HV LCES 1tlCbRPOAAf EO UE f Al LEl) C ONf AOL ROOM DESIGN REV lEil DAfA BASE-00

.W ORI,",.MLO NU/ I NOt.)L..HI) HEPJlLE IIX F ILE/

INDEX ME i)

(il) 10 NU AAEA.

(I. ))

CAX. mkSP..... DWCale.TION. S'fATUS

( A)4 (U)EE (E) IE) ( )4GJ l G) 4' 001 1 1 lA 2A EPP/EBASC 0 F I HE ALARH P ANEL FOR UNI I NO 2 NOT I NS TALL ATION SCHEOULE0 FOR LA TF. 1983 8 F-5001 .NEO Il Sl'Al.l.ED SCMEO FOR CORRECT DURING IST RFFUEL ~ G

- Sn

~902 ...or.).R.I. 10. MF O OPERA flONS/ESSEX RESPONSE BASED ON TASK HF-5002 ri AREAS". 9r '.l4 r 16'l ALSO SEE HED NO 6 1 ~ 5 3A(HF 502l) G r ~\

G 0003 6 ~ 1 1EE:A, I(/.A -.EEG~EGEIHEAI ~AA t IERRG REGARUIHG tHE OPERA EEGH'Qf Hf 0 DOES NOT APPLY TO PSL 2 (EOIP ONA)

~~00b f0 A N OE / ACTION REOUIREO Ef E/NO r

E 0004 6 ~ 1Ulr>A 14 CLSD EPP PLCB HO 2 NO f VISIBLE FROM OPERA fOR ES I.NGR REVIEM ANO EVAL CONDUCT EO DURING HF-540/ 5.R. f ME PCAQR BY "CREQIf" AEF" "CREOL I" QTA, FI,02215~(g/Q/8+)

~005 E(F-5008 6 .1 1 SO UaS CLSQ '~ ~TIJJI~BMfUL PNL~ PLACED APPROPD- HO, FURTHER ACTION SJ3F jJg[E)g hCCE$ 5 1$ PROVIDED ?9 ALLj)M UNOBS fRUCTFO OPER AfDR. ACCESS TO RTGB'.

l.OX ERROR ASSESS)IENT- NO ACTION IH/EriOE(O 4006 6 1 1 A1 18 CLSO 83 4r c . Sf ORAGE AR EA FOR PROCEDURES KEY LOCKER 4 PROCEDURE STORAGE PROVIDED Af"5014 Waver Saur.DON~ .M(D. IHf'LEMENlFQ. AS.ddRT OE. I'.CAOL~

SER F INDING A 1 3 FILE YUE)6 CLOSED 000r 6 ~ 1 1 i A 19 ~ 20 CLSO NEO It( VEHTORY ANO CONSUHABLES PROCEDURE~ THIS ITEH IS ADDRESSED AS PART OF Hl'OL 4F 5411 SUHMARY REPORI'ECTIPH 3.2 ANO LETT'ER

<-8 2=4r.r

~08 HF" 5012 6 1 I a0 . 19 r ZGL. ~Xl E.~i.LLE ~OLEIC).~l(IElI M~~CE~QI jJ LI.,

Sf 0 RAGE. LOCA T IOH FOR CR~OP ER AT ORS

~PLATO)IS llAJE OFF REPLACEHENT SUPPLIES ~

IC IENT TiME io GEi LOM EAROR ASSESSHENT NO ACflOH IHTENOEO G) 009 AF 6013 6 1 ~1 >U 18r 20 CLS)l NEIL SMSE LhRI S.

m~lre~

ACCESSLBILIII....

'U~(U~IEE=HID~R STORAGE. dREA PROV IOEO REMOTE SHUTOOMH 'PHL ROOH

FLORIDA PDMEH AicD LIGHl CO Sl LUCIE UNll 2 49/16/83 E BASCO SERVICES INCDRPDRA ff0 OE I AI LED C ON f RDL R30N DESI GN REV I EM DATA BASE-00 C SORJ.-.HED ku/I NDa.XMU, RGUUU-tll f ILE/ I I NDEX HEU (U)10 ND AREA (C)v CA,l .

(U)s RESP - -.- D=.SCRIP TIDN-(. )4)

- STAruS

( A)4 (E)IU (G)40 0010 6 1 1 ~ >E 19 CLSO NEO KE Y STORAGE LABELING AOHIN ~ CONf ROL OF LOCK VALVES BY PROC ~

HF-5014 AP 2" 0010123 ~

SEF-,. SER FINDING. A~I,e> FILE $ 006

~L ~~1 iE~M~Q~

HF-.5015. ~ q 'N VEN R ~f TORY'.COg(iUNABLES PROC,:"-)=;.

IMPLEMENTED Pgf SC.JILL f PLACEBO gP"+0)012~$ QQ BE$

IHVEHl'ORY IHG OF EXPENDABLES PROCEDURE IH

~DHPLET.EO zel

, 0012 & 1 2 .G. CLSD. LPP~USLLE.,CZHlt(OLS&llLJlF REAC~F~LH~EHhLES 5 fEP SfOOL IS hVAILhBLE TO CONTR{}L~QOII ~~

(

~XCLOSED RAJDILS ~ I

(

~I

.)013. 6~1 2 Cdl G, . CLSU LPP=AJJS3ff CJH TJIOLS QJJf Qf ~fhC)f~g~fg~ ffHhL ES 5 AIIE COHHENI'S HEO 6 1 2 201 HF=5 020 AREAS-~2~x 6 F. ILE .0012. (tlF-,5016).

.I

~3)lk 6al~2e2))1. E.LRPMM >~~QIGHJLOklkJlkHIULlI-n f -5024 riLHOJIhLL )IEL'BED..EOII .ALL EI6k BILE HAS BEEN AOOL'0 AS PJIRJ .OF PCRUR-IT EH AREAS.ALL COHPLEf ED 0015 6 1 2 HEI G C LSD EPP Ol SPLAY NON( fEO TO LOM FdR 95TH X DF CR ITICAL DISPLAYS ON RTGB203 MERE CAHTEO sl F. &030 Hh.LES.~EJLSim~~~ 5 .IJP, OU.RING Hf(ILo REF" "CREOLT". LTR ~ FLO "2319 (44/28/OZ)

.AORII COHPLEJEO 0016 6 1-2 MEZ G 2C EPP/EBASCO ANNUNCIAtOR.fILES LOCATEO HORE .THAH 40 pcRDR LETTER L 82-4A ANNUNclATDR cooING 8 F-5003 NEO I%CHES FROH ANNUNCIATOR CONTROL'5 I NVESTIGAIE INSTALLING AHNUNCI ATOR STAT ~

REAS=li2a3akala6 .. ..I D B~aChTKO. DH.STG92II& (C.E.IOKR/.EQGK>>

REfEN- SER FINOlNG .A..3 IZ FILE (034

(

&D1L . brl aZe o 6 II HF 5004 ~ F0 0 f SPACE F DR SEATED ORERATOR [LICH SpACE pRovIOEs LITTLE TO NO I I(CHES) AREAS-g.e LOM ERROR ASSESSMENT- NO ACl'ION INTEHOED BEHEFII'4PPROX 4 C D018 6~ 1 ~ Zo r G . O'.LSD. NLLLSXhL C3HJgQLQQQ ]JGQLQ}fg}gJQOg GILtOfJ jkE} OELETE (DUPLlCATE Of flLE 12 13 AND 15

~~DILi

~DECSJ)IH 6.Z

GE 0007 f LORIOA POP)EH AA<O LIGHT Co Sr Luclf. UHI T 09/16/83 EBASCO 5 IRV LCES LKCISXIouiIATEO OE lAI LEO CONTROL ROOJI DESI GH REVIEM pATA BAsE-00 SDIU")ILD. NO/INOc.X NIL IIEPJNI )Il f ILE/

I NOEX HEO NO AREA .CAT.,RESP.. 0: SCRIP IlolL STATUS

( A)v (u) ) 2) (L)) (0) IE (E) 1I) ( ) 4') ( G) 4I) 0019 bo1 ~ 2.o G CLSO NEO PROVIDE XORh SPACE fOR PROCEDURES'T PROC ~ LAYOOMN AREA HAS BEEN PROVIDED FOR IIF"5409 A L CR BOARDS ( Top cF opER.ACDHHUN. coxsoLEs x/ExrEHT.

~RXJl.~l .,III PLACE.P).

COJIPL ETEO 0 020 O j O, AI YII }2 ~}I}~PP JUSII~d'J'SS}OJE}~IY I SI R~AG F PROOF C IIV P~S F

I USI RG PREP+CO IOG OF GJ AR PCROR NF 5017

~,,:-.'-'. GARHEHIS ~ 'RELATIVE I'0 SIZE ARID $ NTHROPOHETPY

~,-

- ~ ANO TRAINING PROGRAH ~

CONTROL ROOH ~

~J}IRIRER. OC J}OO NO GARNENTS IH THE IFFEE}UIEIL 4021 6 ~ 1 ' ' I G CLSD K~ll'iJIF M39CEDJlKM~t{JRQLLLNG Loc<<F Rs AOHLHI'srRATLvfl, T co)IIRDLL Eo MllH A~olk P ~~F P T R Eou LR E O. P ER I Oo IC I NS PEG I'ON. OPE RA TOR TRAINLNG OH GEAR HAHOLTORY~ CRCAT HP 90);

HO FURTHER ACTION IHTENOEO 0022 b.l ~ 5~ jA 18 .2& -EPD~BAKO.=C LH41E COHIROL lNAOEOOAI'E LHHIOL SHuf- PCROR RESPONSE PER L-83 18 ITEH 2 H f -5019 M>N PANE) ENGINEERING lp REEVAI,U&TE FOR OCROR INSTALL MLNOOM TTPE~R-JOAN SYSrf H )

I

..0023..... 6RZU 5 SA .fi CASD~ "

hjtLJDgfK~+~f~L~S" ~HER R(EROR RESPONSE PER L-83-18 ITEH 1 IIF 5021 hXEAb-&LL ' BAH<<sELEcr OR<<RS ro 1IEDUCE LIB)lr~

I OPERA l ORS SELECT OE5 II(ED LE VELS )

~}EAR=~2 J.W >.O ,REF .. SER F I HOING A. 1 5 FILE g Olg.

)024 6.(.5.SO G CLSO EPP-JUSTIF I.LUHIHAl'ION UHIFORHIT T LIGHT LEVELS ANO CONTRASr SUFFICLEHT To JIF-5022 MiKAS=ALL jIEAD VERT ICAL. DISPLAYS ..

LOX ERROR ASSESS. Ho AclloH LNTEN0$ 0 4025 6 1 5~ vc G CLSO HFEB EHERGENCT LIGHIING-TOO 0IH PCROR L-83-18 IrEH i. SECTION 3.0 NTOL HF-5023 AREAS ALL CAMO HSPRH)

SUMMARY

ENGINEERING REPORT OH Sr LUCIE 31)III..>0~2 CONTROL. RQOH C LOSE.O OO26 Hf-5025 4-1.5 il) YE hkiIKHJ 32.I'~MJ.s - .~CRRR L-83-18 E~>.I.HEERIHG HEouEST CE TO HED R. 5 COOLING 'FAHS COHTRIBU'TE'O INSIDE EVAI.UATE OE51GN ALTERHAl'IVES ON RPS FANS N) ISE LEVELSI' " AREAS AL< AHO SEAL CHTRL RH (RE EVAL ) OIR I 334

~3$ )10 PBI)IKL')~LEKYP.E 0027

..Af=502b.

6 1 ~ 5 ~ uA G .. CLSU, . 1 P~lLiJJF Llch~llllllofg..LQC,, f/'QPfg, P fg$ 0NIIEL A"ALL (

lIAEEJ~~~Eh PSDDF.

LOCIjfRS ARE A$ $ 1GLIEO AOJI IH Islg Al I VEiY

~tLLY&H. SII IF I &PJJI&IM~KED hCCE$ $

AR E AN 0 15) THIS IS NOT A TRAFFIC PROBLEH

GE 0008 (

FLORIOA POALR A v0 LlGHT CU ST LUClE UNlr 2 09/16/8$

SLR/lCES INCORPuRATE:) DEfAILFO CONfROL HOON OESIGH REVIEH OATA BASE-00

.~ I EBASCO

-NEO NO/ I NOLX tiO lKLQKLAL F ILE/

I NOEX HE0 NO AREA CAl .RFSP ....OMCRIP f308 STAI'US

( A)4 (O) 10 (C)~ (0)4 (E)IO ( )40 (G)40

(,

~ I ~

0028 b. 1 5. z B2 G CLSO EPP-JUSTIF USE OF RESTROON l t(ITCHEN FAC ILII'IES ACCESS TO CONTROL RH IS L INI f EO UY 8 F-502 l AREA BT NOt("CONTROL ROOH PERSOHNEL AOHI N PROC EOURES AMO SEC CLEARENCE COOES. OfHEBXACILrtlE5 ARE AVAII . Tt(BV.-.

OUT PLN T FOR OTHE R OPER ~ PERSONH ~ CL'O ~

Ã9 HF-5028

.-f j-5 l.dS~ ~ . NEO

'" ~ .

N

" '. A)O THE:.".KISC/EP'=" . (';..."~i, ~t)gg~.lk,.M

"': "(R EAS . vCdt(T)/LE/R40Hi (NO 'K ifC t(FH

~

Lt@JALLATQ Qg Qf'~TERQlg BUZZER-KI'fCHEN ANO HASHROOH QR ALAQH I~

~

E 0009 FLURIOA PDMLR And LIGtll CO Sf LUCIE Util f 2 09/16/8$

t.f)ASCO 5tRV ICCS I tlCbRPORAT t.t) t)E I AILL'0 C OHft(I)L RDD>t DESIGN RCV ICtl t)Al'A BASE-00

.55lRf=llc.D NU/ItQ~J( NU REPRRIMl F ILE/

INDE>( t(CU t(D AREA CAl JIESP . () .SCRIP f IQH STATUS

( A)4 (1>>if) (O.)> <<))4 (f) tfa (. )40 l G)40 0001 6 G! I.S36 18 'LSD 83-47 C H. AOSET STORAGE PROVIDE HEAOSEf (SOUND POMER PHONES)

<F-5029 S l'BRA GE

, .CLOSED JGIIE, t(F-5031 L,i,l,GA DO QJSII III-LIQ, ....

II2CI(UP CGIIIIUHICAIIOI~SEGU PIIEHI SOUttD PMRO Pt(ONES r <<P At(IG I "GAIf RONICS<<

. ~ FOR SUPPORT,I0URIHG CHER'GENG IES ARE. AVAIL IN THE HOf SHUTDOMN PHL ~ RH i CLOSED I ~

0003 6G2 1 uU .G .,CLSII JLS=.AID .. 2'JLSUHOf.LIARS Hli PJHIILCIIP 2 PHOVIDC HSA SPEAK EAIE TYPE HASKS HLINTAIN,CDHHUN GEAR HUST .BE EDUIPEO (PCROR)-SER FIHOIHG A~ 2 1 Ml I'H COHHUNI CATION CAPABILITY CLOSED I)UU4 6 ~ f.' uC CLSD L)5 .4(~ .P..BSOggf I. g ARIH(t PROTECT GEAR DUN 1>tG g At(C AS HED 6H2HI t88 (HF-5032) o HF-5055 Al .EL(CRGENCY. t(U 5 f Jlf $ B(PC f 0 Hg LH fh f N, F IELQ PERSONNEL REPOR 'f t(P COH IROL P 0l Hf ~

C HU ~GAII HHUMICATION HUG~~OUI~OH BISECT.CAPABILITY IJL, ~LJISEO

. 0005,,

HF 5054 6.2.2.SD,...G. ~LS~RP=

hICAS. ALL...'...

( tt)RL flthtt A ARt)5 JN 5 DIFF ~ FHCQVCNCY.AUDITORY USC FREOUEtlCY COOING AS MELL AS LOCAL PLACCLENI fD AIO fHE OPEHAl'ON IN IDCHT INCOtlt(ING ALARHS..

0006 6 ~8 ~ Z.~A G CLSO 82"63 C P ACE>(ENT OF ALARHS AUDITORY SIGNAL DURING I'HE PCRUR tHE AUDITORY DEVICES HF.-.5035 ~MURCE M CRE...RELQCATEOG .I.TEH HAS BEEN REC f IFIEO ~ .

ATLAS AL RCF-. SER Flt(DING A 3 6 FILE 4E)26 CLOSED 0007 6 ~8 ~ 2~ aBrC G CLSO EPP JUSflf AIHUHCIAISR ALARII GOLUHE EOO HIGH OUE TO THE NATURE OF THESE ALARHS IT IS HF-5036 AREA "ALL (10r 14) DESIRED THAT THEY BE HEARD FROH ANY CR LOChf ION ABOVE..AHY. SACK .GRHO NOISE LEVEL n0 ACTION INTENOCO ~

r A

-~ C 0010 f LOtt I UA Ptlir LH hrru L I eHl I II St LuclC ukl f 2 09/16/85

t. UASCG S LAV (C)3 I VCrIHP(rkAf Lr) Ijt.lAILt.Q ( )Nli(UL A'>>)')tt r)CSIGN RCVIEK 1)ATA BASE-00

~Oitf-IILO Nu/INQr.X tIU .Hft'.OHJ ILI f tt.E/

I NOEX I tc. U NU Akt A I.A l Ht SP 0: SCI(IP. TIIIH STATUS

( A)4 (U))rt (a. t~ (r!) ~ (C) tu ( )err I G) rr>>t e.s. t. ~ ie "FIRST Oul" LOGIC FEAfUHE "FIAet Ouf" IS JUSflf 000 t >>>> CLSO LPP AVNUHCIATOR COVEREO VIA SCR MHICH

'CF"

( F-5031 F) R REAC fOR ANO SAFE' 'Y Irt JCC f ION S'YS ~ 'S G I VES EVENT SEQUCHCE OCSI GN "EFEH CE ~

. ISCR P.hRt. U..3.-1.) NO ACTION IHTENOEO.

.QQQ2 erS ~ I>>1 Q r!b, ...f P"/LJh,"tx.Q.,I'IJ(tJIIIIIJh ILIIH.JI~HIHurt ~qJ)$ - Arjrt ~ Rt'V EST Aa!I. ISH ALARH PRIOR It TLATIUH PROGAAH ~

HF-5038 NEO/11C NTOL SUNHARY REP ~ SUPP t ti APP ~ C AEF- SI TE PROC AP0010131 >>

I>>

QQQ3 o ~ 5>> 1>>OUI (r 2A t Pt /LBAS( G 1 5C ONSI SIANT COL Qjj CUPltlli REeAROING SEC FILE 2. I!CO vo. e.3.1.4(HF-5038) >>I I

.J f;.6059 tICt)/..Ii(L... jjl LtJ I) fILb.tIJrlt.~r h.'rd SHBS~ r(Et Q tu IDt NflFY PRIORI tY I lEH GROUPS l)IPLCHENT SITE PROC AP0010137 QQQ4 o ~ Sotoirtt I.'4 LPl'/LUASC I! I VC Qrr 51 Slf trt CQL(ttj CQ)) I VG SEt. f ILE 2 NEO kO 6 ~ 3 1 4( Hf-5038)

K f-5040 NEU/IIC PIIUHITIZAIIUN OF AHN ~ XNOS.: AHN ~ REV ~ IDCHf PRIORI fY GROUPS' HPL ~ AP001013T 0005 6.3 .I ) ..QLAQ~Pe; Jj)S f II AV HUNCIATOjj XLEba" hLb R~QItt tjhLIXHj) t, COLOR PRIORI fY COOItlG ADOEP lp ANNUN lO

<F-5Qvt Ql 5 l I NGUISKA )LE- LACrr gf A IIIG iICL P Pi(luRI tl LC OPER. RESP OHSC. H I NG JACI TS tIOA( CONfuSING fghH HELPFUL TO UPS. Ir') FUATilEH ACfIOH IH fENUEU ~

0006 6 S 2 (B CLSO CPP-JUS flF 0= AC f I VA tlON OF AUOI BLE PORT ION Of ALAR H ALAHH SOU NO SOURCES PLACCO IN INACCESS ~

VF-5042 LOCA( IOHS Tt(HOUGH Oul CHTRL RH TO PRCC-LUUE lAHf'EKING KI frt VOLUKC SL f PfrlrITS ~

VO FuRtHEA AC tIOH lvtENOEO.

0007 6 5 3 IC G CLSO 83" 11 C AVNUNCIATOR tltLE INTERCHANGE EHGRAVE UNIQUE MIHOOM NUHBERS ON l'ILES V F-5045 REFCR- SEA f1NOING A ~ 3 8 FILE l029.

REFER- SITt: PROC ~ AP0010137 CLUSCC >>

j(

JQQ8 o ~5 ~ S ~ zC2 LSI) - LP) glte f It P) )I r>>TEAL IIA CA/I) $ % Ht IIIIVI rIG ( REPLACING L AIIP TI)OL 5 AKf. A VAIL ABLt. tu (IPER ATUA S Kf-5044 AV NUNC I AtOR rtND LAHP BULB(S) OPtRATORS HAY CHNGE LAt!PS M/QUf fOOL IF UESIREO NO AC rlaN INTENOEO.

Qr)09 Ir ~ S ~ 3 ~C CLSO .'!1-11. C . AjNUIICIAT3A KHQS. HEEO tJ UC SCL f'LE Tr r(EO rIO 6 3~5 1C (ttf-5045) rtf -5u4J ,IJI trIJAULE IIJ~ANS .rtf MAJLLS. CLUSt.C.

AVO HATRIX IHOEXING I

I I j ~

!I rl

GE Pull I LORIOA POMER A.OO LIGHT'O Sf LUCIE UHlf 2 09/16/83 F BASCO SfRV ICLS IHCOHPORAT KO OE fAlLEO CONTROL ROON DESIGN REVIEM 0 AT A BAS E"00 SOLI=NEO .N3/.INDI A ..NO SFEOEIM~

F ILE/

INDEX HEI) NO AREA. Ch I -RESP = .,'..0 .SCRIP TIDH STATUS (A)C (u) lu LL)v lu)c (E)10 (')cs) l G) Cs)

) 010 6~ 3 3~ ~ A Ge b CLSO HFEB ANNUHCIAI'OR*LEGEND IS MOROY A UNCLEAR l'HE f ILES HAVE BEEN LHGRAVEO TO REFLECf HF"5046 l'HE CORRECT AS BUILI'NGRAVIHGIS)

REF" SER,FIN(}lNG..h 3 10 F ILE 4031 CLOSED I~

lit)11 .,bi3e3SJh ACREASEO FON I SIZE TO I/4ee IIF"5047 FONT Sl KT -STYLE 1 REAOABIL'ITY..IS POOR ENGRAVE ANN ~ KNOS TO CONFORH M/AP0010137 R EF- NTQL L TR ~ PSL2 82 57 4 REF- SER FINDING  %&~II LILg e032 <%LSD 0012

~@48 6 ~3 ~ 3 ~ JA ELSE 42=7'. C . A~MG.lh?g<>Nfl CJ>AJIACgfg$ .: .. SANE AS FILE ll ABOVE L

~ II 0013 o 3 ~ 4 EA CI SO; 8? 6$ C ANNUNCIATOR SILE NCJNG CAPAU ~Ll I Y FPCL INST 'LO 3 SEO AUTO SILENCE FEATURE HF..-5O49 .Mkf H MANY ALh84 .PHLS .AHNUHClhfE hf .. SER A. 3. 14 SER FILE 4056-IqST 'I 0 UNI f I

OV'ERLOAO SIT UAf ION ~ CLOSED r

.4014.- .

HF-5050 6 3. 4 L.A2 .O. mLSO~~ES O~III~ILESS~IIISE ...SAllE AS.rlEO.S..I.-.L..IA. FILE.SEA I

) 015 6.3.4.z A CLSO 82"63 C IICONSI Sfhtif ANNUNCIATOR PUSH BUTTON ANNUNCIATOR CPHTROLS MERE COHSISfAHTLY

. H F.=5451 .. &BHJROL LhYILUI'.LOGALIOH UMFORKITY... MhYEO DUl'S PhRT...Of RTOL HEF- SER FINDING A ~ 3e15 FILE l037 ~

CLOSEO 0 I016 b 3 4 O.'A CLSO 82"63 C IVCOHSI STANT ANNUNCIATOR PUSHBUffON ANNUNCIATOR PUSH-BUTTONS MERE COHFIGUREO 4 F-5052 HEO L4 TOUT C LOCATION UHIFORHIT Y IN CONSISTAHT ARRANGHEHTS OURING THE

.N.fOL RE,VLEM (PCROR)

REF- SER FIHOING he3r15 FILE <037, AQlI HF-5053

.. bi3. ~ Cre.l)C, ~018CI+IlllLJJ)4Ji&UJIQ~HJRIIL ~C.OJNG QgPLEyt Nf Af EO BY OEHARCAf ION AS PER NTOL SUNNA RY REPORT SUPPLr !le APPEHOI X. BCC REF- SER FINOING Ar3r15 FILE l037

.CLQ.5EO h

Loal OA PUMc H A nn. L lbtlf CV Sf LUClE UHI I 2 U9/16/83 EBASCU St HVtCES IHCUntPVRA fLt) OETAlLEU CONTROL RDOH DESIGN RLVlEM DATA BASE"00 wDiK=tlLO,)tU/IHltc.X ND F ILE/

INDEX HEU NV AltCA CA-I - . RESR=, -- - .. D:.SCRIP.,TION. STATUS t A)4 let>tnt tL)y tU) 4 lE) 1U l. ) 40 t G) iiU 0001 b 1 nAZ 4 CLSO NEO/EPP EASE OF FllK AOJUSfNENT EXCORE RANG'E HANDLE INS f ALLEO AS PART OF HORNAL SYST ~ ~ ~

ilF 51UU coNpLETEO.

.CONPLETED

~LLZ ..br'laLQL IU.!UU! INSTALLED ON NF-5101 RTGB204 " INVALID FINDINGn C e tlo AC'f ION IHTEHOEO naos e.. I ~ ~ JC1 Xi . CLOS Q MPJ~llhLLf~JtLJJDtt~E>l~llICQNSI 3 IKHI ItL f HE 1 NPLENENT Ep BY FP aL L'hSELING ANO ('.

MD5lttZ. Ill

~ r ~

~

w

~e.4,-'.ae-j.. ~~'.,PU

~,Qte ~ng:$ ~ ~ en SNBUI'TOH-L e, .," ' ACK OF STANDAROA7AT e e IOH REFER fa HTDL SUNHARY REPORT SUPP APPENDIX ACCCLTR 82 4fl)CSER FILE g047) lt t

.00U4 bni ~ 1 ~ na CCSD ..tee.=JUSIIF,DLERhfl tlG .CD HIRQLSr. hND JDEM.If tlIIG fHESE /ASKS ARE fNE gtlLY ONES CURREHfLY

~

rlF-5103 hVAILAULE NUIT!t.NEET,RECONNEHOAT lON 5 LD g~~f I.Hq dRD~rELLIt'the.ILIA.

NO FURTHER ACTION INTENDEO

~ '!

~nnn ..., e.e e~n . n NF-51ua GMR (GLttVkS&ZNP ARES VBLRATDRS lggf JLf. GEAR hei ILE OPERA f IN'IN THE CONTROL RH, AYtL SELECTIVITY. JUDGEtlENT ..= . IHVALla- HD ACl ION INTENOEO 1006 en~ ~ 2 t G CLSO EPP JUSTIF Set ITCH NOT IOH/POSIf ION CONVENTION I DEN f IF Y SUB JEC l'MI TCNES AND REVIEM FOR it F~105 ttLIC~BE HQ~TA)takRQ I)I THAJ... WON)lENT ION .AND DESIGN.CRI TERIA .. EPPMI CC,....

LSULATt tQRNAL PUSIfJUNS.

EIItt~ftn3)ND LEFJJRLGtt OB ARE...

ILIftjt/LEO fa ISSetE Edt) ID EUASCa ~

Lgt)ECK OUTSIDE CON fRDL ROOH ARt.A) 0007 6 arm 2 1 1r9 CLSO S2-63 C SM ITCH HOTION/POSITIOH CONVENTION FPAL FEELS FINDING INVALID SMITCH NF-510e S ECIFICALLY COHTAINHENf FAH COOLERS C ON VER f ION 1 ORIEHTA T ION IS CORR ECf MCILJMBIX~BJLl.tLVLV FDR. FUNCT IOHr .hNt) ..IS LABELEO T~ktIEE M Ifcl CNTRI. RH COHV C fURB ORB.-. FIXED) ~

~3tD .. b. ~ .s r?nt . (

NF-5tuf NIC3638(281 CHECK VLV LEAKAGE) Rl'GB206 REF" SER FINDItlG An4 ~ 4 FlLE Sonn3 l l

.C) UNNY PUSN"BUTTONS Ok COHfROLLERS) CLSO (

nao9

'~~8 b.~.2. A G. . CL~~ s C XBKIttft lttCDtlSI S.IEBCJ FQB t. L'YMCA ALL. SUU JECf KEY LOCK BARRELS MERE CHANGE MQ CDhfDR)t <.M/RLhCK QbBIKL$ )~

i%CONSISTENT CONTROL CDDING ~

REF-. SER FINDING A 4 6 FILE. 4045 8 ACK RIHG FOR HV 14 18 ~ 19r20 V 2523 CLOSED

E 0013 f LORIOA PO<(LH A to LIClll Co St LUCIE UHlf 2 09/16/83 EBASCU SER<t ACES 1NCDI(PDRA fLD OEfAILLD CONfHDL RDOH UEblCN REVIEM OAtA BASE 00 SDRI-.HED Na/SNO X .ND. <KPJI<U~

F ILE/

I NOEX HE<] NU AREA < CA T= .RESP D; SC RIP Tl DH STATUS (A]4 (d)10 (C ]y (0) 4 (E) I(] ( )4<) ( G)40 4010 6 ~ ~ 2-<'.A G CLSO 82-63 C COOING IHCUNSIStAHT FOR KEY OPERATEO PROBLEM CORREC tEO DURING PCROR- hEYS ARE rtf-5109 I TCHES INSERfEO Mlfrl TEETH POINTING OOMH ~

~c.f~r tiaIILEIO~TLQ~IIX.ENLlQHL...

5<I RFF SER FI.HOIHG A 4 9, FILE. 4049 HF"5110, CLOSED

.<](Lll ...b . ~ 2 'B... 2 ...~ ~P~USJLf 'A~J~QJJ))~LJJJZ3~f~~~N

't' t(IESE CONTROLLERS SHDULO BE REVI EMED BT F;M.-. FLDM COHTROLLERS M/SIHILIAR TYPES".OF 'CONTROLLERS"' ' "; "; ... tlEO ANO ICC TO PREPARE RESPONSE ON FUCTIOHAL ACCEPTABILITY

~65111

<) 012 6.4.2.cO . G ..CLSD..33 1S S... SihK .CQQI,HG. QF MctlrJIILLLIAJIDL..S... f PAL Of SAGREES Ml TH ESSEX ~ 5 ERROR ASSES-5<<E)<I'S.PART OF THE PCROI(,CON¹RLS MERE FUHCT GROUPED. CLEARLY LABELED ZOEH=

REF-SER FINDING A~B ~ 13 FILE 4160 '(CLSO) 4013 I EPP".JUSJIF

. 6 ~ 3 ~ LC 5 CLSP

... PPSHIIUlt()VS SURFACf; NOJ CONCAVE AND PUSH BUTf OHS ARE SPAC IALLY SEPARATED AHO

<< ~

AI -5112 Idf.REFDRE l]DES. tlpf ZBPVIDE .h &II SLIe HAVE SUFFICILNT SURFACE AREA MHICH HINI-f

~.IZE RI,S(( DF.. SLIPPI)IG INJ(ER4 HO Ac T I ON INTENDED~

~034 Hf -511$

6.4 3.$ A..G. <LRO ~~<<E NQ C<<<<<<<OLI.El<~ME<<I TAJQYE H-FUt(c rf ()H I "(G. P USHBU I'ro'IS PR5)NBLEH RESPLVEO OURIHG .PCRDR Rtf- SER A ~ 4.2 FILE. l041 ATLAS-Zr e () UHHY P USHBU f TUHS REHOVEU CLO5EO 0015 6.4.3.SOI 1 CLSO EPP JUS TI F L= GEND PUSHB UTTON BARRIERS FPAL DISAGREES M/ESSEX ~ 5 ASSESSMENT

. rl F."511<< BUrroNs ARE LARGE HAvE BARRIERs, AND ARE CLEARLY LABELEO~

4416 6 4+4+(8 G CLSO 83-11 C OIFFERENfhfr ON Of CONTROLS SHAPE CODING USED OH RCP ~ S C PRSZR Hl'RS HF-5115 R P'5 AHO PREZ HfRS ~ RfGB 203 C 204 RESOLVED DURING PCROR

.REF.- AER.FINDING A 8~lr<, F.ILE f161 No FURrHER AcrloN IHrEN'OL'0 J 011. 6 <<a4 >U .. G... CLSI]~2=+5~ .M1J)E .JNCD3SLSlhHJ..E3JI~I QLER H(IJC]IES.. N fY SMI TCH COHVENIIQN .FGH, COtIIRQL Pt( IS rl F .5116 KE Y TEETH ORIEH TATIDH COHVENTIOH t(EY TEE tH POINf OOMH MHEN IHSERTEO IHlo

~ I LOCK - SER FINDING A+4 9 FILE i049

~I.DSED 0018 bo<< 4~ >0 G cLSQ. ].LP.=JUS.ILF "3FF"..P.QSLTI DN. Not YERJIc.hL SMlfCH POSI TIONS ARE CLEARLY LABELEO AN0

.A F.-S I I l.. NEET..L'DNIROL Ra.CQHVLIIILD14 No AcrIDH INTENDED+

~E 0014 FLORlOA PO)tLlt AI~ 0 L lb>tt CO ST LUClE UHIT 09/16/BA EBASCu SLRVLC1S laCORPORhl 1'.U uEThlLFO C JHTROL ROON OESIGH REVIEM OATA BASE-00 S.OttI-NEO. NO/.INURE,X..N(t ~LQRT~

F ILE/

1 HOEX ltEu Hu ARFA CA I-- =RFSP---.- . - D-SCR IPTlOH STATUS

( A)ES ( J) 10 (C)> (O)4 (E) lu (. )au (G)4u 0

4F

~ZQ.

019

-511 HF"5119 E) b.4.4-~01 G CLSO EPP JUSIIF CSNEROL'IAKOLEISI LARGE

0) SCURES stAHOLE POI!tTER

&$)t"" ttPS 'CALIBRAllON.

':.';i'.:.'":,..J,,f.":JE U,LP:,.>.'(gh~;. 'i', '--". " 4'",3 .,

AKQ ROUNQ VfSABlLll'T~

ROTORY'<S)tl TITHES ""'

I, NIIICII

",."s, .'..'. *"

POINIERS A

S ESCUICIIEON PLAIES IIOQIFIED AS PART OF PCROR REF". SFR FINOING A,6 Ri,.FILE $ 111 CLUSEO OS IT ION INDEX NARt(S SUBJECT USEO F4)R CALIBRATIOH PURPOSES NO AC.TIQN INT.ENOEO ~

~

ROTARIES

i LURloA PDMCH Atsu L1GHT CO 5 f LUCIE UNl,f 2 09/ I 6/03 C BA SC 0 St.RVIC CS 1H CORPO R Al t.o uCfhtLCO CONfROL ROON OESIGH Rt:VICH OA fh s)ASE 00 SQRl Ht".D. 83/3HO<X HII.. BEPPJUML .

F ILE/

INDEX HEu NU AREA Chl RESP .0; SCRIP. llDH STATUS

} A)A (d) lu (C)y (O)rs (C) tsl ( )~s) ( G) Etu

,1 Oooi 65 1 iu 3 CLSD CPP-JUST IF IVAPROPRIA TE SCALE RANGES FOR I'HE NARROM AND HIDE RANGF INDICATION IS Hf -5120 PRESSURIIER PRESSURE INDICATORS AVAILABLE 0 luo PSIA(LFO) C 0 1500 PSIA

.hH() MIUE RANGE 0 3000 PSIP HG FURfl(CR AC floH INTEHDEO

.Jsv2...s..s..r. EII....2 . Jul} MEEE12rs~st I tvs~vt Rs 1st vsrs s ssss svs ALARH5,ARE,PROVIDED" SEPARATE. BI STABLES HF-5l21 ~ . - ~ '",:HA VE ~ SET POINf HARKERS'HILEXOfHERS' (MHICH OPERAfE INDEPENOANTLY OF HETER

, ~ ~ ~ 00 N 2 I o 0 1 F FE R I EN T AT/ 0 H I

0 .s CL CA( ~ . 4 FUNCf ) BISTABLES ARE Al TIHES BUILT IH v

Bl..IHCMEJER. UHIl; BUJ ARE IHDEPE))QDII~

uuo3 e.a.l.io . CLSQ %2=tr3.M MISPLAY l)MLITT.JiL%515G. QBMttKE5$ IJH[ fS Of HCASUREHENl }IERE AOOEO AS PARf (

VMl2L '222ESS Q F f f 0RI J~CulLJLC LA 0 1 Ef CODING)

• s },

REF" SERsflNOING A+5 26/A ~ 6 ~ 19 FILE 0109v- I CLOSEO (

df -512$

6.~.1.io G CLSD t}3=3l 4., 0.:J POI Nf 3'h t3httUE~ 54(lLJhB.. RANGE CODING ('SCALt. Of HEI ERS

.WB.QCt.SS.XQNl ctQLLER~NCONSl SlhHJ t(AS OCEN COHPLEf Eo AS PART OF THE PCROR CLOSED'uor I'

.-0005 5 1 iC= .. 0 . ~LSD~~LLiII~VJ(ECESSARI CQ)tRQHEttfX Qtt "C~ISPLhI5. CJ)RRENTLf. Ut(OER.EHGI((EERIttG .REYI EM FQR Hf-512(I AIEAS isa I NCRCA5 ING CEA 0[5PLA'Y GROUPS ~

Ho AC f 1 OH IHlEHOEO (A I frt I 5 f1 HE )

~ '

oouG 6 ~0 ~ 1 iC1 5 CLSO EPP-JUSl'IF IWOICATIOH OF CHANNEL ACTI VAl'IOH/OEHAHO THE 015 PLAY CAN DE HANUALLY SELEC TEO To Hf-5125 vs ..SJJrvS...EIIEi12skrJQIL INDICATE EQUIPEHENT STATUS..JE, HEC)t ..

f NEPA1RS OR AUTOHA llC r}uot: OR SELCCTFO LLccr. ISOLAl toN. No AcrloH INrcNoED 00or HF-512b e.5.1.1E1 G 2A CPP/ICC 'V OICAl'IOH Si'ATUS OF CHANNEL/ACEIVAI'IOH/OEHAKD EPP/BACKFIT REVIE'M PROKBLEH FOR INCDRP VS INFORHATIOH OF SIGNAL LIHITTER ECT ~ ~

HIROL. VALVE.SLGNALMUIEULJ(ETERS) ISSUE ",EMD" Jo EBASCO~

uuua .

V f-5127 }tS ~ STA TUS 1 NFDRHATIDN (L IHIT SMIl'CH) It(OICATIOH RELIEF VALVES ~

(PRSZR BLOQ( 'REt.IEF VAL'VE) HAVE TEHP 1 ACUSTIC FEED BACK FOR STATUS C

~Q AC.TLQN INJEI(QEQ uuu9 b.a.l.if 0 .C LSD.~PP= JUSLI f . J)I.SPLA Y .f A IL URE .SUFFICIENT IHf'0 AVAILABLE. TO.OEf ER)}INC

..2(f =5120 G)th.&HAC. WEBB EhIIJLBE. IHYALLlLHED.

Ho AC 1'IOH INTEHOEO

~

(

f L(PRIUA F

(

ILE/

I NOEX A)4 POMLR AIPO EBASLU SERVECES INCOHPURAft0 S.QRI-HEU NO/.INUE.L db..

HE I) Nts (u)10 LtbNI AREA (C)~

a.(P CAT i 0) EP

-RESP-(i) lc)

O-SCRIPTIION.,

(I ) 4u.

~

OElhl LEO Sf LUClE UNlf CON tHOL R30P(

EPS!Il LSLL 2

DESIGN REV lEN STATUS (G)4u 09/16/0 GE 3

uu I 6 DATA BASE-uu C ci s ( I tf

'I 0010 6.), 1~ G CLSO EPP JUSTJ F S-NSOR FAILURE *OF TRENO RECORDERS SENSOR FAILURE AC f1 Vl l'IES ALARH REOUIR'0

~ ~

HF-5129 CAN BE NISIN TERPRETEO OPERA TOR INVESTIGATION A CORRECTIVE ACT ~

(FAILURE COHHON. REGARDLESS OF INSTR ~ ).

kull HF 5130 A aslicA C

..I'ILrl DIFFICULT':,TO,REA'0, 'ORHA'L R(NGES =)RE

'...'"-"'N3l'. PEAOILLY 'EADQBLF "I E

ND ACflON INfENOED- INVALID Rht(DC G.Duffy. RfLCI;JXD,IMPKr~OS RCSDLVCO AS PARf OF PCRDR REF CLOSED SER FINDING Ae5el FILE 4065 I ', ~

.J012= 6 > ch .rLSD ()3=63 aV~Sat.'itXSX.C ihBELING

~~131 1 1 . C . F ABRI CAJED NEH LABELS DUf(ING PCROR P(E REF" SER A 6 11 FILE 4100 CLOSED s

..0013 . equi ~ le~A CLSD 03=.37 Z~E(hRGIHG. fLQH XX~2 SCALL COOED SCALES 5IIEO f'R ACCIDENl' A F;.5132 C

lE.I DDHN XLlIH XI~2 NO Jt.V~M FURLt!CR QCT IDN. INT ENQEO

'RAN'G~. j.

G EL)IDMG h. 5 m EILE..god=

C(,OSf 0

.~%A . 6 i 1 ~ E'.B. 2 EE CPSLEIIE-LPCEP~LSP~PPPPPP-.

Elf -51SS ..~SJ J EVEL. "LJS.-.12 "11" 8 "LI5:12~13". HEF- SER FIP(DING A.s,la fILE (all C LOSEO 0015 A F "Sl 34 6 ~0 1 IC01 3 CLSD

~ss INAOEOUATE DISPLAY OPERAl'ING RANGES FOR LE~EELII.

PRSZR "LEO" DISPLAYS HAVE BEEN HOOIFIEO D.O READ "lEROAL'hLE" 'CHEN VYEB RANGED ~ .

R Ef

- CC N513 ~ 2652

.XORK COHPLETEO 0016 6 5 )+cut 2 4 CLSO OEL/INVAL SCALE RANGE= COO HG- SELECTIOH OF OPER RANGES ARE CONSISTAN'I Mll'H OPERATING It F-5135 R(NOES ~ REOUIREHENTS AND FPCL PHILOSOPHY ~

E~IJ(011(r ~NSXRUHE)tr irSr~~OWC.I+ON INT.EHQEQ HF-5136

e. i.t. i Ul 1-AUX FEED HOR- Bt C.FLOH~09 "28/C .ITEN 2- RX TEHP REC HEASURES "f-AVG"'

.2 RX COOLAKl" TCHP. RECORDER " T REF" (CORRECT AS IS) ~ ~ I

~ ~ ht(BE~~AHG~.MR~C31L~C- gQ= AC JJOH UKKNDEO 0010 6 5 802. e .. CLSP.. SSaS~~SEESPEELaLE.ZCSLmsCC .

1 PP CPEEEISSESE SCAL t,S CQRjIEC TEQ DURING.eC RON SLS1 Ef- KRWZMUXG~>=9.F LX a9.t'tT

'"L30 ARI THNI C VS L INEAR 1 ~

CLOSED ~

~.EL

AGE 0017 FLORIDA POINTER ANO LIGHT CO ST LUCIE UNIT 2 09/16/83 MKKJlQLN,,...

E l BASCO S ERV CES INCORPORATED Of TAILEO CONTROL R30H DESIGN REVIEM F

DATA BASE-OO

..Sh)l ..(0)10 .. (C)5 .,'.(0)h (5)AS .~i)60 ... =...(6)10. ~ I

.'":001'0 '. '6 I QE'.:":,I, ",'-.: CLQO'((tllEII(SNIAL( '"5 il'I 5 ERA(fSFORIIA .'NQFt)R!i))l(0)IC 5 EC'Q,Of(I'ECOROER PROV)CEO'lREC(.REAOfNS .1NFO

"-NFr5(30: .:','I-5 "i '; . ",I'Kt)PNQ4 B:<fk Yi'5 /8'.;1'.NQStFOE (Still )Pt(E(E();"t)T 'II2V@Q ':NO AC'(10)I INTEIIOEO.. "I(ITAL)0', ';,:,: ');."'i '("('6;:V I

"'NFL'139 46 >i"""-'

IKF'i~xMgVPQ:'QQTQ<~~A";;

4"'

'Q'.

' '~ '

3: .

'"'+ OH N

4 SU

'4%ppE hfORr>'Ilh OR'tl HAR S ARE NOj COHFUS ING I'0

'.REF .I'SAi'F)INDfk )ge+Af~'/LE'$ 56@4@

g, . ARE~XNOE, EO - ed@

~3l21 ~~ 1 "U IT OOI S

EC AQELS l(ERE OE RIP CHARTS ARE AOOLO (0 R 5.

6 LE4aAREFg@SER+lNO H 'a '"(FIL'K).fgd FONNA".P l".-.'-~~ .~QI I~Q:;. P..

g 4 Lr:ALN ItFQA - .g PCS'E'0~).I'CRONQ~O&~%4~f~a~,q~4-;}, ~4. <-.0~,'jj~w IE . g ~g" kl@(F Q'~q50$ g8+Q$ (P" l@iSc+ggi c

~F~(ll

.~022 TQ&WO R U S R 1(0 REF>> S 0

R NO 0 F H NG S~AL S F

IIP E E TEQ E s 7 j "i<>'4LKVPi~'g$

~

0"IC &)SEDlA J.:.~)M>V'-'~.".'"' a-,,

K)QP9~>~kfk~)4~'i'i44. ~.g.g '0@l~i50 50

~F 5142...... LF ZQLXX L~P

'"'-P '~j '--:

QQNMIIERQEQ

.I,'4024 .-':-6'5' >A3 '>5  !: "siCLSbkQd3g44".C".. vk'4 RLh:.:FQRHAT.,:POMQR QXf - ".'-...

4,;

S~r AJAR R - Q~R IQJggG~r

- -".:".-'5==:~-'4-":+N 025':.';"<f 5

')F,5144.;,.-" .;(>

l iQ"-=," '~'QO)

"'; -',i.". -:; "

gg5h;42.4 Cf ~~

4p~:.%+4 A'> .'3%R)

L LfPCREHEHJSgA}R.; . 0e 5E~QQGL'g<$ 18$ A fg0f>AP 'CQTR 5',')j CgkQgAj$ EF LME

<'QHOUSTR'f:.",STANDARD'-:,RESOLVED-:PEER'.PCRD

'.SEP

";,"sq'

-. gF. )145 0 +w,)66'.NI q 5

@~ATE

- 'i

.- +'~-y.'.'....',<.'<i4'< + .$" .'

II Igv j g.

.'l I:"Q 'tr

(

i'( .05.04~ ~ "'

.0(0)q')RAA:0g'.0'~hips(g~g V Vt .,

'Q

'K-'" "4)g AC/HQCg I.

g>P'> 0

/P(vt j

$ ~<~,IIQ.'

+'1QQ((tlv~@'

y h

III F

<<s, '(thing+

A Sd '

0 I

A

-49DRQgNE

~ ~ i ~

RANG S ARE CORRECI'OR CCURAC'Y AHOY'FUHC'TZGk '>'AS"

')

MR NHg)DER)v i IS, gE($

0

', Ag OES REO Pf'5'-THE".I~)i'Ai

.CALEAI CODE OQ'N4

)I

'4

~

G CO 0

~'6rI '

~'g)(5P jP'4 "NiF&IL:~ j'Q)ii>>; '.,~c hC4!.5'";..".".'-'~":.'":.""3'g~h,'~Qi.'ii'kV

<<IQ"',i'+a 'F'IN

/ N~, "I>P~".;-8',

P 'g$ . '5 Ov+ '<+

A ">'C g~g@

a&='4CXOAS7DB>PP~,".:Lib<~E~75')$

~ SVgklff Q -'REDO Vt, <<0 fr>IAPPI 4'!"="4,*.!i-'.OiQ;".~~"t".i8('/7~+'QQ D)PIP)0 5 01/~ ~A M,QV (I I

' 1 (Lt '~ i, A, (z.qQL lr r4$ T Q~'5 c'7/~b>>C" '~ . A$'<~S<h"'5;,'.~-".- <V. 4'~rb"'TC'

E 0010 FLORIDA POMER AIEIO LIGHT CO ST LUCIE UHIT 2 09/16/B3

>'ll'.

KBASCO SERVICES INCORPORATED DETAILED COHTROL ROOH DESIGN REVIEM DATA BASK 00 LHOEX...HKO HO=,........AREA CL'X ~KS -':"-~-"-". - L1e4208 ' '.-"' '"'-'~" ' ' STATICS

..33II.. (33IU ..IC)3 MDJS~EJSII~JIL I G) 40.

~E )028 ~>>'6+5~3 fe i0 "gi'its sl<)gZ ':D~'~OK)l All( Pg CE5S'-'CIINTROI,LEE/5>FlC~9Ql'1+'gggtl0%)) ~ !'" '-"' KPP/NE'0, DETERHIHKO.".;-"',THE-'USE -OF'ESCRI PT-"',s"eI

".',HF",5)47'..., '.-." .- "-"..." .c'Ag"'-'i>.g'~>4>> 'E',fg'-,,9)21~L,'QgRV+jYH@% 'H&PUPR45@T'ARE, '-.;I VE LABELS MOUCg@g <VI'OE-",.EFFECTIVE DIFF,."P'.""-!;-:~ r ERS~~C 033 .JIB&IIBQIEB SC31QIL.IIIIEBCEC.

'~'V A E ABE KDi PRO IDING

44. Ib's'A OESCR$ PJ ONBEQF"II5$AlgK$394BROIHTKJl( 3 R."-'~)

$ 'hi";~F,.uND'TZD'g" ~If'V~ Qe~t@Q~@'ESSE'$lii 6b 5 8 I SHED AHO

~~a@-t" <-'.:P~"-'"'-4 '%f ij'WtC "~.PCS'-3, EP. q qPOC'gPP'-',OOIO EVREf +45KlPf, KO'I)G'EA(5" DfgLE4Dl6 CCl,'0 K B 43, 3'~I a' T -CLAUSE ~ 7P g,.tv +".. PP ySI 0 OH N DH HAS KST SL SHED AHO A tjl s 8<

.) Nj,."3 F x" W>"~ j<g>~" =4~ +IE'8.",I'r'-'P>SL~-'. C-'.~:Q!L '4~.z t

IIIEILZ~~L~HILAAILK- E'-

ES~B CB~AELBEILLRK+3LJ!II1313 EI

$ 033'"."'-';B6 I

': C' "

3'Z'.."i':;~~<'~'3$ XS+~fft+35,4i g .h; XF '.'g Q

'5 'I'b'0"-~-.G" (>~'".CL~$ 0a'EPICS USE~ ':OLAi Oj(iNPfig"'CPC9RR~DDIII'I

-:."..", ":" ':"'."-;:E".'I:.IE'. 'S WW ""

Iy }',g~tggt'.<(jlXCqgq+$ :,", .i -. ~';;Ftj;,:+3;S;.": .~".;I',,",433" 5'4i.",-";;SuhiECi-:-.EauIi

' """-3"' '.I.""'-'".:- ':

EIE:SS.g<'3'I ~

L:I:" I ":IB +S C.'.B HER

'"".',5'j,;"t,~'.)'~<'j ? 3 II ~

~936$ 'i~. '6P '"-.'w'.'3 i'QF,.$ )53!:.g~!5 a'1'e6'034~"- PC' ~

."I..'.4'f3Vg@$~@g Eblis Q

Pk'NERyfg6HXtBD "M4THEMK ghKKA'N IT'ATQR >TEHP'e, - PX'16'RPSE't/

!"XV(~" I ~~NDKRKPQQKR,t.'P~ HAS i'BE Q,CH AN GEO" TOIL.".',4'iK

-'-'GREEN is'LYTE 3"'.~ x j a0, '~635"-j'Ml'~yp~ >> of~~t-'+Pi',i CEQ.SE

'>ilIF;"5154"":"x'j'-"':>>'-.""""'lBs->:. " ~"l-g >'-,'k .

~ I.T ~ S VI US THA I'H C TR ERS ARE

.3 ',;:, <<.'-';;.',.'.I;.>E,,4.-".. '.I';>Be.'7tkf)IIX'i4VhkV~

COQ+HTIDR, NO'EN&Ai'/ M".4'J' -'NP THEi&AHE",'AS OTHER'$~"',.PUSHFBUTJONSJQlI:.iI',.;

gf 4)i B)T. {:g 8'..gAeV+,'Eghht".;f. i;".ARf CLKQRfT',.K'OKRA,Ik'IKD/$Y, lABELM~~FPAL'4."~,kA.!

~36 ~~2 2 mSC >i~'.i3: jliRSS'>> FSS~ K~.It..

PAY<"W~t:,'PEG%jÃ,tgi'::~".g~i4~if' 'M~p' > ~<<C C)%" <

.'Es, <

Z Ft." k .:4 t x:;~::~8 D-~CHEZ'gN~gNTE n

~

PA~:.

E

~W~QP4'~~ -3 WI'-."b~R:>::.3 5'!SRX~E't8'SS', " '-"'-".itg"'"MrgXj"~ '.

B",>gj .. 5 '"P~W'.>~~;I53<2~~3.'jiEB+<"C; II',>>-.i.;:,~'"2+<"EIl"$"'=!"j;"V- ry~<jP 0 F

+ 'It 'I [ Q '3 3 <<" t: X

AGE'019 C FLORlDA PDMER AaO LlGHt CQ St LUC1E'UNIT 09/16/85 EBASCO SERVICES 1NCDRPORATED DEtkfLED CONTROL ROON DESIGN REVIEM 0 At A BASE-00

, SRc,~

. IA)l .(Gllll, (C)5 (OLL LE)ill ~CO =,!G)lill c

5533,

.-. HF-5156*:.

Ie) 5 ' pc p

5 2 2A2.

c

....-..=',

r '

G c c '.

C,"'.'JLSD J.!'3,32522: -'; W[33NI}ER;OBSC!URE4(SNFD"

(% 'ccc) k~c<<c 4crc 5 hiVps.EVpcrc

,",":-,. ""'"CSg~gjii C '3 ..N.AIIE P.LA(ES

'-.4.. -:::~4~~'<~",.~P, ','.TREF..<<,'HEO(l'ORc'.L'M TED~I TENS)>> V~4~j~;"~;-,:~:AODEO: ta Ol SPI.AYS t RANGE,.=COOING'RG-)-

',Ao5$+ ~Ah+r (ls'$ roc~'icpcpc re% 62cp cr e g~hgfAQJggJg +SppJgpg f gfF- 5/R Of GALS 5. SCALE'COOING. l(ERE

                                                                                                                                                                                                          +NOJQG $ $ fo              FIJI Calf
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               '.A CCLSO)
~LilF 515fA@iCptg+'~~'~""i: "c(}g'A

$$ %M>'k@cC- +mk~a$ 4g,"

S Q ~,

                                                                              ~
                                                                                   'F  .

N HE'

                                                                                                     ',.g R
                                                                                                                          ~

NF0 gOI}!'I'f'EH 55'h. +4" ' NAHE P ATESt DECALS C SCALE CODING HERE jzfp'ADOEp AYLDjUDl P)LQYCS "IIRAHGEQQpD(IHGgPRGpJi.";;-<+a~i'= Q~VfPOLWSUCHHARY,",JKPCO)T;~SVPPQHCHUT f.gL'wc QA

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    &~M'(233~&

2 W EG~UPII NI 5(A U~SS VE~RF/EO ON GUARD S R RS I H t DH 0 USYH NTS H 0 5 f

                                                                                                                                                                              '<~A'CCORttZ MGL) PUPA @45(2'3.:.."GXj @G~~~'if:.q~'>%~i".
                                                                                                                                                                           . ".3~)',$ O'.F URIC ER." A)CTI'ON"<IHTEHOE 0,'( sgj~ftc.'Q.',(:~'" t;
                                                                                                                                        )2                        C gN
                                                                                                                                                                        }5 L"I'j~4t )P.-.".'P cN)g                                                             '3 '367<':f/~'-AVI"'r~4 <iP'PW:JA~'lV PIL -"5'2'(~,'."."N'.i.)

~AQ

~F=5159
             ~A~2 ZBZ                                                                                                                                                                     I RS II R SCAL~O~OO~h55 SI D~~OH                 N   E
 .~~160            .                                                                                                                                                         ~KORJ.                   T~RggS ~Hfdf                 QPgR       PgRFORC NC+

X.OULDM~IIPJkOVEP G

     . 1042  .:.6       5 ~ 2 e82           1:,-"..."N~CLS)DVQ)ifi'i6P4                      'L('PDIgf}64k                  j}}lIOH) j".;(".,"~tE 7%$ @ 46':.':.; "STANDARD.O'                                 H    OISPLAYSL. RESOLVE.DURING:                                 ";4(g LE=M~<SO)RG h                        5   GUILE 3<~l LOSER
                                                                                                                                                      %               -cc;).DUPING;sc}(LEG REIIU)RED.;Foll 'URAOPIVIN Q%4i
  ~+HF."5162=.'.-'.}":      ~  )63'>>      "='--'HER.:;"AP&P'J'3 3)EEDI:.PD)N gllREAQ       828       ..Q    i'll 6}tlloAv( Gt)SOIL'I)'.
                                                                                                      <xccf,If'%5324'4(p.RQ
                                                                                                                             -.j'c              +Q.'(}egg     .

a:c".4)c8)!2%r'l( .Fg(>> -'":,"lROLERS,".HAD '.I NCREASEI ARROMS'ADDED PCRO(V'(cc'"'c'

                                                                                                                                                                     ~  a i
                                                                                                                                                                              '"c Lc~g
                                                                                                                                                                                                        ~Q QQQgfJ)g                      cr N-        *       ': .l 'a -.        giPA.P>

QSE

                                                                                                                                                                                  ~ -R      -    N    0    S          RY         N  SU      5     SEC           NL+6           A
                                                        .".(6': 'Nc'c)A
                                                                                     .'IWI"!ci ":,-!,'::l¹cNcckRE::"-:.

c-

                                                                                                     "    .-c . I I-'Ice'".-ri'li c';-                                                                 '-

M>> O'}pk>~)EZ)'@~EX'H@~. i' ~ i,'rp).3$": c" 66.C.l'.;C.'~ ~'pNI-.>>..'-" - "" >

 ~LS.~+S ~L.A1                                                                                                                                                                     ~~LI1~IHQJ+~~fQf~CQ gg.Q V I GEO 4 s     't~kZi~"IHP")CyZDHNE                       HYEHDEPgm'PE)}c I.
                                                                                                                            ~
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      ,Ci         C g++52~P Pl'8c(g     P I}."33 L    w  "'.

3 )

                                                                          $               3(            3'l.      !L    ~                %                 '5             13pV~+,cr   c  +p   ',      . 5 2    A'cc('5%    '%~~  C  6  ",     6 Ec       c) ~

GE 0020 FLORIDA POXER ANO LIGHT CO ST LUCIE UNIT 2 09/16/83 ~n EBASCO SERVICES lkCORPORATEO

    ILE/
.SHOES-~E(L-HO.

(A)4 '

                          ~  '      '

IU)lu,.

                                                   =    "
                                               ..WREA~ES C'C)5 Lll3,'.-"i.".',A'yCLS'O>>

CODA 6 (EWQ I+'"A~ ~"'"

                                                                   'R"-~-"~"-~ *SR'~&vj'~%44>r) (~~9<4 OETA1LEO CONTROL ROOH DESIGN REVIEM
                                                                                                        ~f>u......-         4"~H~i >>>)
                                                                                                                                         """ 'L

iP9~~4~'~~">><~>> 'lAYis

                                                                                                                                                       "                 '                 IAIUS (G)40.

DATA BASE"00 6666 .. El F- 51 65'

                              '.I.,

6' 3

                                           '    ..'r   Pr.

w ' i fgP APSE P>>Ug$ ESS.FOP.:('ULHAHEPL'ACEHEHI':HAI I,

                                                                       "'ni~-',(L~%'f>gh~'~Lg@jrP>3gCAU'X'EED+SMI r HPA>>'r>>fATl)36Ct'>>(94~a+rlLR>>A           C    -

5 DIES:'OBSTRUCT. BUf'P>Pl~ I AA L7'~erg'/P >IXI P4>'gg r:"',". KP/AA

                                                                                                                                                                     ",6)     '
                                                                                                                                                                                      '.*IHIESIISAFE REPLACfllEHI(,OF, HIERO SHI ICH
                                                                                                                                                                                   '.'AA @JEM~

ONTROL HANOI'S "M/THUN B 'MITCHES

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         "'r RE(-
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    ='P A                               E           EO    ~

AG EEXEN NRC PER LETTER kgAgcEPR+ap 'QQ xRs!'4.jPAL2 'b2'~$ 90'"jl'Age:~"~ m~. I",'<@"',i': ':." R.g:fag VT Vdi!" "'<0 '~.RVi<'Z7~'<>IN.'7 O'P~a".A"lI'.>%<A'AM:%~%'S ~P

                                                                                                                                                                    '>i"4EFE jQER" FfNOINGV4",hg'+fiat-jag.AH'a.Vb" P &+1.441.m~< +44P".

P 64K~ CIA O " Rg) P"'CLQQEO%%~>~P'~.'y~ i$ g y'> ger 6 j~ ~ .>>~V~Y P>'>4.-$ '>> .~OAR~ M~168 6 3 AC gJEEl+~~~/~CR~E~E~ J Eg

                                                                                                                                                " eA      ~,.>           s:A .Vr".iP
                                                                                                                                                                                          '"-    "'~       -   .'Uilpl.~."l$%~,". jS?N.;-       '<5:~   Pi<~r" F4'.             T
                                                                                                                                                                                  -:--.qLOSEq-.

MFMI69 CLOSE(I

                  "';,6 I 5".0                              '"<4JDL40]'43-$               fN) I,.'g')PER/fii                                   <'!'i+5j                  ':"';"

0051 1B -". G

                                                             ~LpLP yp~1F(((30$ r> r    rgb)        v6>>    3~ ~    p AL'+IS)fr'CHNi r      I 6 g>    lq6$>>. 6 +

fPii"'i+.

                                                                                                                                                            ~  ~t'PL>>           pf
                                                                                                                                                                                      -'.PROPER-CHART" I

LllSEO

                                                                                                                                                                                                 .I       "

PAPER ) HAS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         ~

BEEN'NSTALLED:.')"" sp 6 ~ yipr I p>

   .."1052 "~; "f45,".0",1B
     .HF~
                                               '2 ',+~j-IT I I=-s'.;:.'.-:~;.-P: - t><<~l.'WM'.Fy>6 b44~          $         'PjPP/SCA X+NISH'g VRF',~M> " '" W < PROPER)CHART':PAPERHA'cBEENH,IKSTAL EO'F.ql>.

aQVfgSFc$ <As'jXj'Ego.'PcaRDERg" Ai4'l~i~'+~~@.~"'~='"->~':R EF~J'SERgIND ING/A'.5'SP'I~LE<<w'oy2'.~s"',i'<-; .'): 'L'~ I-iHF 5172=;, 'I ',:."

  ~<.'.'.""i'(-'; +6'lw".+'I!P,-..r.6..;. 3&~63'~el'"A
                                                            '-"': 4'AH"')jib )'I lA Pr  'AC't@P 'uF()tQ'g)2LN V

C ~ N E

                                                                                        +jar+ " 'Akfp'e'6'Si gi'F>rPA cs)$ +YY '%t'0 RAL')Sf"'3 ' ~c4""'3:I ikAKE':THEIR SERV IC INK)'EASIER'DUNDING '4'~

GA E Tf R@Fl&j~4'g)i(a'AV" 7 '%$1'RH6~6! SHA'RPP'".EDGES,LUBRICATINGUSLIOES/ ".i.",', '.3 0 ER ALL NG RECORDERS 3 l'0 l"'-~> '<

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        '-'~'r".

U H RTS R R A D ARKEO 0 CE E 0 S PER AOXINISTATIVE

-. R  "~i LH).I)'    "HPHM>>C>>PF>>'r'+L> .6'6$           <fM4V)WA~P'ik                                            gEg8
                                                                                                      ,'AZi~ =-C~Y.

rL l cog>> kM* j l<'h.,>>P f '(O'PROCEQ 9 t@~ABY4Ãgt .VQ",~Tg~VM',,-;:Na E H REPS),A A'@el/ a P>> II> +~i.'4'$l' IAC I/ON.":INTENOEO~."CiPSHK~ =='.-.'.'-"4',:i VP .~i~ 16 .>>>> (A>>(to+ i<<>>'>>6'Pr Hl'<~ ~ ~~IRPH fgLLR~, I ".>>R., IS~6 3'r iI ~ 'Ar .g"..'~3 3'~'4++)'r.'; g~ p>, ' ' 1 + iPP

                                                                                                                                       ]        'g.      '

si I, <fl e +"..g " ">; .

                                                                                                                                                                                                      > ~ I .3'>'cf: I Llc'~-66kb  ~4.      'aA'IF(rr'~'63    ll  >> t(f" l     AN

A GE FLORIDA POHER ANO LIGHT CO ST LUCIE UNIT 2 0021'9I'16I83 EBASCO SERVICES INCORPORATED OETAlLEO CONTROL ROON DFSIGH REVIEK DATA BASE"04 ~.DRL"JIE LHl4'15Dt.X

                                    '.. 4'.";P~     <<W<<
                                                           '-.. ':Olfe  3 tlfr~.. ~:,~T'D,:.-:~'3 ')>>".-,<<O'AI=-'ill~+'."i=';X~q P~'0'-el r,~ac (A)%        ..(Oil0.. (Clb                     (DiEG,        (EL10.         ~.           iSO
                                                                                                                                                                     ~
                                                                                                                                                                          .SXh TN'
                                                                                                                                                                           <G)44 0055
  . IIF-51TTB
               ..6    5+A ~ IK         G.,',ll'CIS'P.-'IG3.,1O."C -"'IVISIBILI'TT:.OBSCUIIEO,-:BT:DISPLA'."1%.
                                         "'.:..':,i    I;".:;"::i>,:. .K"IRITUIGEHIIPSCATIOH'KEÃPORTRECOROERCEBEllOS'I
                                                                                                                                                       ':,;ll          -'LEGEHOS HAVE        BEER IHCORP . GHTD CLEAR Grk~ " '

r.,>i APIPTIC',;Y4~o >g<<SRIIIr P "qg'y g,gp pic IRO .<<. r PI< GP gz<<P,I -k. I -..LUCITE.." I A.LD 5FA

                                                                                                                                                                               ~

ITEII INI~G ~ g~r~rE CLOSED OURIKG 'PCROR. ' 083 9 8 - C R CORDER V S B L TY OBSCUREO BY GLARE RECORDER GLASS HAS REPLACED AS PART OF

                                                         +iL$'""<A)Iv9g','          ',  SYANT, 0 45 )HD "f, . " KjRE                            gRDEQIC s    '!'"',.'THE':PCRDR".;='-;:,-'<; ':.a;H',ji:q>~":,"; .'.g,:"=,'~,",i:".,"."iTI<<'4" gT   ~

gg>1$ l(V 4

                                                                                                     "'~)g+ jp
                                                                                                                        +~'
                                                                                                                            @     ~      >
                                                                                                                                          ~'
                                                                                                                                             ~   ~     'IT>>F'~i""P '>         '
                                                                                                                                                        @Sf)JQCITREF~AER"FIHDIHG'1A'<<5GB26'I<<FILE) f083'IC~'PfckY~~f~?'TL
                                                                                                                                                                                   ""f"' 'r~" .'JG'-'5 '4):-"'I~~ ~'>'> ""'A"'k(~"r>p MVg
~MT~                  G. A.ZILI                                                         R=      R       R P    H   CO      R  IDENTIFICATION EF- ER FI DING A 6 2 FILE.                   lII2
                                                                                                <<AGSQ                    '""         I 9          ~  '
                                                                                                                                                          $~~, LolCLDSFDI.<M.:-.) ->...=".3.<<-.~..'4. I'">BR X.) . g'g<<);~~
                                                                                                                                           @                      3
~

G 9048 ~.i,r4 ~ G'.hl G C SO 82-63 C R. CORDER PEN FUNC I ON DENT F CATION P EN LEGEND LABELS ADDED OUR NG CROR ~ FM.Il/ KL- KR FI9k&IG~ok&~XLE >112

                                                                                 '    IA
                                                                                        +%4)"
                                                                                          "      I  ~y'.IL~
                                                                                                           'I
                                                                                                                 ".~glKfap$
                                                                                                                          '    f M~7~78X'l
                                                                                                                                       '               ':Y"tA'5
                                                                                                                                                           ~F:ZITO')',I'g<<,:.'~':qr.,"       --I','a",4~~A.LE':4<<3< I+,

EGEND'ABELS(i(DDED".

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    . PIVcX'r IJRING."'PCRORi~~)'.~w::                ~
 ,. SF.=51?8                                                                                                                                                           AXE       'iQLfLKkINGM. 6~2~ ILE >ll?

CLk$.E.O

    .0060    ~      ~ 5   4 ~ 201   ~ G
                                                               -.~L-i'9 4~ 'k'-VY )                <<   "'"
                                           -:iL@4Ct."SO'--. EPP. J~Uhf IF '..'TD6",:/ANY P OI HTST."';TO)NOMITDR) OH"RECOROETRST I<<UPI.'W) A,~TA.":.. WA.":~'II'0 I'P<<CQ;;      P
                                                                                                                                                                  . -c    IHVESIIGATE SOLUTIOHS TO. RESOLVE IHP ACT.," "

gQ V~LDADIH PL" 'I P.-.'i'<<-"i R.EF:SEIL fJ HD IN' ~ 5og

   '4061 HF-5180    '..6 5'"      LA3 . 'f4"       34XL'SP."-P+Pl'..'0
                                          ~PT~qln'-.W~ir~~w"'X..'CDNHAS <<     IFdAAT:LC'DRUN.;IYPIE CllUPHTERS NEED;PLACEgj'FOR;P" .0 E AHDEOEC(NAL,EPDINi'5"..'. Af '">'.JA<'~""-                  -
                                                                                                                                                                               'N"'INO      EQUIP HEHT 3'HD REOUOAHT .IHF~D.-'-"w AVAILABLE LOU ERROR'ASSE(SHEHT                   ~
   .IIF 5181   -   ', r...

P I ' 'I>~>P'I'~i O'L i'-*P HEDUP. L "TA 4TTQP PJEcT.O/$

                                                                                                                                                                    ~

P'A)g j')'I<<w'3('.jsdPQ<<PA<<jB..II'j.'.'sUBJE('II: DIsPLAYs e CN NG NG OUT OR RENOVING

AGE 0022 I FLORIDA POMEH AMO LIGHT CO ST LUCIE UMII 2 09/16/43 EBASCO 5ERV LCES IMCORPORATED DETAILED CONTROL ROON DESIGN REVIEM DATA BASE-04 ~18IglERAQCLI

                                                                                                                                                                                                                           ) ~ i
     -( AIL.           ~  .(Ill(0....(C>5. (                             0>A       ( AIU       ~AU-           -=--.--,--                           --..-.-...                 ( SJ All-i-6 6 I'I" ':2 i! >'KF                               0!'l ST.,(l(IL'%06) 2 SINU,; 'ABEL'5 '.                   2>> 1':V)4!I: r"'.'I'.".:;: ( ABEDS'FABRICAIED'DBRINCPCRBR~                                                                                I~
     .00(ll UF-.5(02:
                        ~
                          ..'::         ~

(C'ES A >69

                                               ~:-.';L'::.<<r!" TN<<T..-'IJ:,.(tp>',gll5iBAR01E(D'1ILBS:1L:,E((>i ,;:."-".',-.'6~BP>g. (..'>;:.-" '.:REF.-:,'SER N-4" tF~-B5.'h .- )It/.A..-.

FIHDINB 66.20'ILE Fl(0 ~ C 005~&aFkCi~sCM.,+g4rr, U~Q$

                                                                                                       'Oy t P.               0    SD
                                                                                                                                            '      'k,, 'R                              F4i4EQ XINOING .A ABE EOO RI G                  C 0 I,FCL'E 5008:g,                   '.4IBt'h$ 4.'Q'    '

E~UK~ ~50~ gpss

           <<'tf~1j "! ~iT
                            )EP
                                'g
                                'f
                                        'I     "

6<<)g '<<('q(), lei, hs

                                                      <<  't IT I  Ai
                                                                                         ~
                                                                                                       -       ';           '                         .    'AB        .
                                                                                                                                                                           <     f4'gg~j, %BP'h'Ig.
                                                                                                                                                                         %:RCI.QSE'O8lfREV;
                                                                                                                                                                 ',0Kr>+~'     'i  '>2 0>

rgA@uB

                                                                                                                                                                                                         'Sh@EMR!OC~4YAP
                                                                                                                                                                                                     .'IF<<~<<P, hIAF, Ij<<y!'(I P    R PysERttSECT'i . P"61LaSO';-Qg R
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       .0010l37J'%RA~

T 5)tEBLrI 6 >tE+grjyg)! WB'wg J. ~ DIN UHP

                                                                                                                                                                                                       kIN5~6          J.~E                Elk                                    (   ~
                                                                                     '0
                                                           'Fr                                           r
                                                                                                               'f
                                       ~     ~                   i".) 6       ~>                                         >I il(hl
    >6,
 ~"0446;2'+-6:,'6'o'&aZoSA1-t"'t'tr<'cJ'tF)>t BF(U           ~+    >       +~> P ~tA(P i
                                                                           'SO g

j ()>t $ g

                                                                                                  \

k) E T. i H'AOF'. il N)ig+P]fSlg'OP~QDR+ABELSA'B..B'..5MIICH~>LABELS'(IHHICH.'i/ERE'!OBSCUREO

                                                                                                                               '        I IBt i'>tel
                                                                                                                                                            >vf> !'>1 0 r5                     i             >E
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          .BY>:.'. '>>i2':;.:((.;

st'$407:<<". y.'.4$ ':" Za W8.1-. 44%~. mhj4LpWKM AB 'R N IPIRI .Bh NCEk ' . "'LABELSAHERE.",IHSIAL'L'EOtFAS-I'.ARI"A)F=PCRORy>>".'=',, QL'i'>jI:.X" Pr)>>PJP @4~@@~,. =",~~'M.C~CAaEO'APRjGRA'H;".RJP'jaVZri:iV~HRC.,'.-";=>I:!~:>';~~+"~ SP~QX~

                                                                                                                                                                                 -4                    -
;-"-tH'F, SIB9'-        '    ~='~: L"'-F..SN'="Ii.,'I A'I'(gv:,"2
                                         ~

q~.4 gi)F 0 A ~ A hEO hE EM A EO ITH NUMERAL

                                                                                                                                       'gl'AN%Ed .,~ITt'(~ok(',,","."g= REFikPER,,FINSOING;A '6'3, fjlLg '5091:.--..light.;-LyB.,"'yi':..

9" ~

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 ~
                                                                                                                                  'A          <<+        6'~V ' ~P>tt(4(.(h                "- ~+ 'i>tA.; 9 "(6',t.t. 4() 2 't't4 .u..54~4,'2! it.'f..".A" 4g:"<'4~t'.

R '~AS, g. '.',, A. ~f~ 61m~

                                                                                                                                                                        'RFF~:SF+iFLTHg)RO $

I" S.r+PFF: CL'OgQ'At'6i'APAt)FrVJ)(h 'SA ' 5

                                                                                                                                                                                                                       &"BI ST L EO
                                                                                                                                                                                                                               '510 P

i 5 >"'A. >F r'M~;e

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                ~

RDR

                                                                                                                                                                    .8%6-.=L) h(~">>.~F.'t';t/2-'!-'0 2*l "5 PL~'C%Y> fat"-(( '."-.k"i".Ãi-'fA'l ct't >Sr.'T1B
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            '"      C.
                                                                                                                                              ) PRfid i       ttLLThht L>j)~trrtÃ.Ai . By'I~~It'A<'h>>FY>T(t5:kt tB~gtl 5 'fsfk>>                    "(2 t  '<<u+P>>>E        ~i+2

AGE 0024 ( FLORIDA POKER AaO LIGHI CO ST LUCIE UNIT 2 09/16/83 CBASCO SERVICES INCORPORATED OEI'AILCO CONf'ROL ROOH DESIGN RCVICK DATA BASE-00 4')A<<A s ~k YA )>> Al++ <<>>AAk JC+ <<)<<>> 'k&%<<'f>>&. p. <<PXt 's. M . 4 .?1 <<? ", li >>h>>L>>LX>r h ~ lh

  ...s<<)<<,.(U<<ill                          .          (C<<)..ZOJL             <<E<<LU             ~iss-                                                                                (G340 ..
    ..  =80)9,"' 6

HF",5200'".

  $ ~.'>>h<<? . ". ? a<<   '...'           ..

3B

                                             ~

13;": ) <<C>>LS'DP

                                                             ~
                                                            <<'.l'<<<<'A."iv'<<e
                                                                              .83~<<15PQ~'~+>     ?fCOffll STEQZTL'$'PELSP'BBRCV$ )T)OffSiY~"'.)?",","."AS PART,"OF THC". PCROR PRPGRAH, NEK LABELS,"'w'"'Q~,'
                                                                ?"":X$ ';?;0@%%mg<gi$>>". 4N'JHSQRlNG~PP:

Cithh4'oh<<t PiÃ>~,.f )I i'<<'..<<<<'<<R pHOAlTO IQG-"PgL'f/~-"j.'0::. ", 'ERE.-.CNGRAVCO 'USING STAHOARDl'*ABBREV; '..;!i;.';

                                                                                                                                   +gh 'sl'/'/<<<<iÃkY>>gk                .6))w); <<.              h',i3                r Dc BXRIF~ILCLDSE~MSEILAa.~~ILE PLIL4 N             AB            FAB             I   G        NO      C F.=5/iI: >>L'<+ '." Ci.<.7".i$9Xjl                                                    U   BE JIG'i.                                                                "

SBQEt~~~RgfERa~ 'XCTIDffA'RTADURlH -PCROR~v'Ifa+ 9,

                                                                                                                                                                               .'? figD tN tfS h~kT IK.&@7j"bggATQ SKiSH@EMGRVe~NRS:
                                                                                                                                                                                   ?

HP L A C BECN AOOEO AS PART P R

                                                                                                                        >>(,
   ,j <<<<S'\<<)VPPlg')>J>>hP<<)  'P1CW    )i Q>>'

5 )<<<'g ' ',~. type,s ~ jitii gh>>hgglP)lP jg<<yP? <<'ii  ??+Q g t j/ ~@ P) <<)S <<<< .>>, O <<[gal+?<<gg>>) 5g)g

 ~azz

. ~f~ R AaELMMB~O.EIILGGC F E LII Q: h)4 EF.'PEg fA1$0'IN)".,g'6" '.+PAL:5$$ 0P7)F, '~?? .'~~~$ ., h r g.?? W4 Q( Ji+ i$ N'LS<<ice>>A" i +i@<<+>> elf NS'ga Jt4~~ '4 +Q) ~

       .$             "'4'6
 ~~2      024".
                      '  '<<h 3 8A>.',-.i 2, .",iFCVSDk'4~l+11L&~'C)'gT)dLQPfiSI ljt 'kBEW'/ff'll:k'SELEQ.".":iK:;".'ABELING'-OF."ESCUTCffCDM'k~fLAl'ESWHAS.
                             ..'.".') .". '-'.i jv'~.".4,'7/c54i.'h'5:"f?ZBA'+g<iqI 4j " '"               ')F "'3 ",5 '              "            '
                                                                                                                                                            'sNSs~"f':~'- '                         -""      'j             ~Bii~ '<< -"7 )" - .'.~" >>':.h'i         .s  "  ?f ~9
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   'H~~M
  '-    4025,),',."!'.kg6'i 3"8'4 .Z'3'"" ."'445                               2&FjC )      'OS'T           S't   sf]46i?.                lfE(                T)A'gCL e,"'HEif'(COllPDHE T,;"LASEL'S.SA88"/DURING'SROR ',>.'"
     ~Vlf 5206, i~i::i~.j,',i'>>'".'."
                                   >>$ : rt 6-'-:.;"-W>>'r,.'~WPW4V+NMa
                                         <<J    .
                                                     ~  '.?QV Q    0       Wats/gfvg
                                                                                               .+~VL<<3etEA%

Iv P K?

                                                                                                                                   %K'R.       a', EED')      0<<j$ .  'WKA"'4".ltEFSER'IQtiIMG: A" f)~1:; f'1LF 4088.';.>'tel<=~~eh Q%
                                                                                                                                                                                           ~,Pf(s)        ~ sh I>> h     ~

s'<<>> %tie<<s.-lg( g' Pgw" << ."g Q<<$ <<??h'(

                                                                                             R
                             '-"' -'-"-                                                                            '                                                                     V     I ATE AOO G ABC I G                                    IHOICA E
  ~'-'MF~520J-">>>>'s                    ~             '-"?<g~'>     ~i           " )'I'~<<4C p          HH')NO@5                            QITCH            ...~V LUHE;l)DH)ROf>> XDR."-INCREASE/DECREASE:; .'<<I'fb 4+"     r'>>     z"iV 449"t        4 ~7{,~Tv'P            8<4,  '

ADDED CE C

                                                                                                                                                 ' if                                                 G        R                     R   C   ilrRO       .
            'M';-";-,-t. '5"'. i-',~';".~C"~i'-'~                         ..                               DES
                                                                                                                                             .                  ))            a','RE +" SEIIfSIHPlffG+A~ 9~ .                           ~RI'69'?                    jd><.

<<%Yf, 5f ~, ~P.)88%~ I 7'? E'flGR'.~ENi:FiaRlCDifTlIOLs EPiEP'L/AC'E'HCNT~ZB

r AGE 0025 FLORIDA POKER ANO LIGHT CO ST LUCIE UNIT 2

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          '9/16/83 E BASCO SERVICES                      INCOR PO RAT EO                                               DETAILED CONTROL ROON DESIGN REVIEM                                                                                                        DATA BASE 00

( A)4 (O)10 (C.)5 (Q3EB (E)LO ... ~) FAO 5..G) rQ.O G;;::IcL'GD,'.IS3'5vc<'I GGZs 8 F".5209>>-

                      - ~

6 6 3

                                          'dc
                                                          '..Ey~~~ yir~~~

cGHJtoL'!iHAN0L'Es'llscUMRE A~gyi'~WQ~~cq7k+t~~ART!$ $ 1 PQKFGZJBD. 'I'ABEL,';6YA'IUG-..DEYERIIIIIED.FRGIIYHolcAY!HG r 3Hgi'6q9eVOD12V~q';"<j<'O'WsM5.4~~'zr%:I ';, A ND ",D I SPLAT- PA RAHETER 5 ~ -. ': ~- LYG

'I-QHFAglQL>>'6" .'i,".--',V<$;,VQ "
&      'i. "4',PPg;"<<<LvX@'-'Yr>g'6"4m'Qp. 4 AE F

p ) )KP( JYA<YKP f'vg gt K g

                                                                             ',I'I g

FAG K KPE<p) g Fr. 6

                                                                                                      'fgdgR@%:vg+r S

QIR!IBHLi, RII"ARG'RAA5p

                                                                                                                      ~
                                                                                                                             '8 UX FM II l

r BASIL Y P'q I 3 P R g SMIYCH MP. 0 S aCP

                                                                                                                                                                                $ gl(+vv<6)fL LOSE Q HEM COKPOK~HY
                                                                                                                                                                              y!" .'LDcAYEQ'Yo;.AJlBA0AABLP',:.I Jr >3  <
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      $ p'$

ABELS FABR csREFFtGSEh":FlllDlHGAA'" 6 .16'4FiILEW'4106."yZVi, d'4', f 6$ U<SMQQ( BURIHG PCRDR TEIQM'w Kpl g5pf,

                                                                                '-M
                                                                                                                                                                                                           <                                         F       Fv <<    M AB          ARE                          EN     COHPOKEKJ LABELS FABR ~ DURING PCCRO t A                G         CT      ANO NONE            LABEL STND                  BASED ON AVA L SPACE ANO
'O'D.g'~V~~
 'E" %a'p~>>P A "~q3Qd~"V <<V~t KF'.pFP.~&i4<640r'<'Ats TYcgiOtv.LP@py~

i 'Q'IANOARKKQ '

                                                                                                  <       g.'RSXRQ~                '.        9 "9       ~

v< N'

                                                                                                                                                                           "       fQ,     SIT+PIIOCkg P'001013>>'W,. t; '43'""...j'~is.<co
                                                                                                                                                                                    $ H .'htEF~XSE)ffIHgIHGgly6'o 14".FGlLG"41 04                              wv~..r+rg         Q l) 031..

A~ZAZ So h~ 1B.L~ C T S - DARK LETTERS ON A LIGHT LABELS INSTALLED PER PCRDR REVERSE KklIQIIH kEQEJLfILACJCLEJJERSLSHLI~ ACKGRQQ 0

                                                                                                                     *7'          '-    8'             EA, k.       '.I '"
                                                                                                                                                         <<'j;66~ >" O',

v" 'Q)t

                                                                                                                                                                                      ~
                                                                                                                                                                                        '+L'QSEIIPI'.

E F 0 G A 6 31FILE 6$ )S..k'4'~-M~RA.'~tmk"3'6,"j~ g(<I':.)'o'5'~i<'i )XYF',

                                                                                                                                                                                         "-';y'(j'~>~3z."..r/."L"='-'4A .=;4,,'-)~'".,"D~P,':>'lQTF.'":!i'F@j4)L)j;1~

N o ON I<L LHSI/F 'et'OUR HG'I CRIB~'AS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          /'.

I* 3 f=521S ... UHLQ3BLNl&~AL A%" "3 ABIM IY Sf R FINDING A+6/0. FILE S

 '     0033      .    -"6 ~ 6 AH2"                        G'J':- "ZA+          '&NEO/<TRNA'8/D.';:CDKfBOLi OFd~<T EHPORARf; LABEL'~'%fg<l" 4iJ@~rgiTEHPORARTABEL'5 REHOVEO                                                                        ERHI N AHETv)>>".'6': "~>>
                                                        ~
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             -4%'.p Q

gNP ILL Q+Q~.op~35 QQ~l S~TruS ~NP S).O.MLDI

EO'03'. ".'-,6'"6.'O',-CB3.":!yO""-'-;:/i/'".'Cg'qO;:,:W'2~g '. g ".SykCO)IPggg DHgj?CSpq~OVSrr~~c y~g<.. (-'~~CDRRECTEO-AS'pART OF;PCROR,',.;.='.~a') V;,.Z;"p<~yp.

~ HF~521'5. 'w T . (' 6'I 'YK 46(>><HA'Q>>ii."C@))J}'kjFric~'YLMQSLLY( ~ VPy I 8 E4s Y~RPil

><P Ãkw 1+66'4REEt-.'ER" FIHOIHGBYko6~ 44' ILE'. f135 IP'8'vr'basil C4 rv ~X ~ I ~- YMr~{V1X' = 6'."<<Q ~ ~<3'r" LF', 366gjjf <<M~M,D<< fKg Q m~ ~ )IP@mgatC %N %qgCCq '6. PTYKS) )qgZy tv> r PAGE 0026 r FLORIDA POMER AKO LIGHT CO Sl LUCIE UNIT 2 09/16/83 EHASCO'SERVICES INCORPORATED DETAILED CORI'ROL ROOK DESIGN REVIEM DAI'A BASE-00 QISLJl )A ( A>4, .IUJ10 .. ~OEX- HEU-HDE--~REA~CAT.~<<N-+""2~1-ClC35 .LOJ4 LE110 'JO L~<<.40 --...-....(G)40. ~.IATUS S ~ ~ - r ~ f ~ swlA!: )t . 5' 1 Sol '-1 .'-'.'LIIA'cl'sll )L'EPP-'JUsENP)t<<K,Y'Its RIIUPI ':) -'.Err,".I',)P',))'1 ))P!",.') ",K E'ls. ARE'.ELEARLY!'LACELE 5 HP 521!i'. ~ 1 ' "',2:":R)) ir'5't j ' ."g."k'oil&5)"- '1 ".""i NPI A; )9)'j,.".v'",i:")'At)! @ j i!4 ;L:.~,LCNPERR0R AssEssKENY S ' k ,, E,.E: <<ZVS PI YOF YS i R,>> YS A " 1:I..y'UHOEfL".PRaCEOURAIACONTR t OE C EAR Y 'rS;.,L', IN))0NOFSUR'lllEE~AOYlllll',ENYENO&AI'At-oE,S.;,."L,:, QCEO E ABE ED ANO AC A D L.@, .:"g, G .; A 55"L IDELINES FDR 5 ED PC.-', XÃH- QA )<<'O'ILPYP R ~PV",I<<'t.AYA i PN,"45<<AA<< ~rkt'A q P'v>rAP>~~2.PS'QwL ~nuh ~~212 ~.r W~ G R S R sly.~~ J.MG~H14 NS M R HOUNT 0 OUR NG PCROR R. $ 4SP $ DI+L'P +, @ ~)~9>>, ~ "~-'-CR!.i'TS';AOJ<<l'lj<QR'IlfPER~~yll-. ESIRkO,LVLN<<" I A .~ ~220 IJJLL~ .I N OBKAAMERA OH JLSSESSHEtH Ilk'!51QD 2-QI II '0004-,1..2 "$ F .2 '2E*";",4i-'2~: el@0; $ PPiJllsxgfX'AL'DG'<olsPL'AIL<<sYs+@RT" SHOULD'QlvK-,~ -:: EQUIPMENT "Is gsTA<<TEES I' R ELhfJ, GLIB LM) 4041:. ", ',6" T 2 '3C1B>>P~@g . -AF .5222-.-" 4'a",5~'-:."Z(.Aw I'.SD ".MSP@4 R '5 LE~VQRTI'CAL's}'4N'I'll. F" I 'fPAFDfL'5'CRT'.5P'. 'SO5'.COiY5gjk":Y@(CBRIT -CY9MQT,," '$ EAT.-PT THE"OPER TllP< STA 'IQJCCAH!'(BE'~AO',', .j'.W-.-. '2..i JQ:.4", .INORDER/.TO;ACCOHIdl'fk-'"OPERATtPOR+>>.3 ~..~r ".<<~pl-P YYP,iglj+)l(t gyp <<2YTG Q~% QQ<< 'EA E)5 Pg<<-p r~~)Cpr 2-Q<<+~ Zjp+Q IV)P ~5 ' IP f Ar*PHU ~OM $ F.- 5225 <<,-".' 'i r..S t+~d'. ':,,':'7$":g'"AP~ YLEA<< ~SY',)l<< A<<5;RAW.=:.'~j" ~2 Pi5 PS/ kr ", 'ref':fgCL~M .'U '7~~~ 't IAA'k.-','m "%os, DSWOISj!f kl',- Arri '5 X <aM'AK'I<< I;giEP."- 1. "F '97+.Ao '".j ac.' '<<AU@ 6~ UKER IC OA A NO '4 'EEPL'OM'KRHOR<ASSESSHENlg<<o~'AU VLH~L":.-" 4 I I ',W.'" ~JH QLS~~D Y ~ ARITHMETICALLY SUNNI ZEO mA- " '<g-..'EQO"EDECIPA9 Pl 5 "".;<gj'-:;i9@L"5<<'. '%YP;.'".m MW73C+'Wgiglg~<< ILYi "5'III .PZI t~'YA 4+siSBB'I'~~>L-'1 'Eg'%~i' ffE 1A ~ I << 0 E 'D'Q-;'P".KL".I...SU:":w<'4f'>=2 .t } <'2 2 ". '~~ . f .~')'> "<'4, a','E.:".RNO."ACT/ON';.$ NTEND 0",I 'I l'bC '5'..~v"M'~FiA'L.t i->> .." "'<<Wk~ AGE 0027 FLORIOA POMER AHO LlGHT CO ST LUCIE UNIT 2 CORTISOL 09/16/03 EBASCO S ERVLCES INCOR PORATEO OETAILEO ROOH UESIGN REVlEM OATA BASE 00 A '>> I x P>>cg>>I jr. '~ ~A~LES~ h>>J>>~st+P I F ILE/ H JIJ+>>r ~ P As>> I>> P v, P H( Ri JJIOEX.. (h)hr JIEII. Ho (U)10 ....MREA (C}V . (l})h QE)lg.. =~ )JSQ, ~IETJOH .... = (G}A0 .....Srlirlis, 0010 6~1 3% 10 11 ,'A.: ""IEPERPJES'ASCO PRlXTER"48/ED ">>F0"" SE>>Q"-'OF"..EVENT TOO REPLACE PRINTER'l TH ONE MHICH OPERATES P l ~ Afs 5225  ; >>I~%$ NEO>>'tJTP-~'H>>'j 5>> (}~+~(Qg"INESININ)-ANO'OI SY+"E>> ';,"<<AJ 300 LINES/H INH ~ I: I~ PRI I ER I UPPLIEO MITH HARGIN >$ S~HF-"@26":,",w H -h.".Z+~W,Z',~ " . '. ' 5 AX"RAPGLigPRR llMINOMU).c, ', ~" >~'P.h. LIKE='TO"INOICATE %NO'-.OF,PA'PER '."P..~"./A'<N~S:":C~'4'~N~)'f.',$~4 'r ~k ' ~ 4 '$l Z RTHE "'RC'i"OM.XiiT'65 V'..>>: g~+<"-,W'x~q~'*-E',."..".'--'.;!h~/'%%~lx> J 4',..-.';.".","..">>."."="-:< '-'; / Lx J 4~ & " 4 ~+ 4 ('ccr&tFQ '~"- ~ Q Q Ã'.r7~".EJ (">>'"" $ X ~ I ') - W Vh 'T$ X'"P'>>'I"'Sl'"-'P'FT'"'V+:<'"'$ M)J2 A+I.a3H P>> P'P. '>> ..b. RLO.3>>J.0~1 U '. ( RS 1 T V:%:,%S.':;i,, 't~'..'H'./$ 'J'9@4 R S VISU ii,::: Y I; PP R '~ 4~2:a A~" r. Ilx'."8: >>.>>P;h':R4 T HO A SO HAVE HFG ~

-.I--:-:",::.:-::

..'~";."x ~ <

'Ii<<",,:"

~ . A Q13 F OA A l.OSS WEN PR NTER OOMH T HE INFORMATION IS USED A T R AC . F~228. RSOMN RO UR 5 N T PT A>> ~4M.'"44$ pE)(THFOR3T)KSCRlP<<TIONS~><<>if,"'.>>Ei;~(>>";",~";,!.=."R:"~" w4$ .MF=522S. EH~!JHIEE Mh$ ER .THErll JJIPhiorhHCE AHILsRE~LL 'fo R AllEQUAUDOMETSBJ(1)IE EVENT SEQUEHCf Q}RIUEP~JDB IHIENO ~ ~ ~ 015 ~23D. ~ 6T 32C".- G ':;C(,SOPH')~A'JUS'TIlFPQP EffPT()<<RPTC '.">>.';>., ';}444 - ."i",7"-@c'i "' '" A3k&~OT+P'Q(}EST&kLARHw'PR INTFOUZ'.: '~",".A'H';.. 8: < 'BP'".i'.:"'~4,~; Ã": ) " l'E "SE 0 " OF'VENTS" 'PRINTER 'PRO V I 0ES lRIDRICkAQhJ~EJ JUDG LLCLllkI

4016 "RTH'SRJI

~ 'S<<T'a3H3F3>>L J' "..'.',.:.,! ':~G:.'~".ICLSO>>5 '.,'.Li:;.KiO'r}g '$t-""., iP h) TJFJE~4'A H'$!MOROING~'+LElCK+~R~'.XRAHETER'>> NF4IIT.; )THE'ROSE}) ~ OFEEVENTS~LPRINTER IS--"ONLIV. r '  !'l hCi JHo vr<<OEJiTEsi ii'los $ IiSPPiC:<i';-.vJi',,:" I"AHTEHOEO ro pobvroEA'.:HrsroRv,'or .Ooorhcr : '":Y," $1 F<<5232 '; ' . w '; ' '" P"J~ "Pw'H}'L'>>Hr)R ffEP&fjL LJ+PH3.R j'TEASJhhlg 4H fAL'.AC k'x"..},.E'At+ '~~-'"'.>>L ".;~;. JKO EUJ(INf R hC.TJDlLLRIEHDEQ ". PROVIDE J~JJO P~RT~UT ALTERNATE LINE JOENTIFICATJON~ P Eo~>>c>>H ~JL S l S >OE~ ~ >> +'P>>I J" '-.:LV~EXRQI>>S%EIJ>>5P~ C a y ..>> U 'E6>>LH>>gi r>>gg>>X'I',>> ~ -R G SEPsh->>.RUH>>)>i;:.;:; HAS COLOR RAR PAPER IIHICH HOES KJKJ)DLti FURTpf.gjACTION;.'.fNTENp@pi'=.H Ax~i"; >>A'x ~ ~ GE 0029 FLORIDA POMEH ANO LIGHf CO Sf LUCIE UNIf 2 09/16/83 EBASCO SERVICES INCORPORATED OEf AILEO COHfROL" ROON DESIGN REVIEM OATA BASE-Oo ~jUMQLHQl~ ~ t v>> rH ~ ~ r" r . jrs, "!Q g'L u fr r<<A IHN ta Mf>M Hat jru rf ht<< '2 p% 'll h r ~ er '<<3>> 'ILE/ I.NOEX HEO HO. ~REh Md~ES "' '= '" LID'" ..S fhf.'kl ( A)JQ (B)10 (C)) (0.).JQ BELLO.. (Q ) EJ.P .. (C)4u oo10 JIF 5243 6.8-1.2 5 6, zA,".,.-.EPP/EBAsco'FREoufHcY.;DE, UsEIPAHEf:" 'AY Uf cs;," EHGR /OPS EVALUATE HERRIZS OF RELOCAtING . }<<>>'p(>>'INED js ..<<'p,gSI.J<<.LgAKAGget>>SHUTOOXHJ CDOL'IHG+; c"," CONTROLS BASED OH ERROR.AHO FREoa OF USE Ngg I IIIf,5gldLL(IILfggLEM H~~oo~a .E f~fJLE(LB~I~RILLUII1AM '..Ill". ';; rl I'" ' Il '.".",*"':".'l" SUB JET CONT ROLS ARE USED ONLY FOR CHAH- ','! I','"-'I! ','I'! s~ ;I I>I <<H. '. ~  ! ': ~ 632 6 6 l 0 0 - s I'I auEHcv or uss>NAHEE fsvaur 5 TEP STOOL AVAILABLE FOR 5TH PERCENT ILE Ql' A:. g+8'3)h~ @((gifsJIO":FURTHER jACTIOH:INZEHOEOC,: f, ~f'"-;;>>.. Nga) -0 }JQ<<f~ >< y+ 'gt J>>+Is>t>>'>>ga + fii <<Q" 2 J ~6 t1+ 11 aAJ<<g ylh r<<'<<~+a 3+'r '<< '>> "t 0>>r t, gl +g'Q / r I>~ "I+ J~Jj~h >g'Igt 'sw'kAIlk ~ 6 +'4 J>>u)lal .10)rfr/16JJ f/) r>>tf '1 <<! Pg, fJHA/Jiff}}I'gr)l'<<,Afoot<. '>> -tt'f} t.t'}rjsyr'E'>> r,r, ~ -, ~ I 0 Uflll.. g SA  ! << ~  % ~ Ii. 6 I >IL ~sa 2 03 0 E<<ERO HCv CaurRO HI>AH CEHEM'f AS PART OF I'HE PCROR LABEL NG JI E=52hu DD 5dECALO)9~HQ CSL(ULG9 RKNJIQS~ER }6P R T SU R ~ U l1 '..:""."f-'..',".~}-: '<<~r. 0;:=-.A., P kQ -,P +,u-.~8').;,'k . ~* -/ '.g-:,"." REF.-;.'SER: FINDING -(;6.'43"flLK ti36;.-;{CLMSO)); .. f., ..' h lier'J ' '""-'r '-"'.I" Q ~/~~/!SMW'$Q~SHH.t'~p. ~;6 ~3~" " "i'=".';iJ>i..'Wg>> "-= 2- ~ps'fiP~%g'W$ %+RN>QQ '~Ng~ 'F; ';- 9.",--r. S.: . .,'." .'SH.:0 .:." Q% ~OJA 6 JL"1 6'0 "" - " "il ~ ~ J QEUJI~>lQJLLhhfhSQQ'k'JIEQJQQ~" <<>>IQ. .g E=92 Ja l ILJJ)LQILC . MFE.ORT ~ MOOED."RED"...HANDLE. TO ENERGQNC~ORhJE 't ~ ~ ~ 015 NFM24h 6 ~ 8 2 1A- ' ' 5 'ZA '"""- EPPIEBASCO CONTROL'/DISPLAY COLOC)(IlON".'.; j)DN Z'JICXKEH)D " "',(P'." -'Q ' ENGR INTERGRATION REVIEMJKEEOEO L} LAGklIM~R.GkQMMMOPPPRA IIJ.OMO()MR 20$ ~05~gg PgCK OF 202 Lo 'r '0 016 6a 8NZN1 C '5 ' '2$ r'E$ NEBA'SC'E'CD'NFUSf NG'. CONTROI<<3/DISP>>L Y ARR AHSENENfs'ff 'ENGRN* INTERGRA ZION 'REVIEM'EEDED'o 'CONS 6,'QIF 5249 ' ~' -'}~'-$~i~"k<~:NEO'~J<w '~P, }AS JMBORXCk:A IDNAKEUIQ&fS3RXSHlgEUP. RYMGBZipSW~.lDER- PSL81 CHANGES.NMHEN ODIHG JREVICM~." "-t.}f'~"4~~i@-"". 'W<hp% Qo "rE4 + g' 'QM'.' " ' ~ 6 ~ ~ )IILM 3 S . ~ E~LEIHOIN 6 ~ ' '" ~ HF..5250 "--""-"'""'-' -'!'I'!".','.. I. I' . I "6'.tr".<J4!6't. 6 4'l FBI-t'" 'Qf'" i<<'N'P<fg~s I'...'l rl!" "I ~ ( f 4'.w r'0&fvFtts>4'6'5F::Hi> ' r ~ R-A'+ LD18 6ah 2 LC1. ~AEJRQhJJQH+EQJ~ACRQ MEQ~EEE~CA Ea 3 3 I r ";<,,.':JU(C)7)N'A(j)GROU+m "; }L',S.' RLJlf~~R9R ""%.<"..',ls"-"}'). REF.<<E'ER 'FINDING".-'A 81636'-;; ar> ~ 8 I'6+QL'E;, =" --"-'."~>>J3" ..'..p Ar>JA Ck ";.0<< Nf'5q, ~; 'Cg'~'I '.Nr~>>j Af)H.'~LI L'}<(r'JS/r"""'-'. 'ip-'"= t' ~ 0, -3'r \ ' ', rs" I':i>> 6 6','ahr>>E y' '}(pl) - g>>"put pjs}iffs1 ~H:. fr} <<fr<fags. jf fp>>a yg4 rq.g p j 6 a ' ~, ~~ ~ GE 0030 C FLORIDA PDMEH An0 LlGHT CO Sf LUClE UNlf 2 09/16/83 EDASCO SLRVICES lNCORPORAlEO OElAlLED C ONl'ROL RDOH DESIGN REVlEM DATA BASE"00 ~gLJf QLAOLlJOh.XM -R>>-5 I 8'>>rl )9 4,-}~, )f'A 4 .FG 4'I. G. ~ I >> IO; Qp, E>>R<< ~>> ~ I~ ' 'r>> ~ - >> ~R ~ )r >> ~ F ILE/ .-. IJlDEX. IIEQ IIO ......AREA..CAE REO~MCRERIAQH. S.TATU'S LAJ4 (0)10 l C)5 t OJ4 .AZDLO =- . C: ) 00 ..(G)40 0019 6 8 ~ 2.1C2 3" 'J.SD,"EPPzJUSTIF 'A'1 1, 281 '.COLO LEG',TEMP'N,'F."5252 DISPLAYS IH CORRECT FUNCf GROUP ANO ARE INAPPROPRIATE DISPEL.hY AREA INTENOEO FOR USE MITH PRSZR DISPLAYS IEEHQ EIQHIIJCktliMEEtlLEA l .NQ AC,l ON..INT.ENDED >'I'MFg5253 ":,;;" .';>>t)';P~FH -~ ' 'Pj '~kX 'HA RANG PPjEQUKNT I)LLPYI>>)M+4'li)qg;~ij" g~~)F JA, ',RAT HS MHERE LICABLEi MO",K"MbS;). R E>> P j>gyral>>GEE,'~% H E" 9L ~ ' ~ SAN'f\ @[~Et>>SEA P5PXR 'h ~HEI'iN$A+'s ~'glk%tH+@'+7b>>>>ERAL . PART~OFF THE".PCjlDRj o)1 TEKA>> CLDSEO "/.'V~')t>>A"'~"Qi &021 W+8+2iC8 6 Xl~M.aIMLL.~Ajar ..i';-'>~'E ~ '.<< - . *I~;Q'I"'4.~IP~~~K~g@4 'pss @$ )OER~<< '8k~; ~Q g'4@Pfgg' >0'gS~~w'o lc,':MHGR'i ~ REViE:REQ ~ 0 .<<QACKFIT~CAltIDATP85224+1 ZPQ, <gyp;yq~~~~@~t~~q<4~;"gpss,";~Pi'g~;.5gED.. KTC:BY'HK)<HD O~'. 1ST'EF.;.'OUT)GK g~": ~022= ... 6 ad e 2Qah= .G= EldIM LILi.' F R RORR QH RIGOR'I E~) CQHPL PCRORI .HKM282 'I Q>> / E)F.:52 83 d3lISllltLEHL I'I I t 'k~, t>>~l ' t)'I'r 0024 6.8.2 EEA- 2 18, 2A G) E ."II>>FEEI ',;.PP/fBXSCO,. ~ >> AC; rg t E" 'I R IE PNl. ~;STANOAROIZAfIOH .'-.LIAYOIJf..FOR')'RTGB202- A,IKCORP. INTO EHGR': INTERGRATION REVIEM ~ I ~- ~,' 002$ HF=5285 ~ 6+8 3QP "G".i. CL40')EPB r 4 Ewg J'42l+ JU)XIF. CDNlROL'";SKPARATIQN~BETllKEN'"",$HUNBMHEELSfPPU')REPAAE:;JUSTIFICATION",FOR;.DISPLAYES: .i'E i Q4'<<'RUSj-e&raHS "1 ESS"XNAN~Xii2"; '~WPffHTIAL:~aÃ))DEHARCA'fIOH PI:~y-'-'...>> HILOKd ~ .. 's '. l~!.) ". ""E. 8 A K G "LABEL NG 1 OEHARC ADDED OUR NG l'HE ~ HF"5286 -'io ".,~AWE~9'-~Et)Q QQ&gNBR)KEE1) CON)DNEPT;QTRINGSi (RDMS/COLi') )<<>PCROR MORK EFFORT~ ) ,.)II, ~W$ ~4gA g)ka. >4R>>>>>>RA~PA'gkg>t>> >>-'HA>>>>>>tr'L ~ ~e ')>>>>k>3>>k) .Q~'>>l'- 't ~ 8 ARKF SKR FIHO IHGA@6 ~ 14 F If E )'810< ", .> i',,. <jg ~2L 8 ~ 8.i3Q ClL k QKBkB~AU1E ~l GELJltQ =- "" "," 'HE ","*."/~E QI>>%QQ 4<kfVE'E'gEO%>'O'A'-'EA'",'~'0 c'RAIIA:E.'giP::C.)>~ >>'.E~'C.f",)'EF SER FINDING'Ape'bilks)E:.8104"-'.'>>4<<'"'-')))'<<'A-I" >P'>> '>>>>APA>> .'>>Iq '>>' Er;". >>';,'e4A<<J'tPA'&f ',.'g>> o'~AE4Q HE '),>> A>>A'GFE(>>RI)H~Xglty'M<'pier ') t ~ 4 r', E . ~ E $Q EH)I>>>>'>>1>>AF'I>> Q" r' + PI) f,>> '+s r . 'E ~ F E)(HI)Ff g) g I gt' ~ \ ~ 'if AGE 4031 FLORIDA POMER AHO LIGHT CD ST LUCIE UNIT 2 09/ I 6/83 EBASCO SERVICES INCORPORATE 0 DETAILED CONTROL RQDN OESIGt( REV IEM DATA BASE. 44 .~QRI=]IL'D HQ/DMLX ](Il F,I,LE/ INDEX. ( A)A HED NO (U)10 . SHEA. (C)5 .E.AT:~Ese (U)s (f)10 ~paupmo.H 3=..)t t) . STATUS ( G ) ts f) 0001 . 6 ~ 9 ~ I IA 6 PART OF RI'GB205 UPGRADE AOO PRSZR HF"525< DISPLAY ABOVE LET OQMN CONTROLLER ~ gF .Sf/ r+HD~G~S 8 JC9~IgS l 1$ RC155 SCIIEOULEO FOR1.ST. REFUELING OUTAGE ~ ~lgt~SN~L~ 5255, ' ', PP- UST PAR II S RS PR TRUO ROII O~PRJTOR CONNSTANJI JN FROHT OF SUBJECt , c,t S H A '<<HF t 'w"' '.. ~ " '"'"HggE< "Z.." t',g~,'~HR )]( R QBy'204'"PA't'ATHEPQQ',FPSETHQNTERE RES.NITHIAIAj t.;DISPL'ATS" MHILE QPERATOIG, CORN]Mf5) JPI(N<<( <<", Pgt~e,,g )(AIEFjf~,6/4'RAUTQQHI/IEg SEC~I'RFHtc'Z)kt5$ LE",>~ 'W<'<<(','".'8"A '"H 0 AC I I DH ~ I HTEHDEQ " * ", "" I'I',"t SJ"'" H'3, ~KX Oa03..... 6i9.H2i ah ..2. XL LOCA ED NETERS/CONTROLS FOR HTR DRAIN PUHP MERE AI A A E R P NTS ( N GR UP) R ONF GUREO AN~DO HAR((E DURING PCROR ,'3>>:,JH~'X~>4'4~~ ~ ~ "w.'HT~ 'W'P "'"W<<QiV.'O'.f24~.'P".-'+i.'"~'> ~ -':..",.REF- SER FINDING A 6 ~ 14 FILE. $ 106 4'"E. ~

j. PHI ISy 'S ~ s'%~4'P] '(t 'II<<)AAFHQ ~ P $ tg~ '+gtFt ')" Fft g SP

. ~004 .6 ' ~ 2HE! 13 SLJJY EEF JTTSJJ~JJAJRCLJ J SPLJLYYR~RHO ~UN~TH OUST STAN'I AFY PAO SMO OTSTTAL OTSPL AYS ARE~US 0 ~F.M251 Q~]~OHIO~ TREND ' -"A'A.ll'll"TS I/TY. " I HFA:IL'".."'ITAHfi63UT ~ Hi.I JQGETj Eg R R ~RS Sf HO ALOIIE AS AN INLE'GRATED QHLT ' ' . II I T: ~005L ~ ~ ~ ]L 2 2A1. Y P:," 4 ": '((Ff '>" F,- ' J ,'"A. NOACTTOH P THTEMOEO "..".."' .'('I." . " ~y~yLhyO~Uh~ggJAOJ, E E . '-.'"Y. ..AF 3258 ~AT ~lRBMEAHLHG QIL~NPMJIE& A UEARAUS OA~EJ~ILNP LABELEO.. Equ?PNEHT gs. "ON" NQ AD /US j](T,HIS REQUIRED t]ALKHJAII&.tLTI)IK.Q OR "OFF" Ml TH 'PP/EBASCO Hol'HCORP IHI'0 H 0006 ~259 6~9 2NBAl 5 2A O ~JJLS~ DI SPLAY FDR.,"-.LETODMN". ON RTGB205 " .' ~Ef ~MERJ ENGR ~ IHTEAGRATIOH REVIEM ~ JHONORS'.SA1S2 SCHMO, FOR IS I REJUFL lgG OUTAGE N Fft~~ggilH. QQOT 6~9~2 /AI, N/A 'N/A.. ",EPP/EBASCQ; "-.PI 6 LAY HQZ'ABOVE'ONTROL"." '..; ",*,I ~ PREPARE DFSIGH OFFENSE FOR RTGB205 t( F" 5260 ,'$EO t(;.. Rf GB f20'ET DQMH" ~~. '>' ~ SANE AS HEO 6 8+2+IC'- ~8 H EIIIQLEi 8 9~~REfUlNQAIITJ ai ~z.  :- YSregX."OUXeS'.TO.CONOyHSOA) (>.-.' '.. SUg JEf T ~TRJ]~A h~R~]LT~G~RTEO H F "5261 '(.'I(' r'< ".': .)AE . P':q A<<$..':(A<<PAN((E i A ~ = ';; MITH AN AUTONATEO SYS TEN. OPERATOR CAN V ERIF 'Y VLV POSITIQNS MKICH ARE LABELEOo ".'MH~QU1EQ A~~ S MLQS2 Dao9 . 6H9.2.io CLSQ ~~JRQ~D.~S~ZEMhJLQ]I Tj]~) ~LV IHDJChTING. LI5HT$ TO alla JLETJiEC~EYLLJ'~~ B< CORRECLEO *> "'HJ<<fh~FECTEOQCV2?010 .;-: '", '-.>) "LQi2lIOqi FC V662T](.J FCV(62T "PCVg20IPi 'I,CVZIIDP( F,'EF -'LOSEO . SER-FINDING-(a8 ~ 10~'!156 V A , (i ~ ~ 0032 F LURIOA PUNCH AFRO LIGflf CU ST LUC1E UNI) 2 09/16/83 EUASCO SERV)CES 1NCORPORA[EO UEIAILEO CONTROL ROON UESIGH REVIEH OATA BASE-00 anal=<<EO JIO/a)fO~X Nn F ILE/ I NOEX NEO NO AllEA...-CAI ~SSR -AIMCRIILIIGM S TATUS I A)4 f UJ10 f C)i f U)4-- 4 E)10- c: )40 I G)40 0010 6~9 2 2O 2 'LSO <<83"4l C IHOICATING LTS OH AUX FEEOXATER "PUHP 2C LEGENO'LTS AGREE H/COLOR COBE COHVEHTIO H F-526) I) ISCH TO STH GEH VALVE 2A I SE 09 4) (AS PART OF PCROR) ~ LS~FLSQ!IJIEMEIQH&IESERSS! ~~EILEIH Q IRONS .! EXJ LF I Qr I... ~l . )F55264 h~9 5'rALf' &SF.' r'>>".x+NVFFPklwr 'gG'GQTRIMME I',1+LAflEL'HD I FAH COSLERj'OHIFS:I LIS 'IRUMMFHG 'i til 5

"iAI,'

II": .. CLOSEO... '. REF *....'i P 5 SQQEILAQ PARJ QrgJCCOR SERrfIMOIMG osEDQFAJB<- A 5 ~ 22 FILE OOSI 5 AF Rr ~ ~ 5 1 A 1 ~ 5 t 1 APPENDIX A CHECKLIST OF NURE&4700 CRITERIA USED FOR THE SAINT LUCIE 2 DCRDR TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE OPERATOR INTERVIEW NOISE LIGHTING CR ENVIRONMENT CONTROLS 10 DISPLAYS 36 CONVENTIONS 45 PROCESS COMPUTER 51 EMERGENCY GARMENTS 66 LABELING 67 ANNUNCIATORS 73 ANTHROPOMETRIC FORCE/TORQUE 83 COMMUNICATIONS 84 MAINTAINABILITY 91 TASK ANALYSIS 93 WALE-THROUGH 99 HUMAN ENGlNEERlNG CHECKl.!ST OPERATOR INTERVIEW EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. Senior operators who supervise 6.1.3.1 9. Emergency equipment will be 6.1 4.3 or assist operations of more b. stored in an orderly fashion. aO than one unit need to be stationed so that they can 10. Storage location(s) will be 6.1.4.3 communicate effectively with accessible, clearly marked, b. operators in each unit and'ave and known to all personnel. an unobstructed visual path to each units'ontrol boards. 2.'perational crews will be 6.1.3.2 committed to one or the other ao unit and will not be allowed to alternate between the two mirrored units. The distinction between the 6.1.3.2 mirrored units will be b. heightened as much as possible. All equipment such as fire, 6.1.4.2 radiation and rescue 80 equipment, will be checked periodically for its condition. All equipment will be easily 6.1 4.2 and readily accessible. b. Operators will be trained in 6.1.4.2 the use of all emergency co equipment.

7. An administratively approved 6.1.4.2 procedure for each type of d0 emergency will be written.

There will be an automatic 6.1.4.2 fire warning system for e. control room fires. i ON-SITE EVALUATION 8 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION HUMAN ElalIEERjMG CHECKl.1ST 2'OISE +Criteria are different. EVALUAT10N GUlDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUlDELINE Speech Intelligibility 7. Auditory signal intensity does 6.2.2.6 not cause auditory discomfort. b. O. Verbal communications between points are intelligible 6.1.5.5 ao 8. Auditory signal intensities do 6.2.2.6 under slightly raised voice not exceed 90dB(A) with the co levels for ambient noise exception of 115dB(A) for levels. evacuation alarms. Noise 9. Auditory signal frequencies 6.2.2.5 are between 200 and 5000 Hz 80

2. Background noise levels do not 6.1.5.5 with the maximum range of AD-12 exceed 65dB(A). b. 500 to 3000 Hz.

CRE-ll

10. Wide-band auditory signals of 6.2.2.5 When voice transmission sys- 6.1.5.5 approximately 200 Hz are b.

tems are not provided between co used. the primary operating area and other control room loca- ll. The signal intensity is dis-' 6.3.2.1 + tions, background noise is cernible above ambient CR further reduced. noise. AD-23 Noise . distractions are mini- 6.1.5.5 mized. do Acoustical Treatment t5. Acoustical treatment limits reverberation time to one second or less. Auditory Signals

6. To assure gaining the opera-6.1.5.5 e.

6.2.2.6 tor's attention, a normal ao signal-to-noise (S/N) ratio of AD-15 10dB(A) is maintained in the control room with a S/N or 20dB in one octave 'and between 200 and 5000 Hz being adequate. ON-SITE EVALUATION 8 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION HUMAN EMGINEERjNG CHECKl.lST LIGHTING +Criteria are different. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. Illuminated indicators are at 6.5.3.2 10. Labels, instructions and other 6.1.5.3 least 10% greater in illumi- b. and written information are not in e.(2) nation than surrounding panel. 6.5.3.3 a shadowed position. a.(1) VD-90 Ambient illumination is pro- 6.1.5.3 vided via direct or diffuse e.(1)

2. Ambient lighting avoid 6.5.3.1 lighting. CRE-5 reflection or refraction that ~

b. cause light indicators to VD-91 12. To reduce operator fatigue 6.1.5.3 appear to be glowing when and eyestrain, shadows are e. they are not. avoided. Changes in ambient lighting do 6.5.1.6 13. Luminance ratios for task 6.1.5.3 not affect discrimination of e.(3) areas conform to guidelines. d. color coding. VD-65 CRE-8 ~,. The emergency illumination system provides a minimum of 6.1.5.4 14. Supplemental lighting provides 6.1.5.3 Co for specialized visual tasks in co 10 footcandles at all work areas where fixed illumination CRE-10 stations in the primary opera- is not adequate. ting area.

15. Illumination levels do not vary 6.1.5.3

5. Failure of the normal lighting 6.1.5.4 greatly within work stations. b.

system does not degrade the b. emergency lighting system. 16. Illumination levels conform to 6.1.5.3 guideline. a +

6. An automatically activated 6.1.5.4 CRE-10 emergency lighting system aO that is independent of any 17. The illuminated condition is 6.4.3.3 other lighting system is pro- recognizable under the highest b.(2) vided. predicted ambient light con-dition and is at least 10%

7. Surface colors are recog- 6.1.5.3 brighter than the surrounding nizable under both normal and h. panel.

emergency conditioris. CRE-7

18. When the CRT uses light char- 6.7.2.1

8. Reflectance conforms to 6.1.5.3 acters on a dark background, c.(4)+

t guidelines. go character luminance is 23 ft-L VD-47 CRE-6 minimum and 46 ft-L pre-ferred.

9. Glare does not interfere with readability of displays, labels, 6.1.5.3

19. When the CRT uses dark char-or indicators. f. acters on a light background, CRE-3 screen background luminance is 23 ft-L minimum and 46 ON-SlTE EVALUATION OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION

HUMAN ENGINEERlNG CHECKLlST LIGHTING EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELIIIIE REF.

20. When ambient illumination in 6.7.2.1 the vicinity of the CRT is in c.(2) the medium to high range,, the VD-47 CRT uses dark characters and symbols on a light background.

21. Ambient illumination con- 6.7.2.1 tributes no more than 25% to c.(l) screen luminance through VD-47 diffuse reflection and phos-phor excitation.

22. CRT screens are installed to 6.7.2.1 minimize or eliminate b.

reflected glare at normal VD-47 operator viewing angles.

23. Alphanumeric and graphic 6.7.2.1 characters are easy to read aO under all control room lighting VD-47 conditions.

24. Proper lighting of at least 8 CRE-1 ft.C is provided in work access areas.

COUNTERS Visibility

25. Counters are self-illuminated VD-83 when used in areas which pro-vide display luminance below 1 ft.-L.

I ON-SITE EVALUATION ' OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKLIST CR ENVIRONMENT EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. Workspace Arrangement Shelves are located so that WA-8 contents can be seen and

1. Control room arrangement 6.1.1.3 reached. Under no circum-8 facilitates efficient unob- d:(i) stances is the top shelf highei structed movement and com- than 76 inches.,

munication.

10. The CRT screen data and 6.7.2.3

2. Equipment is arranged with 6.1.3.1 messages are within f.

movement and communi- ao unobstructed view of the cations patterns in mind. operator at normal work station.

3. Visual relief from arrays of 6.1.5.7 instrumentation is provided. a.(3) If writing space is on the con- 6.1.2.3 sole, it does not interfere with h.(2)

4. Controls are located so that WA-4 viewing and operation of con-simultaneous operation of 2 trols and displays.

controls does not require a crossing or interchanging of 12. If writing space is not pro- 6.1.2.3 hands. jj vided on the console, it. is h.(3) located at a nearby desk or Workspace Location table.

5. The shift supervisor's office is 6.1.1.6 13. Controls are placed close to WA-3 8 readily accessible to the con- ao m the display they af feet and trol room. with an equal distribution of work between right and left t

6. Operators at desks and con- 6.1.1.3 hands (finest adjustment soles have full view of all con- aO reserved for the right hand).

trol and display panels in the WA-28 primary operating areas. 14. Controls on a vertical surface WA-6 u are located in an area no

7. Desk and console placement 6.1.1.3 greater than 8 inches above facilitates voice communica- b. the head and no further than tions from seated operators to 18 inches from the center line.

any point in the primary Controls frequently operated operating area. or critical are located between shoulder level and

8. Out-of-the-way storage is pro- 6.1.5.6 waist height.

vided for operators'oats and aO personal belongings. ON-SITE EVALUATION OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION HUMAN ENGINEERlNG CHECKLlST CR ENVIRONMENT EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.

15. Finger-operated controls are WA-3 24. Lockers are large enough for 6.1.5.6 located with 29 inches from storage of personal items. b.

operator's shoulder.

25. The minimum la terai work- WA-15

16. Controls operated with the WA-3 fP space for racks with drawers:

gjf whole hand are located within a) racks with drawers weighing approximately 27 inches of the less than 45 lbs., 18 inches operator's shoulder. clearance on one side and 4 inches clearance on the other; Workspace Size, Shape, Design and b) racks having drawers weighing over 45 lbs., 18

17. Operators are able to perform 6.1.1.3 inches clearance on each side.

I tasks at any work station. c.'(2)

26. Segmented, wraparound con- WA-28

8. A means for voice communi-

'.1.5.7 N soles are used when the panel cations is provided in rest- b.O) space for a single seated rooms and eating areas. operator exceeds 44 inches of flat surface. Desks provide enough space 6.1.2.7 I 19. for all materials required during task performance.. ae 27.. If vision over top is required, the width of central segment WA-28 does not exceed 44 inches and

20. Desks have adequate knee 6.1.2.7 the left and right segments do space. Cr not exceed 24 inches; prk@gg@ Qygirg/gd~gicggioeork 6.1.2.7 I comfortably at desks as per-mitted by desk dimensions.

b.

28. Controls used for performing CQN-1 the same function on different

2. Adequate space is allowed 6.1.1.3 items or equipment are the I between the chair desk/console so the operator and e. same size.

can easily get in and out of 29. Labels are located on main PA-44 the chair or can view 8 chassis of the equipment. equipment behind.

30. When instructions applying to PA-29

23. Panels and equipment a covered item are labeled on jI enclosures are designed so a hinged door, the lettering is that no unwanted objects can properly oriented so that it be introduced. can be read when door is open.

I ON-SITE EVALUATION 8 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION HUMAN ENGlNEERING CHECKLlST CR ENVIRONMENT EVALUATION GUIDELIIIIE, REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. Workspace Visibility. 39. Stairs, stair-ladders, ramps, WA-36 jk etc., are equipped with hand-Total left-to-right viewing WA-29 rails on each side. Where one angle does not exceed 190o. or both sides are open, guard-rails are provided.

32. Where functional groups are CDI-13 outlined with contrasting 40. Stair-ladders are made of WA-39 lines, a 1/16 inch border desig- metal; handrails have non-slip nates secondary or non- surface.

critical groups.

41. Emergency doors/exits are CRE-17 Where functional groups are accessible and easily opened.

outlined with contrasting CDI-13 The doors are designed to be lines, a 3/16 inch border opened by a single motion of designates primary, emer- hand or foot. There are gency, or extremely critical emergency exits from secure operations. or classified areas. Workspace Safety 42. Exposed edges are rounded to VD-6 a minimum radius of .4 inch

34. Operators are able to get to 6.1.1.3 and corners to a minimum of any work station without c.(1) .5 inch.-

encountering any obstacles. Workspace Climate

35. Handset cords are positioned 6.2.1.2 to avoid entangling critical b.(5) 43. The climate control system is 6.1.5.1 controls or endangering capable of maintaining 80 passing traffic. temperature and humidity. CRE-1

~ ~. Vertically mounted handset cradles are located out of the way of traffic. 6.2.1.2 b.(6) 44. /E Air temperature at floor and head levels do not differ by more than 10oF ~ 6.1.5.1 b. CRE-1

37. Handrails are provided for 45. Capacity of ventilation system 6.1.5.2 platforms, stairs, and floor CRE-1 /Jf is at least 15 cubic feet per ao openings or wherever per- minute per occupant. CRE-15 sonnel may fall from an eleva-tion. 46. Air velocity in the primary jj operating area 'oes not 6.1.5.2 b.

Skid-proof flooring on stair or WA-39 exceed 45 feet per minute CRE-15 step-tread coverings are used. measured at operator head level and does not produce a noticeable draft. ON-SITE EVALUATION OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION HUMAN ENGINEERlNG CHECKllST CR ENVIRONMENT EVALUATION GUIDELlNE REF. EVALUATlON GUlDELlNE Workspace Comfort 58. The backrest reclines between WA-17 8 103o and 115 . The backrest '~7. Control room colors are 6.1.5.7 engages the lumbar and coordinated. a.(1) thoracic regions of the back, and supports the torso so that

48. Color and lighting creates a 6.1.5.7 the operator's eyes can be cheerful atmosphere. a.(2) brought to "eye line" with no more than 3 inches of forward

49. Comfortable seating is pro- 6.1.5.7 body movement. If only

/E vided a.(4) lumbar support is given, lateral curvature does not

50. Carpeting is provided. 6.1.5.7 exceed 7.3 inches in radius.

8 a.(5) Workspace Accessory Hardware Chairs pivot so that operators 6.1.2.8 can readily adjust position. aO Lighting systems use 'ight CRE-3 jj baffles or diffused indirect

51. A restroom and kitchen or 6.1.5.7 lighting.

$P eating area are located within b.(1) or near control room. 60. Trademarks, company names, CRE-6 PE or other markings are not

52. Restroom and eating facilities 6.1.5.7 displayed on the panel face.

if/ are easily accessible. b.(2) Workspace Acoustics

53. A rest area is provided. 6.1.5.7 IE co 61. The average room sound CRE-14 absorption coefficient is at Chairs pivot so that operators 6.1.2.8 least .20.

can readily adjust position. aO

62. Acoustical treatment in CRE-12 Chairs support the lower back; 6.1.2.8 accordance with the figure on the angle between the back b. back is used to reduce rever-and seat is about 100o, for WA-17 beration time.,

office tasks and greater for reading and resting. Workspace Illumination

56. Chairs with armrests are pre- 6.1.2.8 63. Luminaires are placed at least CRE-3

/Jf ferred for personnel who co 60o from the viewer's line of remain seated for long periods sight. of time. Seats and backrests are 6.1.2.8 padded with at least 1" of d. compressible material. WA-17 ON-SITE EVALUATION 8 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKLIST CR ENVIRONMENT EYALUATION GUIDELINE REF, EYALUATION GUIDEI.INE REF.

64. Instrument panels have a dull CRE-3 7>. Documents are protected from 6.1.1.4 matte finish. 8 being dog-eared, dirty, loose, d.

tom, and difficult to read.

65. Pastels and light grays are CRE-5 used for ceilings, walls, or 74. Sets of procedures are stored 6.1.1 4 consoles rather than dark separately for each unit in a e.

grays, green, blue, red, and multi-unit control room. brown.

75. Procedures are accessible 6.1.2.6 Control Room Performance Aids while tasks are being per-formed.

66. Procedures and other 6.1.1.4 8 references are readily a.(i) 76. Annunciator response proce- 6.3.4.3 access ib le. WA-33 dures are available in the con- aO trol room.

7. Reference documents stored out in the open where are 6.1.1.4 .

a.(2) 77. Annunicator response proce- 6.3.4D they are easy to locate and WA-33 dures are indexed by panel b. use. identification and annunciator tile coordinates.

68. Specific documents are clearly 6.1.1.4

/Jf labeled. b.(i) 78. Each plant unit has its own set 6.1.3.1 of procedures. d.

69. Labels distinguish documents. 6.1.1.4 KE b.(2) Control Room Procedures Design

70. A method of organizing 6.1.1 4 79. Nonessential personnel have 6.1.1.7 jj documents to reduce search b.(>) m limited access to various areas time is used, such as within the control room.

separating operational docu-mentation from other documents.

71. Documents are removable 6.1.1 4 jj from racks. c.(1)

72. Documents are bound and per- 6.1.1 4 mit fixed opening at a desired c.(2) place.

ON-SITE EVALUATION js OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION 10 HUMAN ENGINEERlNG CHECKl.lST CONTROLS +Criteria are different. EVALUATIOIIIGUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELIIIIE REF. PUSH-PULL Operations Arrangement 7. Accidental activation of con-trols is minimized by one or

1. Control separation conforms 6.8.3.1 more of the following methods 8 to Table 6.8-2 and 6.8-3. (check those which apply):

6A.1.2 Coding/Identification I tor will a- Controls are located and oriented so that the opera-not strike or move aO CON-1 I 2. Each control is recognizable in terms of its function. 6.4.1.1 c.(1) them accidentally in any sequence of control move-If there is labeling on this CON-6 ments. lat t Q slide control, control shaft is b. Controls are recessed, 6.4.1.2 locked in position to maintain shielded, or otherwise sur- b.(i) correct label orientation. rounded by physical CON-1 barr iers.

4. All discrete functional control 6.6.3.8

c. Controls are covered or 6.4.1.2 positions are identified. aO 8 guarded with movable c.(i)

When color coding is used to 6A.2.2 barriers. relate a control to its cor- f.(2) d. Controls are provided with 6.4.1.2 responding display, the same CON-2 interlocks so that extra d.(3.) color is used for both the con- movement is required. CON-1 trol and the display. Controls are provided with 6A.1.2 Size, Shape, Design I e. interlocks so that prior d.(2) t operation of a related or CON-1

6. Selected controls make best 6.4.1.1 locking control is required.

of space for the intended f. Controls are provided with use purpose and requirements for activation. b.(4) I resistance so that distinct or sustained effort is 6A.12 e CON-1 required for activation.

8. If controls are recessed, 6.4.1.2 shielded or otherwise guarded, b.(2) the control is entirely con- CON-1 tained within the envelope described by the recess or barrier.

ON-SITE EVALUATION ls OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION HUMAN ENG!NEERING CHECKI.IST CONTROLS EVAlUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVAI.UATION GUIDE!.INE i I

9. When a guard is in the open position, it does not interfere with the operation of the 6A.1.2 c.(3)

CON-1 I

16. Control position information is visible to the operator during control operation.

6.6.3.8 Co guarded control or other adja-cent controls. Maintenance

10. On moveable covers or guards, 6A.1.2 17. Control surfaces have not 6.4.1.1 safety or lock wires are not c.(2) (R been allowed to break, chip or e.(i)

Used CON-1 crumble. ll. When sequential activation is I necessary, controls are pro-vided with locks to prevent 6.4.1.2 f. CON-1 controls from passing through a position. Further movement requires a new control action. Rotary action controls are I2. used when linear or pushbutton controls would be subject to 6.4.1.2 go CON-1 inadvertent operation and fixed protective structures are impractical or inappropriate.

13. Push-Pull controls have the CON-6 operating position in the OUT position.

Direction/Rate of Motion Control movements conform 6A.2.1 to population stereotypes (see CON-1 table in back). Visibility

15. The control color contrasts 6A.2.2 with the panel background. f.(>)

CON-3 I ON-SITE EVALUATION 8 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION 12 HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKLIST CONTROLS EVALUAT)ON GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. TOGGLE SWITCHES Size, Shape, Design Arrangement 24. Selected controls make best 6.4.1.1 /Jf use of space for the intended b.(4)

8. Where a horizontal row of dis- CDI-11 purpose and requirements for plays is associated with a ver- activation.

tical column of switches (or vice versa), the farthest left 25. Toggle switches conform to 6.4.5.3 horizontal item corresponds to 8 the dimensions in the figure on Co the topmost vertical item. the back of this page. CON-6

19. Where switches are arranged CDI-11 26. Omitted.

in fewer rows than displays, ZE switches associated with top Operations row of displays are positioned at far left; switches associa- 27. Accidental activation of con-ted with second row of dis- trols is minimized by one or plays are placed immediately more of the following methods to the right, etc.. (check those which apply):

a. Controls are located and 6.4.1.2 20- Control separation conforms 6.8.3.1 to Table 6.8-2 and 6.8-3. Q oriented so that the opera- aO tor will not strike them CON-1 accidentally in any Coding/Identification sequence of control move-ment.

21. Each control is recognizable in 6 4.1.1 m terms of its function. c.(1) b. Controls are recessed, 6 4.1.2 shielded, or otherwise sur- b.(1) 22.~ All discrete functional control 6.6.3.8 rounded by physical CON-1 positions are identified.~ a1 barriers.

PA-28 c. Controls are covered or 6 4.1.2 PA-49 t guarded with movable c.(1) barriers.

23. When color coding is used to 6 4.2.2 m relate a control to its cor- t.(2) d. Controls are provided with 6.4.1.2 responding display, the same CON-2 interlocks so that extra d.(1) color's used for both the con- movement is required. CON-1 trol and the display.

I ON-SITE EVALUATION 6 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION 13 HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKLIST CONTROLS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EYALUATION GUIDELINE REF. e- Controls are provided with 6.4.1.2 33. If this switch requires only m interlocks so that prior d.(2) occasional resetting it is pro-operation of a related or CON-1 vided with cover to protect it locking control is required. against inadvertent actuation.

f. Controls are provided with 6A.1.2 34. If used, the guard is either: CON-6 m resistance so that distinct e.

or sustained effort is CON-1 a. Lift-to-unlock mecha-required for activation. nism - resistance does not exceed 48 oz.

28. If controls are recessed, 6A.1.2 b. Safety cover - location shielded or otherwise guarded, b.(2) does not interfere with the control is entirely con- CON-1 activation of guarded con-tained within the envelope trol or any adjacent con-described by the recess or trols.

barrier.

c. Any equivalent method.

When a guard is in the open 6.4.1.2 position, it does not interfere c.(3) Direction/Rate of Motion with the operation of the CON-1 guarded control or other adja- 35. Control movements conform 6.4.2.1 cent controls. to population stereotypes (see CON-1 table in back).

30. On moveable covers or guards, 6.4.1.2 jj safety or lock wires are not c.(2) Feedback used. CON-1

36. Toggle switches have an 6.4.5.3

31. Rotary action controls are 6.4.1.2 m audible check, or provide some b.

m used when linear or pushbutton go other source of feedback upon CON-6 controls would be subject to CON-1 activation. inadvertent operation and fixed protective structures are Visibility impractical or inappropriate.

37. The control color contrasts 6.4.2.2

32. When sequential activation is 6A.1.2 with the panelbackground. f.(3) m necessary, controls are pro- f. CON-3 vided with locks to prevent CON-1 controls from passing through 38. Control position information is 6.6.3.8 a position. Further movement m visible to the operator during Ce requires a new control action. control operation, ON-SITE EVALUATION 8 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION

14 HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKLIST CONTROLS EVALUATION GUIDELINE - REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE. REF. I Maintenance ROCKER SWITCHES

9. Control surfaces have not 6.4.1.1 Arrangement been allowed to break, chip or e.(i) crumble. Control separation conforms 6.8.3.1 7P to Table 6.8-2 and 6.8-3.

41. Rocker switches are oriented 6.4.5.4 vertically unless the location a.'(2) of the controlled function or CON-7 equipment requires it to be horizontal.

Coding/Identification

42. Each control is recognizable in 6 4.1.1 m terms of its function. c.(l.)

43. All discrete functional posi- 6.6.3.8 tions are identified. ao PA-28 PA-49

44. When color coding is used to 6.4.2.2 fR relate a control to its cor- f.(2) responding display, the same CON-2 color is used for both the con-trol and the display.

Size, Shape, Design

45. Rocker Switch displacement 6.4.5.4 (see figure) is a minimum of 30 e(>)(4) degrees and a maximum of 120 CON-7 degrees for two positions and a minimum of 18 degrees, a maximum of 60 degrees, and an optimum of 25 degrees for three positions.

46. Rocker switches conform to 6.4.5.4 the dimensions in the figure on e.

the back of this page. CON-7 ON-SITE EVALUATION 9 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION 15 HUMAN ENGfNEERIIG CHECKl.lST CONTROLS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF, EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. t

47. Selected controls make best 6.4.1.1 49. If controls are recessed, 6A.1.2 8 use of space for the intended b.(4) shielded or otherwise guarded,, b.(2) purpose and requirements for the control is entirely con- CON-1 activation. tained within the envelope described by the recess or Operations barrier.

48. Accidental activation of con- 50. When a guard is in the open 6A.1.2 trols is minimized by one or Lm position, it does not interfere .:(~)

more of the following methods with the operation of the CON-1 (check those which apply): guarded control or other adja-

a. Controls are located'nd cent controls.

I oriented so that the opera-6.4.1.2 80 t tor does not strike or move CON-1 51. On moveable covers or guards, 6A.1.2 them accidentally in any jl safety or lock wires are not c.(2) sequence of control move- used. COlV-1 ments.

52. Rotary action controls are 6.4.1.2

b. Controls are recessed, 6.4.1.2 used when linear or pushbutton go shielded, or otherwise sur- b.(i) controls would be subject to CON-1 rounded by physical CON-1 inadvertent operation and barriers. fixed protective structures are

c. Controls are covered or 6.4.1.2 impractical or inappropriate.

8 guarded with movable c (1) barriers. When sequential activation is 6A.1.2 necessary, controls are pro- f. I interlocks'o

d. Controls are provided with that extra movement is required.

6A.1.2 d.(l) CON-1 vided with locks to prevent controls form passing through a position. Further movement CON-1

e. Controls are provided with 6.4.1.2 requires a new control action.

Q interlocks so that prior d.(2)

54. In the on position, the top of 6.4.5.4 operation of a related or locking control is required.

CON-1 I the switch is flush with the panel surface. b.(2) CON-7

f. Controls are provided with I resistance so that distinct or sustained effort is 6.4.1.2 e.

CON-'1 55; I Controls that have critical functions are protected to 6.4.5.4 d. required for activation. prevent inadvertent activa- CON-7 tion. I ON-SITE EVALUATION 8 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION 16 HUlNAN ENGINEERING CHECKLIST CONTROLS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. Direction/Rate of Motion SLIDE SWITCH 56.~ Control movements conform 6.4.2.1+ Arrangement ~ to po'pulation stereotypes (see CON-11 table in back). ~ 62. Control separation conforms 6.8.3.1 to Table 6.8-2 and 6.8-3..

57. Activation of the upper part 6 4.5.4 controls the ON or INCREASE a.(1) Coding/Identification function. CON-71

63. Each control is recognizabie in 6 4.1.1 Feedback Q terms of its funct>on. c.(l)

58. Activation is indicated by a 6 4.5.4 64. All discrete functional control 6.6.3.8 positions are identified.

t N snap feel, an audible check, or b.(1) aO an integral light. PA-28 PA-49 Visibility

65. When color coding is used to 6 4.2.2

59. The control color contrasts 6.4.2.2 N relate a control to its cor- f.(2) with the panel background. f (3) responding display, the same CON-2 CON-3 color is used for both the con-trol and the display.

60. Control position information is 6.6.3.8 Q visible to the operator during c Size, Shape, Design control operation.

66. Selected controls make best 6 4.1.1 Maintenance ZE use of space for the intended b.(4) purpose and requirements for

61. Control surfaces have pot 6 4.1.1 activation.

N been allowed to break, chip or e.(l) crumble. 67. Slide switch length is 1.0 inch. 6 4.5.2 b.(2) CON-7

68. The surface of slide switches 6.4.5.2 8 is serrated or knurled. aO CON-7

69. Slide switch thickness is 0.25 6.4.5.2 inch. b.(1)

CON-7 ON-SiTE EVALUATION js OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION 17 HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKllST CONTROLS EVALUATION GUIDELINE EVALUATION GUIDELINE Operations 72. When the guard is in the open 6.4.1.2 Accidental activation of con-I position, it does not interfere with the operation of the c.(3) CON-1 trols is minimized by one or guarded control or other adja-more of the following methods cent controls. (check those which apply):

a. Controls are located and 6A.1.2 73. On moveable covers or guards, 6.4.1.2 Q oriented so that the opera- ao 8 safety or lock wires are not c.(2)

'or will not strike or move CON-1 used. CON-1 them accidentally in any sequence of control move- 74. Rotary action controls are 6.4.1.2 ment. used when linear or pushbutton go controls would be subject to CON-1

b. Controls are recessed, 6.4.1.2 inadvertent operation and shielded, or otherwise sur- b.(1) fixed protective structures are rounded by physical CON-1 impractical or inappropriate.

barriers. When sequential activation is

c. Controls guarded barriers.

are covered or with movable 6.4.1.2 c.(l) I 75. necessary, controls are pro-vided with locks to prevent 6.4.1.2 f. CON-1 controls from passing through I

d. Controls are provided with interlocks so that extra movement is required.

6.4.1.2 d.(1) CON-1 a position. Further movement requires a new control action.

e. Controls are provided with 6A.1.2 Direction/Rate of Motion 5 interlocks so that prior d.(2)

76. Control movements conform 6.4.2.1+

operation of a related or CON-1 to population stereotypes (see CON-1 '1. locking control is required. table in back).

f. Controls are provided with 6A.1.2 I resistance so that distinct or sustained effort is e.

CON-1 Visibility required for activation. 77. The control color will contrast 6A.2.2 I with the panel background. f.(3) If controls are recessed, 6.4.1.2 CON-3 shielded, or otherwise b.(2) guarded, the control is CON-'1 Control position information is entirely contained within the envelope described by the I 78. visible to the operator during control operation. 6.6.3.8 Co recess or barrier. Fr ON SITE EVALUATION 8 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION 18 HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKLlST CONTROLS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. Maintenance THUMBWHEELS

79. Control surfaces have not 6.4.1.1 Arrangement been allowed to break, chip or e.(1) crumble. 80. Control separation conforms 6.8.3.1 to Table 6.8-2 and 6.8-3.

Coding/Identification Each control is recognizable in 6.4.1.1 I 81. terms of its function. c.(1)

82. If the thumbwheel is used as 6 4.5.1 an input device, the QFF, b +

zero, or normal position will CQN-9 be coded.

83. When color coding is used to 6.4.2.2 relate a control to its cor- f.(2) responding display, the same CQN-2 color is used for both the con-trol and the display.

84. All discrete functional control 6.6.3.8 positions are identified. aO Size, Shape, Design

85. Selected controls make best 6.4.1.1 jE use of space for the intended b.(4) purpose and requirements for activation.

86. Thumbwheel readouts are 6 4.5.1 visible from the thumbwheel aO operating position. CQN-8

87. Discrete setting thumbwheels 6.4.5.1 SE conform to the figure and d.(1) exhibit recommended dimen- CQN-9 sions.

ON-SITE EVALUATION 8 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION HUMAN ENGINEERlNG CHECKlIST CONTROLS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REI'. EVALUATION GUIDEI.INE REF.

90. When a guard is in the open 6.4.1.2 Operations

' Accidental activation of eon-I position, it does not interfere with the operation of the c.(3) CON-1 trois is minimized by one or guarded control or other more of the following methods adjacent controls. (check those which apply):

91. On moveable covers or guards, 6.4.1.2

a. Controls are located and 6.4.1.2 safety or lock wires are not c.(2) oriented so that the opera- ao Used CON-1 tor will not strike or move CON-1 them accidentally in any 92. When sequential activation is 6A.}.2 sequence of control move-ment. I necessary, controls are pro-vided with locks to prevent f.

CON-1

b. Controls are recessed, 6.4.1.2 controls from passing through shielded, or otherwise sur- b.(1) a position. Further movement rounded by physical CON-1 requires a new control action.

barriers.

93. Continuous adjustment thumb- 6.4.5.1

c. Controls are covered or 6A.1.2 /Jf wheels have at least one inch c.(i) guarded with movable c.(l) of the wheel exposed to per- CON-9 barriers. mit easy manipulation.

d. Controls are provided with 6A.1.2 When continuous adjustment 6.4.5.1 Q interlocks so that extra movement is required.

d.(i) CON-1 I 94. thumbwheels have an OFF position, a detent is provided c.(>) CON-9

e. Controls are provided with I interlocks so that prior operation of a related or 6.4.1.2 d (2)

CON-1 for feedback at that point. Direction!Rate of Motion locking control is required. f- Controls are provided with 6.4.1.2 95. Control movements conform 6A.2.1 Q resistance so that distinct b(2) to population stereotypes (see CON-1 or sustained effort is CON-1 table in back). required for activation.

96. Direction of motion is identi- 6.6.3.8

89. If controls are recessed, 6.4.1.2 fied for continuous motion b.

shielded, or otherwise b.(2) rotary controls. PA-32 guarded, the control is CON-1 entirely contained within the envelope described by the recess or barrier. 20 HUMAN ENGINEERING .CHECKLIST CONTROLS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. Resistance, Force, Torque PUSHBUTTONS 7- Thumbwheel controls which 6.4.5.1 Arrangement g have discrete settings are d.(i) detented between positions CON-9 102. Control separation conforms 6.8.3.1 and snap into each position. to Table 6.8-2 and 6.8-3. Visibility 103. Lamps on panels having less VD-92 m than 4 lights may be tested by

98. The control color contrasts 6A.2.2 individual press to test with the panel background. f.(s) function on legend push-CON-3 buttons.

99. Control position information is 6.6D.8 104. Displays are arranged con- VD-18 visible to the operator during co sistently from panel to panel control operation. on legend pushbuttons.

Readability 105. Simultaneous testing of lamps VD-91 S on all control panels is avail-100. Digits on this thumbwheel are CON-9 able on legend pushbuttons. bold, black numerals engraved on a light background. 106. Barriers are used when legend 6A.3.3 pushbuttons are located too d (1)+ Maintenance close to each other. CON-5 101. Control surface has not been 6.4.1.1 Coding/Identification m allowed to break, chip or e.(1) crumble. 107. Each control is recognizable in 6A.l.l m terms of its function. c.(1) 108. When color coding is used to 6.4.2.2 tm relate a control to its cor- f.(2) responding display, the same CON-2 color is used for both the con-trol and the display. 21 HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKLIST CONTROLS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. Size, Shape, Design Operations Selected controls make best 6A.1.1 117. Accidental activation of con-use of space for the intended b.(4) trols is minimized by one or purpose and requirements for more of the following methods activation. (check those which apply):

a. Controls are located and 6.4.1.2 110.

KE Size dimensions for legend pushbuttons are a minimum of 6.4.3.3 e.(l) I oriented so that the opera-tor will not strike or move aO CON-1 0.75 inch and a maximum of CON-5 them accidentally in any 1.5 inches. sequence of control move-ments. 111. Barrier depth for legend push- 6.4.3.3 jE buttons is a minimum of 0.183 c.(4) b. Controls are recessed, 6A.1.2 inch and a maximum 0.250 CON-5 shielded, or otherwise sur- b.(1) inch. rounded by physical CON-1 barriers. 112. Barrier width for legend push- 6.4.3.3 c. Controls are covered or 6.4.1.2 /E buttons is a minimum of 0.125 e (3)+ 8 guarded with movable c.(1) inch. CON-5 barriers.

d. Controls are provided with 6.4.1.2 113. Pushbutton diameter thumb or heel of hand opera-tion is a minimum of 0.75 for 6A.3.2 b.

CON-5 I interlocks so that extra movement is required. d.(i) 'ON-1 inch. e. Controls are provided with 6A.1.2 114. Diameter for fingertip opera- 6A.3.2 I interlocks so that prior operation of a related or d.(2) CON-1 8 tion of unguarded and non- locking control is required. recessed pushbut tons is a CON-5

f. Controls are provided with 6.4.1.2 minimum 0.385 inch and of guarded or recessed push-buttons is a minimum of 0.75 I resistance so that distinct or sustained effort is e.

CON-1 inch. required for actuation. 115. Barriers have rounded edges. 6.4 3.3 118. If controls are recessed, 6.4.1.2 fjf d.(2) shielded, or otherwise b.(2) CO¹5 guarded, the control is CON-1 entirely contained within the t 116. The surface of a pushbutton offers slip resistance or is concave. 6.4 3.1 co CON-5 envelope described by the recess or barrier. 22 HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKllST CONTROLS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE, 119. When a guard is in the open 6.4.1.2 126. Displacement for legend push- 6 4.3.3 position, it does not interfere with the operation of the  : c.(>) CON-1 I buttons is a minimum of (touch plate) minimum 0 inch 0.125 e (2)+ CON-56 guarded control or other adja- inch (all others) and a maxi-cent controls. mum of 0.250 inch. 120. I On moveable covers or guards, safety or lock wires are not used. 6.4.1.2 c.(2) CON-13 127. Visibility The control color contrasts 6.4.2.2 121. with the panel background. t.o) I Rotary action controls are used when linear or pushbutton controls would be subject to 6.4.1.2 go CON-14 128. Transilluminated numerals and CON-3 VD-103 inadvertent operation and /Jf letters do not vary in fixed protective structures are engraving depth on legend impractical or inappropriate. pushbuttons. I 122. When sequential activation necessary, controls are pro-vided with locks to prevent is 6.4.1.2 f. CON-14 129. I Control position information is visible to the operator during control operation. 6.6.3.8 Ce controls from passing through a position. Further movement Maintenance requires a new control action. 130. Control surfaces have not 6.4.1.1 Direction/Rate of Motion (R been allowed to break, chip or e.(1) crumble. 123; Control movement conforms 6.4.2.1+ to population stereotypes (see CON-11 table in back). Feedback A positive indication is pro-I 124. vided in the form of a snap feel, an audible check, or an 6.4.3.1 b. CON-53 integral light for pushbuttons. 125. Pushbutton displacement for 6.4.3.2 I, thumb or finger operation is a co minimum of 0.125 inch. CON-50 23 HUMAN ENGiNEERING CHECKllST CONTROLS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE t HAND CRANK Arrangement 131-8 Control separation form the Table 6.8-3. 6 will con-8-2 and 6.8.3.1 Operations 137. Accidental activation of con-trols is minimized by one or more of the following methods (check those which apply):

a. Controls are located and 6.4.1.2 Coding/Identification g oriented so that the opera- aO tor does not strike or more CON-1 them accidentally in any 132. Each control will be recog- 6.4.1.1 sequence of control move-Q nizable in terms of its c.(l) ments.

function.

b. Controls are recessed, 6 4.1.2 3.~ All discrete functional control 6.6.3.8 shielded, or otherwise sur- b.(1) positions will be identified.~ aO rounded by physical CON-1 PA-28 barriers.

PA-45 134. When color coding is used to 6.4.2.2

c. Controls guarded barriers.

'ith are covered or movable 6 4.1.2 c.'(i) relate a control to its cor- f.(2)

d. Controls are provided with

'.4.1.2 responding display, the same CON-2 color. will be used for both the interlocks so that extra d.(1) control and the display. movement is required. CON-1

e. Controls are provided with 6 4.1.2 Size, Shape, Design interlocks so that prior d.(2) operation of a related or CON-1 135.~ Selected controls make best 6.4.1.1 locking control is required.

use of space for the intended b.(4) purpose and requirements for Controls are provided with 6 4.1.2 activation. ~ Q resistance so that distinct e. or sustained ef fort is CON-1 136. Hand Crank switches conform CON-1 3 required for activation. 8 to the dimensions in the figure on the back. 138. If controls are shielded, 6 4.1.2 recessed, or otherwise b.(2) guarded, the control is CON-1 entirely contained within the envelope described by the recess or barrier. 24 HUMAN ERG!IEERlla CHECKLlST CONTROLS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATIDIIIGUIDELIME REF. 139. When a guard is in the open 6.4.1.2 146. Control position information is 6.6.3.8 position, with the it does not interfere operation of the c.(3) CON-1 I visible to the operator during control operation. c>> guarded control or other adja-cent controls. Maintenance 140. On moveable covers or guards, 6A.1.2 147. Control surfaces have not 6A.l.l 8 safety or lock wires are not c.(2) been allowed to break, chip or e.(i) used CON-1 crumble. Rotar y action controls are 6.4.1.2 I 141. used when linear or pushbutton control would be subject to g>> CON-1 inadver tent operation and fixed prot'ective structures are impractical or inappropriate. 142. When sequential activation is 6A.1.2 Q necessary, controls are pro- f. vided with locks to prevent CON-1 controls from passing through a position. Further movement requires a new control action. Direction/Rate of Motion t143. 144. Control movements conform to population stereotypes (see table in back). Direction of motion is identi-fied for continuous motion rotary controls. 6.4.2.1 CON-1 6.6.3.8 b. PA-32 Visibility 145. The control color contrasts 6.4.2;2 with the panel background. f.(3) CON-3 25 HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKLIST CONTROLS EVALUATION GUIDELINE EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. HANDWHEELS Operations 153. Accidental activation of con-trols is minimized by one or 148. Control separation conforms 6.8.3.1 more of the following methods 8 to Table 6.8-2 and 6.8-3. (check those which apply):

a. Controls are located and 6.4.1.2 Coding/Identification Q oriented so that the opera- aO tor does not strike or more CON-1 149. Each control is recognizable in 6.4.1.1 Q, terms of its function. c.(1) them accidentally in any sequence of control move-150. All discrete functional control ments.

6.6.3.8 positions are identified. ao b. Controls are recessed, 6.4.1.2 PA-28 shielded, or otherwise sur- b.(1) PA-45 rounded by physical CON-1 barriers. 151. When color coding is used to 6.4.2.2 6 4.1.2

c. Controls are covered or m relate a control to its cor- f.(2) guarded with movable c.(l) responding display, the same CON-2 barriers.

color will be used for both the control and the display. d. Controls are provided with 6.4.1.2 tm interlocks so that extra d.(i) 'ON-1 Size, Shape, Design movement is required.

e. Controls are provided with 6.4.1.2 152. Selected controls make best 6.4.1.1 use of space for the intended b.(4) g interlocks so that prior d.(2)

CON-1 operation of a related or purpose and requirements for locking control is required. Controls are provided with 6.4.1.2 Q resistance so that distinct e. or sustained effort is CON-1 required for activation. 154. If controls are recessed, 6 4.1.2 shielded, or otherwise b.(2) guarded, the control is CON-1 entirely contained within the envelope described by the recess or barrier. 26 HUMAN ENGINEERlNG CHECKLlST CONTROLS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REI'. I 155. When a guard is in the open 6.4.1.2 Visibility position, it does not interfere c.(3) with the operation of the CON-1 162. The control color contrasts 6.4.2.2 guarded control or other adja- with the panel background. f.(3) cent controls. CON-3 156. 163. Control position information is 6.6.3.8 8 On moveable covers or guards, safety or lock wires will not be used. 6.4.1.2 ..(2) CON-1 I visible to the operator during control operation. Co Rotary action controls Maintenance I 157. controls would be subject to are used when linear or pushbutton 6.4.1.2 go CON-1 164. Control surfaces have not 6 4.1.1 inadvertent operation and fixed protective structures are I been allowed to break, chip or crumble. e.(1) impractical or inappropriate. When sequential activation is I 158. necessary, controls are pro-vided with locks to prevent 6.4.1.2 f. CON-1 controls from passing through a position. Further movement requires a new control action. Direction/Rate of Motion 159. Control movements conform 6 4.2.1 to population stereotypes (see CON-1 table in back).

60. Direction of motion is identi- 6.6.3.8 fied for continuous motion b.

rotary controls. PA-32 Resistance, Force, Torque 161. This handwheel's rim is pro- CON-1 vided with contoured molding and has a high degree of frictional resistance. 27 HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKLlST CONTROLS EVALUAT!OM GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. DISCRETE ROTARY GENERAL Operations Arrangement 171. Accidental activation of con-165. Control separation conforms trols is minimized by one or 6.8.3.1 more of the following methods 8 to Table 6.8-2 and 6.8-3. (check those which apply): Coding/Identification a. Controls are located and 6.4.1.2 Q oriented so that the opera- aO 166. Each control is recognizable in 6 tor does not strike or move CON-1 Q terms of its function. 4.1.1'.(1) them accidentally in any sequence of control move-167. All discrete functional control 6.6.3.8 ment. positions are identified. aO b. Controls are recessed, 6.4.1.2 When color coding is used to shielded, or otherwise sur- b.(i) 6 4.2.2 rounded physical CON-1 relate control to its cor- by a f.(z) barriers. responding display, the same CON-2 color will be used for both the c. Controls are covered or 6 4.1.2 control and the display. 8 guarded with movable c.(1) barriers. 169. Shape coding techniques are

d. Controls are provided with 6.4.1.2 visually and tactually identi- interlocks so that extra d.(1) fiable and free of sharp edges. Qa CON-1 movement is required.

Size, Shape, Design e. Controls are provided with 6.4.1.2 Q interlocks so that prior d.(2) 170. Selected controls make best 6.4.1.1 operation of a related or CON-1 use of space for the intended b.(4) locking control is required. purpose and requirements for activation. Controls are provided with 6.4.1.2 Q resistance so that distinct e. or sustained effort is CON-1 required for activation. 172. If controls are recessed, 6.4.1.2 ~ shielded, or otherwise b.(2) guarded, the control is CON-1 entirely contained within the envelope described by the recess or barrier. 28 HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKLIST CONTROLS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVAI.UATION GUIDEI.INE 180. The control color contrasts 6 4.2.2 173. When the guard is in the open 6.4.1.2 position, it does not interfere c.(3) with the panel background. f.(3) with the operation of the CQN-1 CON-3 guarded control or other adja-cent controls. Maintenance 174. Qn moveable covers or guards, 6 4.1.2 181. Control surfaces have not 6.4.1.1 safety or lock wires are not c.(2) m been allowed to break, chip or e.(1) used. CON-1 crumble. 175. Rotary action controls are 6 4.1.2 STAR used when linear or pushbutton DISCRETE ROTARY m go controls would be subject to CON-1 HANDLES inadvertent operation and ROTARY fixed protective structures are DISCRETE ROTARY impractical or inappropriate. SELECTOR 176. When sequential activation is 6 4.1.2 Size, Shape, Design m necessary, controls are pro- f. 6.4.4.5 vided with locks to prevent CON-1 182. Rotary selector switch length controls from passing through f/ is a minimum of 1.0 inch and a e.(1) a position. Further movement maximum of 4.0 inches. CON-3 requires a new control action. 183. Rotary selector switch width 6.4 4.5 Direction/Rate of Motion is a maximum of 1.0 inch. e.(2) CON-3 177. Control movements confor m 6 4.2.1 to population stereotypes (see CON-1 184. Rotary selector switch diam- 6 4.4.5 table in back).~ eter is a minimum of 1.0 inch. e.(3) ~ 8.~ Rotary control settings 6.4.4.1 increase in value with a clock- aO 185. Rotary selector switch depth 6.4.4.5 wise rotation. CON-2 8 is a minimum of 0.625 inch e.(4) and a maximum of 3.0 inches. CQN-Visibility 186. Controls have a moving 6.4.4.5 179. Control position information is 6.6.3;8 pointer and fixed position c visible to the operator during Ci settings. CQN-m control operation. nwT c: Tm& &tv% T Tvwmwn>T nmaa~mna ~ eevemc a~r~ v vvwmvnwv ~ = + = ~ ~ .> 29 HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKLIST CONTROLS EVALUATION GUIDELIIWIE REF. EVALUATIOIIIGUIDELINE This rotary control is provided CON-2 Resistance, Force, Torque with a reference line on the pointer. This line has 50% minimum contrast with the control cover under all I 194. Detents are provided at each control position. 6.4.4.5 b.(i) CON-3 lighting conditions. DISCRETE ROTARY-188. Position indication is provided 6A.4.5 J-HANDLE by either illuminated indicator d.(1) lights, a line engraved both on Size, Shape, Design the top of the knob and down the side, or a pointer shape. 195. J-handle clearance is between 6A.4.2 1 and 2 inches. a.(2) The position of the knob in 6A.4.5 CON-4 reference to position markers d (2)++ does not result in confusion. CON-2 196., Where smaller J-handles are 6.4.4.2 To minimize the problem of used, the handle preportion b. parallax, pointers on knobs has a flattened or flared tip will be mounted close to the for finger placement, and the settings to which they point. clearance between handle and panel surface can be less. 190. Rotary selector controls are 6.4A.5 used when there are 3 or more a,+ 197. J-handle length is between 1 6.4.4.2 detended positions required, CON-3 jI and 2 inches. a'.(i)'ON-4 and may be used for 2-detented position operation. It is not be possible to position 6A.4.5 a control between detented b.(2) positions. CON-3 192. A maximum of 24 positions is 6.4A.5 used. b.(3) CON-3 193. are provided at the 6AA.5. I Stops limits of the control range. b.(4) CON-3 30 HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKLIST CONTROLS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATIOX GUIDELIXE REF. KEY OPERATED 205. If keys have teeth on both 6 4.4.3 edges, they fit the lock with co Arrangement either side up or forward. CQN-4

98. Control separation conforms 6.8.3.1 206. The height of key in inches is 6 4.4D to Table 6.8-2 and 6.8-3. 8 a minimum of 0.5 and a maxi- g.(2) mum of 3.0. CQN-4 Coding/Identification 207. Key-operated controls are 6 4.4.3 199. Each control is recognizable in 6.4.1.1 Q used solely when system aO N terms of its function. c.(1) requirements dictate that the function being controlled 200. Control positions are labeled 6.4.4.3 should be secured against acti-on key-operated switches. f. vation by unauthorized per-CQN-4 sonnel.

6.66.8 ao Operations PA-28 PA-49 208. Locks are oriented so that the 6 4.4.3 switch is OFF (or SAFE) when d. 201. Direction of motion is identi- 6.60.8 the key is in the vertical CON-4 fied for key operated b. position. switches. PA-32 209. Operators normally are not 6.4.4.3 202. When color coding is used to 6.4.2.2 . Q able to remove the key from e. Q relate a control to its cor- f.(2) the lock unless the switch is CON-4 responding display, the same CQN-2 turned to the OFF or SAFE color is used for both the con- position. trol and the display. 210. The angular displacement is a 6.4.4.3 minimum of 80o and, a maxi- g.(l) mum of 90o. CON-4 203. Selected controls make best 6.4.1.1 KE use of space for the intended b.{4) 211. When sequential activation is 6.4.1.2 purpose and requirements for Q necessary, controls are pro- f. activation. vided with locks to prevent CON-1 controls from passing through 204. Keys with a single row of 6.4.4.3 a position. Further movement teeth are inserted into the b. requires a new control action. lock with the teeth pointing up CON-4 or forward. N ON-SITE EVALUATION js OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION 31 HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKLIST CONTROLS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. t Direction/Rate of Motion 2. 213. Control movements conform to population stereotypes (see table in back). Control settings increase in 6.4.2.1" CON-1 6A.4.1 217. CONCENTRIC KNOBS Arrangement Control separation conforms to Table 6.8-2 and 6.8-3. 6.8.3.1 value with a clockwise aO Coding/Identification rotation. CON-2 218. Each control is recognizable in 6.4.1.1 Visibility IR terms of its function. c.(1) 214. The control color constrasts 6A.2.2 219. All discrete functional control 6.6.3.8 with the panel background. f.(3) positions are identified. ao CON-3 220. When color coding is used to 6A.2.2

5. Control position information is 6.6 3.8 (R relate a control to its cor- f.(2) m visible to the operator during co responding display, the same CON-2 control operation. color is used for both the con-trol and the display.

Maintenance Size, Shape, Design 216. Control surfaces have not 6A.1.1 m been allowed to break, chip or e.(1) 221. Selected controls make best 6.4.1.1 crumble. /if use of space for the intended b.(4) purpose and requirements for activation. Operations 222. Accidental activation of con-trols is minimized by one or more of the following methods (check those which apply):

a. Controls are located and 6A.1.2 m oriented so that the opera- aO tor will not strike or move CON-1 them accidentally in any sequence of control move-ment.

4 ON-SITE EVALUATION OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION 32 HUlNAN ENGINEERING CHECKLIST CONTROLS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.

b. Controls are recessed, 6.4.1.2 226. Rotary action controls are 6.4.1.2 shielded, or otherwise sur- b.(1) N used when linear or pushbutton go rounded by physical CON-1 controls would be subject to CON-1 barriers. inadvertent operation and fixed protective structures are c- Controls are covered or 6.4.1.2 impractical or inappropriate.

guarded with the movable c.(l) bar rier. CON-1 227. When sequential activation is 6.4.1.2

d. Controls are provided with 6.4.1.2 Q necessary, controls are pro- f.

interlocks so that extra d.0) vided with locks to prevent CON-1 movement is required. CON-1 controls from passing through a position. Further movement

e. Controls are provided with 6A.1.2 requires a new control action.

Q interlocks so that prior d.(2) operation of a related or CON-1 Direction/Rate of Motion locking control is required.

f. Controls are provided with 6.4.1.2 228. Control movement conforms 6.4.2.1 N resistance so that distinct e. to population stereotypes (see CON-1 or sustained effort is CON-1 table in back).

required for activation. 229. Control settings increase in 6.4A.1 223. If controls are recessed, 6A.1,2 value with a clockwise aO shielded, or otherwise b.(2) rotation. CON-2 guarded, the control is CON-1 entirely contained within the 230. Direction of motion is identi- 6.6.3.8 envelope described by the fied for continuous motion b. recess or barrier. rotary controls. When a guard is in the open 6.4.1.2 Visibility position, it does not interfere c.(3) with the operation of the CON-1 231. The control color contrasts 6.4.2.2 guarded control or other adja- with the panel background. f.(3) cent controls. CON-3 225. On moveable covers or guards, 6.4.1.2 232. Control position information is 6.6.3.8 ZE safety or lock wires will not c.(2) visible to the operator during co be used. CON-'1 control operation. AlU CT'PP PNThT,'f'lh&'7 ANT l3 AD'PD %AD 'h CAT CAVA 'Pith T1h&TAM 33 HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKLIST CONTROLS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. Maintenance CONTINVOVS (ALL) Control surfaces have not 6.4.1.1 Arrangement been allowed to break, chip or e.(l) crumble. 234. Control separation conforms 6.8.3.1 $P to Table 6.8-2 and 6.8-3. Coding/Identification 235. Each control is recognizable in 6A.l.l m terms of its function. c.(l) 236. V/hen color coding is used to 6A.2.2 relate a control to its cor- f.(2) responding display, the same CON-2 color is used for both the control and the display. Size, Shape, Design 237. Selected controls make best 6.4.1.1 use of space for the intended b.(4) purpose and requirements for activation. 238. Knobs for continuous adjust- 6.4A.4 8 ment controls are round in aO shape, with knurled or CON-3 serrated edges. 239. Fingertip grasp knobs conform 6A.4.4 KE to the following dimensions: c.(l) height (inches) 'minimum 0.5 CON-3 and maximum 1.0; diameter (inches) minimum 0.375 and maximum 4.0. 34 HUMAN- EMGlNEERlNG CHECKLlST CONTROLS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.. 240. Thumb and forefinger 6A.4.4 b. Controls are recessed, 6.4.1.2 8 'ncircled knobs conform to c.(2) shielded, or otherwise sur- b.(i) the following dimensions: CON-3 rounded by physical CON-1 ~ diameter (inches) minimum 1.0 ~ barriers. and maximum 3.0. ~ ~

c. Controls are covered or 6.4.1.2 241. Controls used with knob skirts 6A.4.4 8 guarded with movable skirt barriers. c.'(i)'.4.1.2 have a minimum e.(i) diameter of 2.0 inches. CON-2 d. Controls are provided with Q interlocks so that extra d.(1) 242. Controls used with knob skirts 6.4.4.4 movement is required. CON-1 have a minimum skirt height e (2)+

of 0.25 inch. CON-2 e. Controls are provided with 6.4.1.2 m interlocks so that prior d.(2) 243. Controls used with knob skirts 6A.4.4 operation of a related or CON-1 have a minimum finger stop e.(3)+ locking control is required. diameter of 1.25 inches. CON-2 f. Controls are provided with 6A.1.2 g resistance so that distinct - e. 244. Controls used with knob skirts 6.4.4.4 or sustained effort is CON-1 8 have finger stop height plus e.(4) required for activation. rotary knob height of a total CON-2 minimum of 0.75 inch. 247. If controls are races'sed, 6A.1.2 shielded, or " otherwise b.(2) 245. When controls are used with 6AAA guarded, the control is CON-1 knob skirts, minimum knob e.(5)+ entirely contained within the diameter is 0.75 inch. CON-2 envelope described by the recess or barrier. Operations 248. When a guard is in the open 6.4.1.2

6. Accidental activation of con-trols is minimized by one or Q position, it does not interfere with the operation of the c.(3)

CON-1 more of the following methods guarded control or other adja-(check those which apply): cent controls.

a. Controls are located and 6.4.1.2 249; On moveable covers or guards, 6.4.1.2 m oriented so that the opera- 80 safety or lock wires are not c.(2) tor will not strike or move CON-1 used. CON-1 them accidentally in any sequence of control move-ments.

ON-SITE EVALUATION 8 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION HUMAN ENGINEERlNG CHECKLlST CONTROLS EYAI.UATION GUIDELINE, REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. Rotary action controls are 6.4.1.2 Readability I 250. used when linear or pushbutton controls would be subject.to go CON-1 257. When an indication of positon 6 4.4.4 inadvertent operation and is desirable, pointers conform fixed protective structures are to those in guideline. When CON-40 impractical or inappropriate. more accuracy is required, a line is engraved on the top and 251. When sequential activation is 6.4.1.2 side of pointer. I necessary, controls are pro-vided with locks to pr event f. CON-1 Maintenance controls from passing through Control surfaces have not 6.4.1.1 a position. Further movement requires a new control action. I 258. been allowed to break, chip or crumble. e.(l) Direction/Rate of Motion 2.~ Control movements conform 6 4.2.1 to population stereotypes (see CON-1 table in back). ~ 253. Rotary control settings 6.4.4.1 increase in value with a clock- aO wise rotation. CON-2 254. Direction of motion is identi- 6.6.3.8 fied for'ontinuous motion b. rotary controls. PA-32 Visibility 5.. The control color contrasts 6.4.2.2 with the panel background. t.(3) CON-3 256. Control position information is 6.6.3.8 I visible to the operator during control operation. co Ii ON-SITE EVALUATION 8 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION 36 HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKLIST DISPLAYS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. tMIMICS Coding/Identification

1. Component representations mimic lines are identified.

on 6.6.6.4 b.(6) PA-65 COUNTERS Arrangement

8. Counters are constructed and arranged to minimize reflection of ambient illumi-VD-23 nation from the display cover.

2. All mimic origin points are 6.6.6.4 labeled or begin at labeled b.(4) Location components. PA-64 The viewing distance to VD-24 All mimic destination or ter-t

3. 6.6.6.4 counters is at least 13 inches minal points are labeled or end b.(5) and preferably at least 20 at labeled components. PA-64 inches.

4. Flow directions are clearly 6.6.6 4 Operations indicated by distinctive arrow- b.O) heads. PA-64 10. Numbers change by snap 6.5.5.1 N action rather than continuous c.(1)

Visibility movement. VD-82

5. There is adequate contrast 6.6.6 4 This counter used to indicate VD-85 between the mimic colors and the sequence o f equipment the panel. automatically resets upon a'.(~)'.6.6.4 completion of the sequence.

t Readability Direction/Rate of Motion

6. No more than 4 mimic lines of the same color run in parallel a.(5) 12. Counter drums move upward 6.5.5.1 if the operator must quickly PA-65 with increasing values. c.(2) identify them. VD-82

7. Overlapping of mimic lines is 6.6.6 4 For counters, one knob revo- VD-82 avoided. b.(2) lution equals about 50 counts CDI-5 (the right hand drum rotates 5 times).

e ON-SITE EVALUATION 8 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION 37 HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKLIST DISPLAYS EVALUATlON GU1DELI1%1E REF. EVALUAT10N GUIDELlNE Readability 22. Numerals intended to be read 6.5.5.2 6.5.5.1 ji consecutively do not follow b. Multi-digit numbers are read a.(1) each other faster than two per horizontally from left to right. VD-83 second.

15. Window size permits only one 6.5.5.1 Readability digit to appear at any one b.(3) time. VD-83 23. Multi-digit numbers will be 6.5.5.2 read horizontally from left to a.(1)

16. If more than 4 digits are used, 6;5.5.1 right.

grouping of digits separated by a.(3) appropriate commas, decimal VD-83 24. Valid messages on the display 6.5.1.4 points, or spaces will be used. face are brief. Co Displays indicate values in a 6.5.1.2

7. Counters are mounted per-pendicular to line of sight.

6.5.5.1 b.(i) VD-82 I 25. form immediately usable by the operator without requiring

b. and 6.5.1 4 mental conversion. Values f.

18. Counters are mounted close to 6.5.5.1 may, however, be multiplied VD-6 panel surface. b.(2) or divided by a power of ten.

VD-82 a

19. Surface of drum and sur- 6.5.5.1 LEGEND LIGHTS 8 roundings have matte finish to a.(5) minimize glare. VD-84 Operations 6.5.3.1

26. Status is inferred by illumi-

20. Valid messages on the displays face will be brief.

6.5.1.4 Co PA-55 I nated indicators and never by absence of illumination. c.(1) VD-89

27. Indicator lights are not used to 6.5.3.1 Displays indicate values in a form immediately usable by the operator without requiring 6.5.1.2 b.

and I alert operators to unfavorable status. d. mental conversion. Values 6.5.1.4 may, however, be multiplied f. or divided by a power of ten. VD-6, PROSPECTION ELECTRONIC COuNTERS irection/Rate of Motion ON-SITE EVALUATION OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION 38 HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKLIST DISPLAYS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE Visibility IMPACT RECORDERS

8. For legend pushbuttons used VD-90 Coding/Identification

~ under varied ambient lighting, a dimming control is provided When readings must be multi- ~

34. 6.5.1.2 that permits display legibility Q plied or divided by a power of

'9. e. under all ambient lighting con- ten, the component is clearly ditions. marked as to whether the reading should be multiplied or Circuitry is design to test VD-92 divided, and what the factor Q operation of total indicator Iso cir cuit. Size, Shape, Design

30. Control room contains only VD-94 Q minimum numbers of lights 35. Moving scale fixed-pointer 6.5.2.5 required. PP meters are not used. PA-41 PA-62 INDICATOR LIGHTS 36. A selection of low paper 6.5.4.1 N speeds and a high paper speed lo Location is available.

31. Changes critical to safety or VD-8 37. It is convenient to annotate 6.5.4.1 N effectiveness have a high Q information on the recordings. jo priority in the operator's cen- VD-79 tral field of view and contain stimuli demanding high 38. Means are provided to receive 6.5.4.1 at tention. Q completed recordings and for d.

tearing off records for VD-78 Operations storage. VD-79

32. Status is inferred by illumi- 6.5.3.1 Operations g nated indicators and never by c.'(i)'D-89 absence of'illumination. 39. The number of channels does 6.5 4.2 not exceed capacity. b.(i)

Indicator lights are not used to 6.5.3.1 Q alert operators to unfavorable d. 40. A channel is selected for dis- 6.5.4.2 status. N play without awaiting com- b.(4) pletion of sampling cycle. N ON-SlTE EVALUATION 8 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATXON 39 HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKLIST DISPLAYS EVALUATION GUIDELINE. REF. EVALUATION GUIDEI.INE REF. Readability 51. Pointer/background contrast 6.5.2.2 and pointer size provide good Co Printed numbers on recordihg 6.5.4.2 indication of pointer position. are clear, sharp and small b.(>) enough to avoid data crowdinge 52. Displays indicate values in a 6.5.1.2 42., g form immediately usable by b. and Channels are easily viewed on 6.5.4.2 the operator without requiring 6.5.1.4 $E display and instrument. b.(2) mental conversion. Values f. may, however, be multiplied VD-6 43... All recorded data is visible 6.5.4.1 or divided by a power of ten. 8- through the window. k. VD-80 53. Zone markings are conspicuous 6.5.2.3 and distinctively different for aO Numerals on fixed scale 6.5.2 4 different zones. meters are vertical. aO VD-65 54. Zone markings do not inter- 6.5.2.3 Q fere with display reading. b. 45;. Valid messages on the display 6.5.1.4 face are brief. co PA-55 Scaling 46., Single pointer with multiple 6.5.1.5 55. Scales on paper correspond to 6.5.4.1 N scales are not used. f. scales shown on recorder. b. VD-69 47.'. Pointer tips are simple. 6.5.2.2 56. No more than 9 graduations 6.5.1.5 Examples are shown in the a.(1) separate numerals in the scale a.(1) figure. VD-70 markings. VD-63 Pointer tips do not conceal 6.5.2.2 57. Major and minor graduations 6.5.1.5 scale graduation marks or a.(2) are used if up to four gradua- a (2) numerals. VD-70 tions are used between numerals. Pointer tip extends to within 6.5.2.2 about 1/16 inch of (but does b.(i) . 58. Major, intermediate and minor 6.5.1.5 not overlap) the smallest grad- VD-70 graduations are used if 5 or a (3) uation marks. more graduations are used between numerals. Pointers are mounted to avoid 6.5.2.2 parallax problems. b.(2) VD-70 ON-SITE EVALUATION Ls OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION HUINAN ENGINEERING, CHECKLIST'0 DISPLAYS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. t59. 60. Graduation height for scale markings conform to figure. Successive values of unit grad-uations conform to figure or those values multiplied by 6.5.1.5 b. VD-32 6.5.1.5 ce VD-71

67. Printed information on this trend recorder is compre-hensible and minimizes need for decoding, interpolating, etc. Aids are provided when operator graphic data.

must interpret VD-78 powers of ten.

68. If multiple scales appear on VD-69

61. Scale values increase with 6.5.2.1 this trend recorder, color movement of the pointer a.b.c. coding is used to associate upward, clockwise, or to the VD-65 correct scale with correct right. VD-67 selector-switch position.

62.~ Logarithmic scales for scale 6.5.1.5 69. A means is provided to receive markings are not used except e. completed recordings and for 6.5.4.1 where a large range of values VD-63 tearing off records for d. are required. ~ storage. VD-78 VD-79 STRIP CHARTS Direction/Rate of Motion Coding/Identification 70. Pens for this single sheet VD-80 chart system move from left

63. Chart paper is white, the VD-80 to right.

graph lines black, and pen tracing red or green. 71. Moving chart system paper VD-80 moves from right to left. Size, Shape, Design e 4. Moving scales fixed-pointer meters are not used. 6.5.2.5 PA-41

72. Printer paper bottom to top.

moves from VD-80 PA-62 73. The numerical progression on VD-65 this trend recorder increases

65. A selection of low paper 6.5.4.1 clockwise, from left to right Q speeds and a high paper speed or from the bottom up, are available. depending on display design or orientation.

66. It is convenient to annotate 6.5.4.1 Q information on the recordings. )~

VD-79 ON-SITE EVALUATION 8 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATiON HUMAN. ENGINEERlNG CHECKllST DISPLAYS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE Readability 83.' The printer incorporates inter- VD-79 nal illumination to enhance All recorded data are visible 6.5.4.1 readability of printed material through the window. k. under inadequate ambient VD-80 illumination.

75. Numerals fixed scale 6.5.2 4 Displays indicate values in a 6.5.1.2 on meters are vertical. a.

VD-65 I 84. form immediately usable by the operator without requiring b. and mental conversion. Values 6.5.1 4

76. Valid messages on the display 6.5.1.4 may, however, be multiplied f.

face are brief. co or divided by a power of ten. VD-6 PA-55

85. Zone markings are conspicuous 6.5.2.5 Single pointer with multiple 6.5.1.5 and distinctively different for ao scales are not used. f. different zones.

VD-69

78. Pointer Examples tips are are simple.

shown in the 6.5.2.2 a.(l) 'ere with

86. Zone markings do not display reading.

inter- 6.5.2.3 b. figure. VD-70 Scaling

79. Pointer tips do not conceal 6.5.2.2 87- Scale on paper corresponds to 6.5.4.1 scale graduation marks or a.(2) scales shown on recorder. b.,

numerals. VD-70

88. No more than 9 graduations 6.5.1.5

80. Pointer tip extends to within 6.5.2.2 separate numerals in the scale a.(i) about 1/16 inch of (but does b.(i) markings. VD-63 not overlap) the smallest grad- VD-70 uation marks. 89. Major and minor graduations 6.5.1.5 are used if up to 4 graduations

81. Pointers are mounted to avoid 6.5.2.2 are used between numerals. a.'(2)'.5.1.5 N parallax problems. b.(2)

VD-70 90. Major, intermediate and minor graduations are used if 5 or a (3)

82. Pointer/background contrast 6.5.2.2 more graduations are used

$P and pointer size provide good ce between numerals. indication of pointer position.

91. Graduation height for scale 6.5.1.5

$E markings conform to figure. b. VD-32 ON-SITE EVALUATlON 8 OPERATOR ASSlSTED EVALUATION 42 HUMAN ENGINEERlNG CHECKL1ST DISPLAYS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. t

92. Successive values of unit grad- 6.5.1.5 97. Linear scales are used in VD-61 uations conform to figure or ce preference to nonlinear scales.

those values multiplied by VD-71 Nonlinear scales are used to powers of 10. condense a large range into a small space for sensitive

93. Logarithmic scales for scale I markings are not used except where a large range of values 6.5.1.5 e.

VD-63 readings at critical ranges of the scale. are required. 98. This meter's scale- indicators VD-62 are used to display quanti-METERS tative and qualitative infor-mation (such as trend and Location direction-of-motion). 94.~ Pointer s are located to the VD-67 99. For this moving- scale display, PA-41 right of vertical scales and at 5 if the control is a gross the bottom of horizontal approximator of position and scales. ~ has position detents, the numbers increase from right Coding/Identification to left.

95. When readings must be multi-I plied or divided by a pcwer of ten, the component is clearly 6.5.1.2 e.

Operations 100. The pointer color is the same VD-70 marked as to whether the as that of numbers and reading should be multiplied or indices. divided, and what the factor t iso Size, Shape, Design

96. Moving scales fixed-pointer meters are not used.

6.5.2.5 PA-41 PA-62 101. The scale indicators for various applications are based on the criteria in table on the back. Direction/Rate of Motion VD-62 102. Scale values increase with 6.5.2.1 movement of the pointer up- a.b.c. ward, clockwise or to the VD-67 right. VD-65 I ON-SITE EVALUATION 8 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION 43 HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKLIST DISPLAYS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE 103. For knobs used to make coarse display element settings (0.016 CDI-5 ill. Pointer is mounted to avoid 6.5.2.2 parallax problems. b.(2) to 0.100 inch tolerance), one VD-70 complete knob turn results in r1 approximately 6 inches of dis- 112. Pointer/background contrast 6.5.2.2 play element movement. 8 and pointer size provide good Co indication of pointer position. 104. For knobs used to make fine CDI-5 jj display settings (0.007 to 0.015 113. Displays indicate values in a 6.5.1.2 inch tolerance), one complete Q form immediately usable by b. knob turn results in approxi- the operator without requiring and mately 1-2 inches of display mental conversion. Values 6.5.1.4 element movement. may, however, be multiplied f. or divided by a power of ten. VD-6 Readability 114. Zone markings are conspicuous 6.5;2.3 Q5. Numerals on fixed meters will be vertical. scale 6.5.2.4 and distinctively different for aO ao different zones. VD-65 115. Zone markings do not inter- 6.5.2.3 106. Valid messages on the display 6.5.1 4 fere with display reading. b. N face are brief. co PA-55 Scaling 107. Single pointer with multiple 6.5.1.5 116. No more than 9 graduations 6.5.1.5 KE scales are not used. f. separate numerals in the scale a.(i) VD-69 markings. VD-63 t108. 109. Pointer Examples figure. tips are are shown simple. in the Pointer tips do not conceal scale graduation numerals. marks or 6.5.2.2 a.(1) VD-70 6.5.2.2 a.'(2)'D-70 117. 118. Major and minor graduations are used if up to 4 graduations are used between numerals. Major, intermediate and minor graduations are used if 5 or more graduations are used 6.5.1.5 a (2) 6.5.1.5 a.(3) between numerals. 110. Pointer tip extends to within 6.5.2.2 about 1/16 inch of (but does b.(i) 119. Graduation height for scale 6.5.1.5 not overlap) the smallest grad- VD-70 markings conform.to figure. b. uation marks. VD-32 N ON-SITE EVALUATION 8 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION 44 HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKLIST DISPLAYS EVALUATION GUIDELINE . REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. 120. Successive values of unit grad- 6.5.1.5 127. If this circular meter dial is to VD-85 uations conform to figure or co m be scanned rapidly, the normal those values multiplied by VD-71 position of the pointer is at powers of 10. the 9 o'lock position. 121. Logarithmic scales for scale 6.5.1.5 128. Information is displayed on VD-6 m markings are not used except e. this meter only to the degree where a large range of values VD-63 of specificity and precision are required. required for a specific opera-tor action or decision. CIRCULAR ONLY Scaling Visibility 129. Dial scale on this meter is PA-40 122. The two ends of the pointer VD-70 oriented so that the critical are identifiable when recipro- range to be read appears left cal readings are required. to right. Readability 123. Where positive and negative 6.5.2 4 values are displayed around a b.(2) zero position, the zero is at 12 VD-66 o'lock. 124. This meter has a moving VD-1 /j pointer against a fixed scale and is used for qualitative check readings. O. If pointer movement is more than 360o, the zero point is at 6.5.2.4 b.(i) 12 o'lock position. 126. Where the scale covers less 6.5.2.4 SE than a full rotation of the c.(1->) pointer, scale end-points are VD-66 indicated by a break in scale of at least one numbered interval and should be oriented at 6 o'lock. ON-SITE EVALUATION js OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION HUMAN ENGlNEERlNG CHEGKllST CONVENTIONS +Criteria are different. EYALUATION GUIDELINE. REF. EYALUATIOM GUIDELINE REF. AUDITORY CODING SIZE CODING Coding/Identification Size, Shape, Design

1. Auditory coding methods are 6.2.2.3 9. No more than 3 different sizes 6 4.2.2 Q distinct and unambiguous, al of controls are used for c.(1) without conflict. AD-1 discrimination by absolute CON-1 size.

2. Auditor y pulse codes are 6.2.2D Q limited to 2 or 3, ensuring b. 10. Controls used for performing 6.4.2.2 proper discrimination. AD-19 tm the same function on different c.(2) items of equipment are the CON-1 Center frequencies are 6.2.2.3 same size.

between 500 and 1000 Hz for Ce signals using frequency AD-14 When knob diameter is used as 6.4.2.2 modulation for coding. a coding parameter, dif- c.(3) ferences between diameters CON-1

4. No more than 5 separate fre- 6.2.2.3 are at least 0.5 inch.

quencies are used within the d. limited range of 200-5000 Hz AD-15 12. When knob thickness is a 6.4.2.2 for discrete coding. coding parameter, thickness c.(4) differences are at least 0.4 CON-1

5. Coding by intensity is avoided. 6.2.2.3 inch.

Q e.

13. Control shapes are visually 6 4.2.2

6. Auditory coding techniques 6.3.2.2 8 identif iable. d.(i)

Q are used when the work a.(i) CON-1 station associated with the alarm is not in the primary 14. Control shapes are tactually 6 4.2.2 operating area. Q identif iable. d.(2) CON-1

7. Coded signals from a single 6.3.2.2 audio source is not used to a (2) identify individual work SHAPE CODING stations within the primary operating area. Coding/Identification Coding is used to indicate 66.2.2 15. Rotating knob controls for dif-alarm priority. b. Q ferent types of control actions 6.4.2.2 are distinguishable by sight e.

and touch and cannot be con- CON-1 fused with each other. N ON-SITE EVALUATION 9 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION 46 HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKLIST CONVENTIONS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.,

16. Shape-coded rotary controls 6AA.l COLOR CODING 8 are visually identifiable.~ c.(1)

CQN-2 Coding/Identification 17.~ Shape-coded rotary controls 6.4.4.1 2>. Color coding provides redun- 6.5.1.6 m are tactually identifiable. c.(2) m dant information. aO CON-2 CON-1 Size, Shape, Design 24. The number of colors for 6.5.1.6 coding is kept to a minimum, b.(1)

18. Annunciator response controls, 6Q.4.2 not exceeding 11. a (2) especially the silence control, b.(4) CON-1 VD-108 t

use shape coding. CON-2

19. If rotary controls used for 6AA.1 widely different functions are b. 25. Color meanings are narrowly 6.5.1.6 placed on the same panel, CQN-2 m defined. c.(1) shape coding is employed. VD-107

26. Red, green, and amber are 6.5.1.6 CONTROL CODING Q used in accordance to guide- c.(2) line. VD-107 Coding/Identification

27. Color meanings are consistent 6.5.1.6

20. The coding system for controls 6A.2.2 across all applications d.(1) m is uniform throughout the con- aO including panel surfaces, pro- a (2) trol room. CQN-1 jected signal lights, and CRTs. VD-107 Color coding follows the 6.4.2.2 28. Color meanings remain the 6.5.1.6 recommendations of Guideline f.(1) same within and among sys- d.(3) 6.5.1.6. tems to which they are applied.

22. Annunciator response controls 6.3.4.2 are coded using techniques b.(i) a 29. Color coding of meter zone 6.5.2.3 such as color coding, demar- (2) 8 markings conform to Guideline cation, shape coding or group 6.5.1.6.c. VD-75 shading.

The color of indicator lights 6.5.3.2 conforms to convention. a.(2) VD-10 ON-SITE EVALUATION OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION HUMAN ENGfNEERlNG, CHECKLlST CONVENTIONS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. The color of indicator lights is 6.5.3.2 Visibility clearly identifiable. a.(3) VD-108 40. Color shading enhances 6.8.1.3 recognition of controls, dis- Co

32. The color of lit legend back- 6.5.3.3 plays or functional groups, CDI-13 jI ground conforms to color con- d. providing adequate contrast, ventions. VD-110 and is consistent with other color coding throughout the Color coding of label print 6.6.4.1 control room.

conforms to color conventions. b.(2)

41. Distinctive enhancement tech- 6.8.1.3 The color coding scheme 6.6.6.3 niques are used for emergency d.

applied to specific functions controls. or conditions is consistent throughout the control room. 42. Colors which do not have the 6.5.1.6 ~, Color coding is consistent with conventions. 6.7.2.7 k.(i) immediate safety implications are used to ensure that each color. is recognized as e.(1) different from any other.

36. No more than one color is I assigned for the same meaning or purpose.

6.7.2.7 k.(2) 43. Colors used for coding provide good contrast with back-6.5.1.6 e.(2) ground. VD-108 I

37. Red is used for unsafe con-ditions, danger, immediate operator required, or critical i.(1) i 6.7.2.7 6.5.1.6 44.

XE Each trend recorder pen uses a distinctly different color for 6.5.4.2 a.(2) parameter value out of c.(2) channel identification pro-balance. VD-10 viding good contrast with paper.

8. Green is used for safe con-ditions, no operator action i 6.7.2.7

45. Where possible, the red/green 6.7.2.7 required, or parameter within balance.

is l.(2) 6.5.1.6 c.(2) I combination is not used in CRT displays. m.(1) VD-10

46. Red symbols/characters on a 6.7.2.7 39.

I Yellow/amber is used for hazard, potentially unsafe, 6.7.2;7 i.(r) ~ I green CRT background are not used. m.(2) caution, attention required, or 6.5.1.6 marginal parameter exists. c.(2) VD-10 ON-SITE EVALUATION 8 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION 48 HUMAN EMGIMEERIMG CHECKLIST CONVENTIONS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIOEI.INE t USE OF SYMBOLS Coding/Identification

47. Legend light symbols are clear and unambiguous in meaning.

6.5.3.3 b.(3) CONFUSION Arrangement

55. Strings of small displays do not exceed 20 inches on the control board.

6.8.3.2 b.

48. Abstract symbols are used 6.6.3.4 N only if they have a commonly aO 56.- No more than 5 similar com- 6.8.3.2 accepted meaning for all PA-56 ponents are laid out in an c.(1) intended users. unbroken row or column.

49. Symbols are distinguishable 6.6.3 4 57. If more than 5 similar com- 6.8;3.2 Q from each other. b. ponents must be together, the c.(2) string or cluster is broken up

0. A commonly accepted standard configuration is used 6.6.3 4 co by techniques such as physical spacing or demarcation.

for symbols. '8. Mirror-imaging is avoided. 6.8.3.3

51. Symbols are consistently used 6.6.3.4 CDI-16 within and across panels. d.

Coding/Identification 52.. Graphic symbols such as those 6.6.6 4 N in mimics are readily under- c.(l) 59. The group of annunciator con- 6.3.4.2 stood and commonly used. PA-65 trols are demarcated. b.(3) 60., Legend pushbuttons are 6.4.3.3

53. Symbols are used consistently. 6.6.6.4 Q readily distinguishable from ao c.(2) legend lights and is achieved by distinctive shape, labeling, location, or other techniques.

STANDARD ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS 61. Large matrices of similar 6.8.3.2 components have the coordi- d.(1)

54. A list of standard names, 6.6.3.3 nate axes labeled for identifi-acronyms, abbreviations, and a. Bc b. cation of any single com-part/system numbers is consis- PA-46 ponent within the grid.

tently used and is adminis- and tratively controlled. 6.5.3.3 62. Large matrices are subdivided 6.8.3.2 b.(6) by appropriate demarcation. d.(2) PA-46 ON-SITE EVALUATION 6 OPERATOR ASSlSTED EVALUATION 49 HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKLIST CONVENTIONS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. Size, Shape, Design Visibility Legend indicators are dis- 6.5.3.3 71. Total mimic can be seen at VD-14 tinguishable from legend push- Co operational distances without buttons by form, size,.or other head movement. factors.

72. At or below eye level, labels PA-45 are placed above mimic areas MIMICS (including branches and com-ponents) they describe. (If Coding/Identification panel is above eye level, labels may be below.)

64. Mimic flow paths are color 6.6.6.4 coded in conformance with the a.(1) Readability selected color scheme.

~, Mimic colors are discriminably different from each other. 6.6.6.4 a.(2)

73. Flow direction for this mimic is always on the horizontal or vertical axis.

PA-65

66. Mimic lines depicting flow of 6.6.6.4 the same contents are colored a.(4) LEGEND LIGHTS the same throughout the con- PA-64 trol room. Size, Shape, Design

67. No more than 7 colors are PA-64 74. Legend design is consistent 6.5.3.3 used for mimic lines. throughout the control room. b.(1)

Summary labels/demarcation PA-64 lines are used to identify and IMPACT RECORDERS separate systems and sub-systems surrounding this Coding/Identification mimic on panel.

75. Abbreviations are consistent 6.5.1.4

69. Primary mimic lines are PA-64 with plant conventions. d.

obviously larger than PA-46 secondar y lines. Size, Shape, Design

70. Differential line widths will be 6.6.6.4 used to code flow paths for b.(1) mimicss ON-SITE EVALUATION 8 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION

50 HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKLIST CONVENTIONS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE t STRIP CHARTS Coding/Identification

76. Abbreviations are consistent with plant conventions.

6.5.1 4 d PA-46 METERS Coding/Identification

77. Abbreviations are consistent 6.5.1.4 with plant conventions. d.

PA-46 ON-SITE EVALUATION 8 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION 51 HUMAN ENGINEERIMG'CHECKLIST PROCESS COMPUTER +Criteria are different. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. CRT DISPLAYS 9. Signal-to-noise ratio is at VD-48 least 10:1. Cumulativ e effects of all geo-metric distortion does not dis- + 10. Displays having high regenera- VD-48 place any point within the VD-50 tion rates and slow image viewable area'f the screen movements use phosphers with from its correct position by short persistence (decay rates more than 5% of picture less than 1 millisecond). height. Displays with moderate image VD-48

2. CRTs for displaying simple 6.7.2.1 movements use medium per-alphanumeric text have a f.(1)<< sistence phosphers (decay minimum of 20 resolution VD-49 rates ( 0:1 second).

elements per inch.

12. Where 'haracters subtend VD-46 Symbols and graphic detail 6.7.2.1 visual, angle of less than 16, have a minimum of 100 resolu- f.(2)+

88%'.7.2.1 the character separation is tion elements per inch. VD-49 about 25% the symbol height.

4. Complex symbols have a mini- 6.7.2.1 The regeneration rate for 6.7.2.1 mum of 10 resolution elements f.(~) particular CRT display is ge for the longest dimension of above critical frequency of VD-49 the symbol when used with fusion.

other corn'plex shapes.

14. Brightness, contrast and color 6.7.2.1 Alphanumeric character s have 6.7.2.1 of CRT are adjustable by con- h.(i) a minimum of 10 resolution f.(4)+ trol room operator.

elements per character height. VD-49

15. Adjustment controls on CRT 6.7.2.1 If a camera generated display VD-47 conform to Section 6.4 h.(2) is used, at least 10 shades of (Controls) and Section 6.9 gray are used in CRT'displays. (Control/Display Integration).

7. Symbol size is at least 20 VD-45 16. Alphanumeric characters are VD-45 minutes of arc at normal composed of uppercase letters viewing distance. with a resolution of no less than 10 lines per symbol

8. Contrast between symbols and VD-47 height.

background is between

17. Contrast between symbols and VD-47 background is between 88%

and 94%. ON-SITE EVALUATION OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION 52 HUMAN EMGfNEERING CHECKLIST PROCESS COMPUTER EVALUATION GUIDELINE EVALUATION GUIDEI.INE REF. t18. 19. Light source is located at least 60o on either side of viewer's central field of view. Red symbols on a green back-ground are avoided. VD-45 VD-48 26. 27. All discrete functional control positions are identified. All annunciator alarms are 6.6.3.8 aO PA-28 PA-49 6.7.3.2 recorded. a.(2)

20. Where illumination is low VD-46 (1.0 fL), character separation 28. Alarm messages are recorded 6.7.3.2 is 259o of the symbol height. in the sequence of their occur- b.

rence.

21. Rectangular or polar- VD-45 coordinate displays use alpha- 29. Provisions are included to pro- 6.7.3.2 numeric, geometric, or color vide, upon operator request, Co coding rather than coding by printouts by alarm group (e.g.,

line lengths, angular orienta- system, subsystem, com-tion, inclination, or visual ponent). number (dots).

30. Alarm messages should be 6.7.3.2

22. The use of brightness coding is VD-47 readily distinguishable from d.

avoided. other messages.

23. One or more of the following CRE-3 31. Alarm messages provide rapid 6.7.3.2 is used to eliminate reflected identification of the nature of e.

glare from CRT: the alarm. Proper placement of CRT in relation to lighting 32. Wording in alarm messages: Filters (directional or e spectrum) A hood or shield Coatings or filters over o Clearly relate specific annunciator that is illuminated. to the tile 6.7.3.2 f.(1) lighting. o Contain at least that infor- 6.7.3.2 mation (i.e., wording) pre- f.(2) KEYBOARDS sented in the illuminated annunciator tile.

24. Each control is recognizable in 6 4.1.1 terms of its function. c.(1) o Provide additional specific 6.7.3.2 data. f.O)

25. Control movements conform 6 4.2.1 CON-1 33. The "QWERTY" arrangement 6.7.1.4 to population stereotypes. is used on keyboards that com- aO bine alphabetic and numeric CON-7 functions.

ON-SITE EVALUATION I OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION 53 HUINAN EMGINEERlNG. CHECKLmST PROCESS COMPUTER EYALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. t34. 35. On keyboards used to enter solely numeric data, a 3x3+1 matrix is used in either "calculator" or "telephone" style. When more than one keyboard 6.7.1.4 b,+. CON-79 6.7.1 4

43. This keyboard uses no more than 3 different sizes in coding controls for discrimi-nation by absolute size.

PRINTERS CON-17 exists in the control room, Ca alphanumeric and/or numeric- CON-77 44. Printers are located in the pri- 6.7.3.1 only key configuration are the mary operating area. a.(i) same in all cases.

45. Printers record alarm data, 6.7.3.1 t

36. To minimize effectiveness of 6.7.1.4 trend data, and plant status a (2) keyboards, key dimensions and d. data.

separation are as shown in CON-7 1 Exhibit 6.7-3. 46. Printer supplies a hard copy of 6.7 3.1 any single page on the CRT at b.(1)

37. Key displacement is as shown 6.7.1.4 the request of the operator. OCI-25 in Exhibit 6.7-3. e.(1)

CON-7 47. If copy is printed remote to 6.7.3.1 the operator, a print confir- b.(2)

38. Key resistance is as shown in 6.7.1.4 mation or denial message is OCI-25 Exhibit 6.7. e.(2) displayed.

CON-7

48. Printer operation does not 6.7.3.1

39. There is a definite indication 6.7.1.4 alter screen content. b.(3) of key activation provided to f. OCI-25 operator (e.g., snap, audible CON-5 click, release of resistance). 49. Printed information is in a 6.7.3.1 directly usable form. co

0. The slope of CRT keyboard is 6.7.1 4 VD-78 between 15o and 25o from the go hor izontal. CON-7 50. Printer capacity is 300 lines 6.7.3.1 per minute or more. d.

41. Data being entered via key- 6.7.1.4 boards are displayed as they h. 51. Hand-finished matte paper is 6.7.3.1 are keyed. used on the printer to prevent e.(1) t smudges and glare.

42. CRT keyboards contain only 6.7.1 4 keys that are relevant to com- 52. A positive indication of 6.7.3.1 puter operation. remaining supply of recording e.(2) materials is provided. VD-79 ON-SITE EVALUATION 8 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION

54 HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKLIST PROCESS COMPUTER EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.. EVALUATION GUIDELINE

53. Instructions for reloading 6.7.3.1 63. Graphs are constructed so that , 6.7.3.3 paper, ribbon, ink, etc., are e.(3) numbered grids are bolder c.(1) attached to.printer. than unnumbered grids.

54. A printer is provided for 6.7.3.2 64. If 10-grid intervals are used, 6.7.3.3 recording alarm messages. a.(1) the fifth intermediate grid is c.(2) less bold than the numbered

55. When printer is down, data and 6.7.3.1 grid, but bolder than the information which would nor- e.(4) unnumbered grid.

mally be printed is not lost.

65. Tables are simple, concise and 6.7.3.3

56. A take-up device for printed 6.7.3.1 readable. d.(i) materials is provided. e.(5)

66. When table columns are long, 6.7.3.3 VD-78'.7.3.1 numbers are separated into d.(2)

7. Operator can read the most recently printed line. f.(1) groups by providing a space between groups of five.

VD-80

67. When columns are not sepa- 6.7;3.3

58. Printed material has adequate 6.7.3.1 rated by vertical lines, the d (3) contrast ratio. f.(2) columns are separated by at

. VD-80 least 2 character widths.

59. Print copy can be annotated 6.7.3.1 whi}e in machine. f.(3) COMPUTER FUNCTION VD-79 CONTROLS Recorded matter is not 6.7.3.1 68. Design of function controls. on 6.7.1.5 obscured, marked, or other- f.(4) the computer conform to al wise hidden to prevent reading VD-80 appropriate guidelines. ALL C N of printed material.

69. Terms, nomenclature, and 6.7.1.5

61. A graph is used if the shape of 6.7.3.3 abbreviations used on function b.

the function is important in ao controls are consistent with OCI-12 decisionmaking. those of selected computer function that is displayed.

62. If interpolation is necessary, 6.7.3.3 line graphs are preferred to b. 70. A positive indication is pro- 6.7.1.5 bar graphs and tables. vided at the CRT master con- c.(l) trol to identify displays under local or master control.

ON-SITE EVALUATION OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION 55 HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKLIST PROCESS COMPUTER EVALUATION GUIDELINE, REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REl'.

71. A positive identification is 6.7.1.5 79. The accuracy of control '6.7.1.6 provided at the individual CRT c.(2) method or device is commen- co to indicate if it is under local surate with the functions to be or master control. served.

72. Dedicated keys that 6.7.1.5 80. Control design allows the 6.7.1.6 initiate/activate functions are d.(1) operator freedom of move- d.

grouped together. CON-9 ment to perform other duties.

73. Function controls are easily 6.7.1.5 distinguishable from other d.(2) COMPUTER-OPERATOR types of console keys. RELATIONSHIP

74. Function controls are clearly 6.7.1.5 81. Correct response is provided 6.7.1.7 labeled to indicate function. d.(3) within response times listed in aO CQN-1 Exhibit 6.7-6 for each type of query.

75. Design and layout of function 6.7.1.5 controls are consistent for all d(4) 82. When response time exceeds 3 6.7.1.7 consoles in control room. CON-7 seconds, a delay message is b.

presented in order to maintain

76. Function keys are physically 6.7.1.5 the operator's attention and to separated from alphanumeric d.(5) confirm normal computer keys on the console. operation.

83. Procedures are in hard copy 6.7.1.8 OTHER CONTROLS form at a minimum. a (3)

77. Control devices (such as light 6.7.1.6 84. A complete set of operations 6.7.1.8 pens, selector pens, RAND aO and contingency procedures is a.(1) tablets, etc.) are operable available in control room.

from most favorable position for computer interaction. 85. Procedures are prepared from 6.7.1.8 control room operator's point a.(2) of view.

78. Control devices provide rapid 6.7.1.6 positioning of cursors or b. 86. Viewing distance on CRT is 6.7.2.3 selection of choices. greater than 18 inches. aO VD-46 ON-SITE EVALUATION 8 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION

HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKLIST PROCESS COMPUTER EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE Mode designation and the 6.7.1.3 96. Input words (keywords) 6.7.1.2 file(s) being processed are dis- Co approximate real words. a.(5) played by the computer sys- QCI-24 OCI-22 tem.

97. Computer dialogue requires an 6.7.1.2

88. Viewing angle is at least 30o VD-46 explicit command to termi- a(6)+

for standing observer, or 45o nate an interaction. OCI-24 for seated observer.

98. Computer input words do, not 6.7.1.2

89. Maximum viewing distance for -

VD-46 exceed 7 characters. single seated operator is 28 OCI-22 inches for 12 inch diagonal t screen. 99. Abbreviations are used as 6.7.1.2 computer input words when c.(1)

90. Visual axis of operator is per- VD-45 possible; OCI-22 pendicular to center of CRT screen. 100. The same synonym or abbre- 6.7.1.2 viation for a system command c.(2)

91. A 12-inch diagonal screen size VD-46 name is used for messages, OCI-22 at 28-inch viewing distance is prompts, etc., to operator.

used for by. single seated operated. 101. Use of abbreviations or con- 6.7.1.2 tractions for output data is c (3)+ COMPUTER-OPERATOR avoided. OCI-22 DIALOGUE 102. Operator inputs, responses, or 6.7.1.2 t 92. 93. Dialogue is based on operator's point of view, not pro-grammers. Computer dialogue is logical. 6.7.1.2 a.(1) OCI-25 6.7,1.2 a.(2) OCI-21 103. actions which could signifi-cantly degrade computer sys-tem or plant performance are not dependent on a single key-stroke. Prompting and structuring features allow operator to d. OCI-22 6.7.1.3 aO

94. Computer dialogue is used in a 6.7.1.2 request additional infor- OCI-24 consistent manner. a.(3) mation.

'CI-21 104. Prompting and structuring 6.7.1.3

95. Computer dialogue reflects 6.7.1.2 features are available upon b.

the vocabulary and syntax of a.(4) request when an error is QCI-24 e expected user population. OCI-21 detected. ON-SITE EVALUATION OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION HUNIAN ENGLNEERlMG CHECKLlST PROCESS COMPUTER EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE'EF. 105. Corrections of individual 6.7.1.3 113. Before the operator requests 6.7.1.1 errors are made without d. that result in permanent d. requiring re-entry of correct OCI-24 changes are processed, the OCI-24 data. computer system requires 25 operator acknowledgement. 106. The computer system contains 6.7.1.2 a sequential file of operator e. entries, available upon 0CI-24 ACCESS AIDS operator request. 114. Operating procedures 107. When many subsystems require VD-9 describe: 6.7.1.8 monitoring, information is The overall a.(4) filtered by software or computer (a,b,c) machine function. system, The computer system components with which 8.. Operator is provided 0CI-19 the operator can instructions for correcting interface, computer diagnosed errors. The specific procedures necessary to accomplish 109. System recognizes and reports OCI-19 all operator-computer detectable errors. interface functions. 115. Contingency procedures 6.7.1.8 COMPUTER ACCESS describe indications which a.(5) identify failure or mal- (a,b) 110. Only properly authorized per- 6.7.1.1 functioning of computer sonnel are allowed to make aO system and necessary actions changes by entry, deletion of to be performed by the alteration of data. operator in case of mal-function.

l. At least one copy of current 6.7.1.1 operating software is securely b. 116. Speci fic codes or addresses 6.7.1.8 and remotely stored. that the operator may request b.(1) are cross-indexed by alpha- (a,b,c, 112. When characters, words, or 6.7.1.1 numeric or numeric code pro- *d) phrases are to be inserted, cs gram name, system/subsystem such items are first collected OCI-26 identification, and functional t

and displayed on a buffer area group identification. of screen, and then inserted by one operator command. 117. Cross-indices of data displays 6.7.1.8 are available in at least hard- b.(2) copy form in control room. ON-SITE EVALUATION 8 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION 58 HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKLIST PROCESS COMPUTER EVALUATlON GUlDELIIE REF. EVALUATlON GUlDELlIE- REF. MESSAGES 127. Feedback is provided to indi- 6.7.2.6 cate changes in status of I~

8. Messages on CRT are concise. 6.7.2.6 system functioning. OCI-10 a.(1) 0CI-14 128. When an option is selected as 6.7.2.6 input to system, the subject J~

119. Messages provide necessary 6.7.2.6 item is highlighted., 0CI-10 information to complete a a.(2) specific action or decision OCI-14 129. When system response is 6.7.2.6 sequence. delayed, periodic feedback is k. provided to indicate normal 0CI-10 120. Messages are necessary, com- 6.7.2.6'. operation and reason for plete, and readily usable. delay. OCI-14 130. Results'and requirements for 6.7.2.6 Prompts are displayed when- 6.7.2.6 subsequent actions are pro- l. ever operator may need co vided after a process or OCI-10 direction or guidance to sequence- is completed. initiate or complete an action to sequence of actions. Feedback describes type and OCI-19 location of error. 122. Prompts contain clear and 6.7.2.6 specific cues and instructions d. 132. Displays of complex con- VD-6 which are relevant to action figurations avoid use of to be taken. unnecessary detail. 123. Directions are placed in the 6.7.2.6 Information critical to safety VD-10 sequence to be used by e. or effectiveness has a high operator. priority in the operator's cen-tral field of view and is com-124. Whenever operator error or 6.7.2.6 posed of stimuli demanding invalid input is detected, an .

f. high attention.

error message is displayed. 0CI-19 134. Feedback is provided that OCI-28 125. Error messages contain 6.7.2.6 light pen has actuated. instructions for corrective ge action. 135. Feedback concerning light pen OCI-28 placement is available. 126. Capability is provided for 6.7.2.6 operator to correct errors h. 136. Feedback is provided indi- OCI-28 without affecting adjacent OCI-19 cating that light pen input has valid entries. been received by system. ON-SITE EVALUATION OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION 59 HUMAN ENGlNEERING CHECKI.lST i PROCESS COMPUTER EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDEUNE REF. Message occurring in multiple OCI-17 146. Where multi-input frames occupies constant annunciators are used, an 6.3.1.2 physical location on screen. alarm printout capability is c.(2) provided. 138. Formats minimize . cursor OCI-5 positioning movement. LABELINQ 139. Each data group or message 0CI-12 contains descriptive title, 147. Visual angles of complex sym- 6.7.2.2 phrase, word, or other device bols on CRT subtend not less aO to indicate its content. than 20 minutes of arc at the VD-51 OCI-17 required viewing distance. 140. Data, text, formats, etc., essential to system perform- 148. The height of alphanumeric 6.7.2.2 ance are under system control. characters have a visual angle b.(1) of not less than 12 minutes of VD-45 Information required for next 0CI-14 arc at the required viewing operator entry is presented at distance. the end of the message. 149. Alpha-numeric characters are 6.7.2.2 142. Critical information is pre- OCI-14 upper-case letters. b.(2) sented at the beginning of a VD-45 message. 150. The width-to-height ratio for 6.7.2.2 143. Messag'es requiring operators OCI-14 alphanumerics is between 3:5 ca to reference external data and 1:1. VD-45 sources are avoided. 6.7.2.2 151. Stroke-width-to-character-heig t d. VD-45 g4. Counting tasks start- with the number "one," while measuring OCI-1 ratio is between 1:5 and 1:10. tasks start with "zero." 152. Graphic lines contain a mini- 6.7.2.2 mum of 50 resolutions per e. inch. VD-50 145. For messages containing OCI-17 OCI-7 variable option lists and occurring in multiple frames, 153. Horizontal separation between 6.7.2.2 physical relationships among characters or symbols is f.(1) common elements are main- between 10% and 65% of char-tained. acter or symbol height. I ON-SITE EVALUATION 9 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION 60 HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKLIST PROCESS COMPUTER EVALUATION GUIDEI.INE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. 154. The height:width ratio for VD-45 o When visual angle sub- 6.7.2.2 alphanumerics is between 7:5 tended by symbol height f.(2) and 3:2. is less than 15 minutes, (e)+ Stroke width:height ratio of o When visual angle sub- 6.7.2.2 155. VD-45 characters is in the range of tended by character f.(2) 1:6 to 1:10. height is less than 12 (f)+ minutes of arc. 156. Character separation is VD-46 between 25% and 63% of char- 160. Simple character fonts are 6.7.2.2 acter height. used without serifs, variable g(l) stroke width, slanting, etc. 157. Two individual light pennable VD-45 6.7;2.2 161. When dot-matrix characters characters are separated by at g(2) least one symbol area. are used, 7x9 dot matrix is used in preference to 5x7 dot-

8. If label presents list of OCI-13 matrix.

operator options, the decision 162. Character styles such as 6.7.2.2 or action required of operator Lincoln/Mitre or Leroy are g(3) is also indicated. used. 159.'eparation is at least 25% of 163. Labels reflect unique char- 6.7.2.4 character or symbol height: acteristic of content of data m.(2) o When character or symbol 6.7.2.2 group or message. OCI-12 width is less than 85% of f.(2) height, (a)+ 164. Labels are located in con- 6.7.2.4 4VD-46 sistent manner either above or n. to the right or left of data OCI-12 o When character or symbol 6.7.2.2 group or messages the luminance is less than 12 f.(2) describe. ft.-L, (b)+ o When luminance contrast is 6.7.2.2 165. Labels are oriented hori- 6.7.2 4 less that 88%, f.(2) zontally. oo (c) OCI-12 o When CRT screen location 6.7.2.2 166. Labels are highlighted to 6.7.2.4 is greater than 25% to the f.(2) facilitate operator scanning p (1) left or right of operator's (d) recognition. OCI-12 straight-ahead line-of-sight~ N ON-SITE EVALUATION js OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION HUMAN ENGINEERIMG CHECKllST PROCESS COMPUTER EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE 167. The technique used to high- 6.7.2 4 175. Elements in data field are dis- 6.7.2 4 light labels is distinguishable p.(2) played in logical order. d. from one used to highlight OCI-12 OCI-1 emergency/critical messages. 176. The manner of presentation of 6.7.2.4 168. Option labels reflect questions 6.7.2 4 identical data is based on uses e.(1) or choices posed to operator. q. to which the data will be put 'CI-1 OCI-13 by the operator. 177. Identical data in different pre- 6.7.2.4 DATA PRESENTATION AND sentations is displayed in con- e.(2) SCREEN LAYOUT sistent, standardized manner. OCI-1 169. Data are presented to 178. Numbers are used as menu 6.7.2.4 operator in readily usable 6.7.2.4 designators. f.(1) format. a(1) OCI-2 OCI-1 179. Numerical designators start 6.7.2.4 170. Data do not have to be 6.7.2.4 with the number "1", not zero. f.(2) transposed, computed, inter- a.(2)'CI-1 OCI-2 polated or mentally translated to be usable to the operator. 180. If numbers as designators is 6.7.2 4 confusing, alphabetic char- f.(>) 171. Illustrations are used to sup- 6.7;2 4 acters are used. plement or explain text b. wherever possible. OCI-1 181. When used, alphabetic desig- 6.7.2.4 nators start with the letter f.(4) When five or more digits 6.7.2.4 flAII and/or non-text alphanumerics c.(1) are displayed and no natural OCI-1 182. Lists are vertically aligned 6.7.2.4 organization exists, characters and left-justified. g.(1) are grouped in blocks of 3-4. OCI-2 173. Groups of data are. separated 6.7.2.4 183. Indentations are used. for sub- 6.7.2.4 by a minimum of one blank c.(2) classifications on lists. g.(2) space. OCI-1 OCI-2 174. Where multi-input annun- - 6.3.1.2 184. Quantitative data (to be 6.7.2 4 ciators must be used, an alarm c.(2) scanned) is in tabular or h. printout: capability is provided. graphic form. OCI-2 ON-SITE EVALUATION 9 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION 62 HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKLIST PROCESS COMPUTER EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. 185. The use of hyphenation is . 6.7.2 4 195. Physical location of data 6.7.2.4 minimized. I~ groups (alarms, menus) are b. OCI-2 consistent on screen. OCI-4 186. When presented in. tabular 6.7.2.4 196. Organization and separation of 6.7.2.5 form, alphanumeric data is j.(l) data subgroups are apparent to co left-justified. OCI-2 operator through the use of OCI-4 blank lines, etc. 187. When presented in tabular 6.7.2.4 form, numeric data is right- j.(2) 197. Lists of options are organized '.7.2.5 justified with decimal points OCI-2 by probability of selection, d. aligned. with high probability items OCI-5 presented first. 188. Periods are placed after item 6.7.2.4 selection designators and at k. 198., Non-option lists of equal- 6.7.2.5 the end of a sentence. OCI-2 probability options are pre- e. sented in alphabetical or OCI-5 189. Telephone numbers are pre- 6.7.2.4 numerical order. sented in following format: 1.(1) (914) 555-1212. OCI-2 199. Paragraphs are separated by 6.7.2.5 at least one blank line. f. 190. Time is presented in the 6.7.2.4 OCI-5 following format: HH:MM:SS, l.(2) HH:MM. MM:SS(. S) OCI-2 200. Selection designators in menus 6.7.2.5 are separated from text ge 191. The date is presented in the 6.7.2.4 descriptors by at least one OCI-5 following format: i.(s) blank space. MM:DD:YY. OCI-2 201. When data are contained on 6.7.2.5 ez. Each individual data group or message has a descriptive 6.7.2 4 m.(1) multiple pages, each page displays both page number and h. OCI-5 title. OCI-2 total number of pages. 193. Displayed data are organized 6.7.2.5 202. Items of a numbered list 6.7.2.5 logically and consistently. a.(l) "continue" on following pages lo OCI-4 relative to the first number on the first page of the list. 194. Displayed data reflect an 6.7.2.5 obvious and inherent quality of a.'(2) the data groups (hierarchical, 'CI-4 sequential, or mimic). ON-SITE EVALUATION 8 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION 63 HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKLIST PROCESS COMPUTER EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. 203. When directions to the 6.7.2.5 211. Alphanumeric characters (if VD-38 operator accompany an 'jo used) are grouped into words, options list, the directions OCI-5 sentences, or text in a precede the list. meaningful way. 204. Urgent messages are high- 6.7.2.5 lighted on the CRT screen. k.(i) GRAPHIC CODING AND OCI-7 HIGHLIGHTING 205. Urgent messages are displayed 6.7.2.5 212. Highlighting of important 6.7.2.7 in the same location on the k.(2) messages is used on CRT. aO CRT screen., GCI-7 206. In systems in which selection 6.7.2.5 213. Highlight coding methods are 6.7.2.7 is made by use of a cursor l. consistent. b.(1) formats are organized to mini-mize positioning movements 214. Highlighting methods for 6.7.2.7 of the cursor. emergency conditions are not b.(2) used in association with 207. The amount of information- 6.7.2.5 normal conditions. bearing activated screen area m ~ does not exceed 25% of the 215. If contrast enhancement is 6.7.2.7 total screen area. This does used for highlighting, no more co not include demarcation lines than three brightness levels used to separate groups of are used in a single presenta-data. tion. (Two is preferred.) 208. CRT displayed trend plot ~ 6.7.2.5 216. Blinking for purposes of high- 6.7.2.7 scales are consistent with the n. lighting is not used except for d. intended functional use of the emergency conditions. OCI-7 data. 217. If blinking is used for high- 6.7.2.7 209. CRT screen lines are com- VD-50 lighting, no more than two e.(l) posed of at least 20.points per blink rates are used. cm (50 points per inch). 218. For single blink rate, 2-3 6.7.2.7 210. Data, text, formats, etc., OCI-17 blinks per second with a mini- e (2) essential to system perform- mum of 50 msec "on" time OCI-7 ance are under system control. between blinks is used. 0 ON-SITE EVALUATION 6 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION 64 HUMAN ENGINEERlNG CHECKl.lST PROCESS COMPUTER EVALUATION GUIDELINE EVALUATION GUIDELINE. REF. If two blank rates are used for 6.7.2.7 228. The number of coding symbols 6.7.2.7 highlighting, the rates are e.(3) under optimum conditions does j.(2) about 4 per second and 1 per not exceed 20. second. 229. The number of coding symbols 6.7.2.7 220. If 2 blink rates are used, the 6.7.2.7 under adverse display con- j.(3) on-off ratio is about 50%. e.(4) ditions is six. 221. If 2 blink rates are used, the 6.7.2.7 230. Other techniques (i.e., color, 6.7.2.7 higher rate is used for the e.(5) filled versus unfilled) to dis- j.(4) most critical information. play different states or quali-ties of a basic symbol are used 222. Where blinking is used for OCI-7 if needed. highlighting, the blinking rate is between 2-3 Hz with a mini-mum flash duration of 50 MU TI-PAGE CONSIDERATIONS msec. 231. Page design and content mini- 6.7.2.8 223. If inverse video or image 6.7.2.7 mize operator memory a.(l) reversal is used for high- f. requirements. lighting, it is used to highlight in dense data field, such as a 232. All data relevant to a specific 6.7.2.8 word or phrase in a paragraph entry is displayed on a single a (2) of text or a set of characters page. in a table of data. 233. When pages are organized in 6.7.2.8 t224. 225. If graphic coding is used, it is used to present standard quali-tative -.information or to draw attention to a portion of the display. Graphic codes are consistently used. 6.7.2.7 go 6.7.2.7 234. hierarchical fashion, a visual audit trail of choices is upon operator request. Location references within a pro-'ided scrolling frame are provided in viewable portion of frame. b. 6.7.2.8 c'.(i)'CI-16 h. 235. Sectional coordinates are used 6.7.2.8 226. If symbols are used for coding, 6.7.2.7 for panning large schematics. c.(2) they vary widely in shape. t 236. Means are provided for operator to control the 6.7.2.8 227. The number of symbols used 6.7.2.7 format, and com- d0 for coding is kept small. j.(1) amount, OCr-16 plexity of information being displayed. ON-SITE EVALUATION OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION 65 HUMAN ENGlNEERING CHECKLIST PROCESS COMPUTER EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.'VALUATIONGUIDELINE REF. 237. If message is a variable option 6.7.2.8 list, common elements main- ~ e. tain their physical relationship 0CI-17 to other recurring elements. LIGHT PENS 238. Light pen cord is retractable VD-55 or guarded to avoid catching on console shelf. 239. Cord connecting light pen to VD-55 console is positioned to mini-mize interference with viewed screen data. 240. Light pens are equipped with a OCI-28 push-tip switch requiring 2-5 oz. of force to active. 241. Light pennable characters are not coded by blink rate. 242. Light pens are approximately OCI-28 0.5 in. in diameter and 6.0 in. in length. ON-SITE EVALUATION 6 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION 66 HUMAN EiatIEERlIG CHECKLlST EMERGENCY GARMENTS EVALUATION GUIDELlNE REF. EVALUATION GUlDEL!NE Protective equipment includes 6.1.4.1 10. Personnel wearing protective 6.2.1.8 protective clothing and aO equipment will be able to b. breathing apparatus. operate communications equipment. 20 Protective equipment will be 6.1.4.1 compatible with body sizes and will allow adequate tactile b.. ll. Emergency face masks will be 6.2.1.8 equipped with diaphragms for c.(1) sensitivity and ability to.see, transmitting speech. COM-1 move, communicate, reach and hear. 12. Diaphragms are capable of 6.2.1.8 separating voice from exhaust c.(2) Protective equipment will be 6.1A.1 valve action. COM-1 checked periodically to make Ce sure it is in good condition. 13. An electronic speech system 6.2.1.8 will be. used if face mask is c.(>) ~ g. Protective equipment will be available in sufficient number and sizes to accommodate all 6.1A.1 d. 14. not equipped with diaphragms. Controls will be easily 6A.l.l operators. identif i ed while wearing d.(1) emergency gear.

5. Sizes will be marked clearly. 6.1.4.1

e. 15. Controls will be easy to 6.4.1.1 activate while wearing d.(2)

An adequate supply of 6.1A.1 protective equipment. CON-4 personal protection equipment f. expendables will be provided. 7o Protective equipment will be 6.1A.l easily and readily accessible. go

8. Operators will be well 6.1.4.1 practiced in donning h.

equipment.

9. Instructions for donning, 6.1A.1 doffing, and controlling 1~

protective equipment will be provided. , ~ ON-SITE EVALUATION Is OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION 67 HUMAN EMGlNEERlNG CHEGKLlST LABELING. +Criteria are different. ++0700 is more specific. +++1580 is more specific. EVAI.UATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDEI.INE REF. LABEL CONTENT 10. Labels are used to identify. 6.6.3.7 functionally grouped controls aO Labels describe the equipment 6.6.3.1 or displays. . PA-32 functions and, if needed for a. h b. clarity, engineering PA-56 ll. This warning notice is clear, PA-29 characteristics or direct, and attention getting nomenclature also and of 25% larger letter size described. than any detailed instructions (e.g., "Danger! Deadly Shock

2. Label wording expresses the 6.6 3.2 Hazard" rather than exact intended action. ao "Warning High Voltage" ).

PA-55

12. This label uses no periods, PA-46 Instructions are clear and 6.6.3.2 except to preclude misinter-direct'. b. h c. pretation.

PA-55

13. Categories of information not 6.5.1.4

4. Words that have a commonly 6.6.3.2 needed in using a display are b.

accepted meaning for all d. avoided. VD-7 intended users are used in PA-55 PA-47 labels. LABEL LOCATION

5. Unusual technical terms are 6.6.3.2 m avoided. e. 14. Labels are located above the 6.6 3.7 PA-55 functional groups and com- b.

ponents and the panel ele- PA-45

6. Words are spelled correctly. 6.6.3.2 ments they identify. and

f. 6.6.2.1

a. Bc b.

~ 7. Use of Roman avoided. numerals is 6.6.3.4 e. PA-45 PA-49

8. Words on labels are concise 6.6.3.5 and convey the. intended PA-55 15. Component 'abels located 6.6.2.1 meaning. above eye level are positioned Co to ensure visibility. PA-45

9. Words and abbreviations of 6.6.3.6 similar appearance "

are PA-56 16. Labels are placed close to the 6.6.2.1 avoided. components they describe. d. PA-46 0 ON-SITE EVALUATION js OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION 68 HUMAN ENGlNEERlNG CHECKLlST LABELING EVALUATION GUIDELINE . REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.

17. Labels are placed where they Administrative procedures are 6.6.2 4 8 are not obscured for an extended time period during 6.6.2.1 e +

PA-44 I 26. in place for the periodic cleaning of labels. d. operation. and 6.6.2.4 27. Control position indicators 6.9.1.2

b. Bc c. will correspond with display c.(3)

PA-.44 labels. PA-45 PA-47

28. Printing is on the display face. 6.5.1.4

18. Adjacent labels are separated 6.6.2.1 a.(1) by sufficient space so they are f.

not read as one continuous PA-46 GENERAL LABELING label. PRINCIPLES

9. Labels are mounted to pre- 6.6.2.2 29. Controls, displays, and other 6.6.1.1 I elude accidental removal. aO equipment that will be- PA-28 PA-44 located, identified, or manipu-lated are appropriately and

20. Labels are mounted on a flat 6.6.2.2 clearly labeled.

u surface. b. PA-44 30. Major labels are used to 6.6.1.2 identify major systems on a.(1)

21. Labels are positioned hori- 6.6.2.3 panel sections. PA-29 zontally. a.(i)'A-43

31. Subordinate labels are used to 6.6.1.2 identify subsystems or func- a (2)

22. This label is not a manu- PA-47 tiona! groups. PA-49 facturers'abel placed directly on an instrument face. 32. Component labels are used to 6.6.1.2 identify each component. a.(3)

23. Vertical orientation of labels 6.6.2.3 PA-49 is used only when space is a.(2) limited. PA-43 33. Labels do not repeat infor- 6.6.1.2 mation contained in higher- a.(4)

24. Curved labels are avoided. 6.6.2;3 level labels.

b. PA-43 Labels do not obscure figures 6.6.2.4 or scales which must be read. aO PA-47 ON-SITE EVALUATION 8 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION 69 HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKLIST EVALUATlON GUlOELlNE REF. EVALUATlON GUIDELlNE REF.

34. Labels will be graduated in Tag-out labels clearly identify 6.6.5.1 letter size as follows: out-of-service components and d. - h.

o Major larger 'han labels are subsystem/functional group labels. 25% 6.6.1.2 b.(1} PA-50 equipment, affixed, do label associated are not with operable component and any securely obscure the the non-adjacent devices, and are PA-31 designed to physically prevent o Subsystem/functional 6.6.1.2 actuation of a control. group labels are 25'lo larger b.(2) PA-50 The use of temporary labels is 6.6.5.2 than component labels. PA-31 I 40. administratively controlled. a. o Component labels will be 6.6.1.2

41. A review procedure is used to 6.6.5.2 25'k larger than control position identif iers.

b.(3) PA-50 PA-31 I determine if temporary labels will be used: (1} when needed; b.(i-9) (2) how used; (3) content; (4) installation; (5) impact on

35. Displays are identified as to 6.5.1.1 I whether they reflect demand or actual status.

e.(1) VD-89 other system (6) documentation ments; (7) retraining equipment; require-require-ments; (8) periodic review;

36. Display markings are black on 6.5.1.3 and (9) removal.

a white background to provide c.(1) high contrast. PA-59 LOCATION AIDS TEMPORARY LABELS 42. Demarcation lines are visually 6.6.6.2 distinctive from the panel b. $ 6.6.5.1 /jan 7 Temporary labels are used background. CDI-13 only when necessary and con- a.*b. form to good human engi- 43. Lines of demarcation are 6.6.6.2 neering principles. attached permanently. Co

38. Temporary labels do not 6.6.5.1 N obscure prior permanent labels Ce GENERAL LABELING unless the old label is to be READABILITY replaced.

44. Character height subtends a 6.5.1.3 kP minimum visual angle of 15 a. and" minutes or 0.004 X viewing 6.6.4.1 distance. a.(i)

PA-34 i ON-SITE EVALUATION OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION 70 HUMA5l EMGlIEERIIG CHECKLlST LABELING EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDEUNE REF.

45. Type style is consistent with 6.5.1.3 53. Letter width-to-height ratios 6.5.1.3'.(2) recommended figures or a b.(i) a are between 1:1 and 3:5.

similar style and used with (2)+ VD-40 consistency. PA-36 and VD-36 6.6.4.2 b.(1)

46. Only upper case letters are 6.5.1.3 PA-37 used b.(3)

PA-36 54. Numeral width-to-height 6.5.1.3 8 ratios are 3:5 except for the d.(3)

47. Color combinations provide 6.5.1 3 number "4" which is one stroke VD-40

/E good contrast. c (2)+ width wider and the number and PA-59 "1" which is one stroke in 6.6.4.2 width. t.(2) Letter height is identical for 6.6.4.1 PA-37 all labels within the same a.(2) hierarchical level based on the 55. Minimum space between 6.5.1.3 maximum viewing distance. characters is one stroke width. d.(4) PA-60

49. This engraved label is filled PA-53 and KE with a paint pigment or 6.6.4.2 covered with a clear plastic d.(1) cover. PA-60

50. Dark letters are provided on a 6.6.4.1 56; Minimum space between wor ds 6.5.1.3 light background to ensure b.(1) jj >s one character width. d.(5) adequate contrast and prevent PA-53 PA-61 readability errors. PA-59 and 6.6 4.2

1. Labels are in capital letters. 6.6.4;2 d.(2) a.(l) PA-61

52. Stroke width-to-character- 6.5.1.3 57. Minimum space between lines 6.5.1.3

$P height ratios are between 1:6 d (1)+ will be one-half the character d.(6) and 1:8. VD-39 height. PA-62 and and 6.6.4.2 6.6.4.2 ce d.(3) PA-38 PA-62 ON-SITE EVALUATION 8 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION 71 HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKLIST EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVAI.UATION GUIDELINE

58. Lettering is simple and with-= 6.5.3.3 LEGEND LIGHTS out flourishes or serifs and b (2)++

conforms to conventions for PA-36 66. The legend is readable under , 6.4.3.3 style and size. VD-36 ambient light conditions, with b.(1) and or without internal illumi- and 6.6.4.2 nation. 6.5.3.3 a.(2) a (2) PA-36 CQN-5

67. Legend lettering and contrast , 6.4.3.3 COUNTERS and use of color is consistent b.(3) throughout the control room.

59. For drum-type counters, width 6.5.5.1 to height ratio of numerals is a.(2)'D-83 68. The legend messages are 6 4.3.3 1:l. specific, unambiguous, and b.(4) concise. PA-35 For drum-type counters, 6.5.5.1 and numeral-to-background con- a.(4) 6.5.3.3 trast is high. VD-84 b.(4)

VD-6

61. Simple character font is used; 6.5.5.2 variable stroke widths and a (2) 69. The legend messages contain 6 4.3.3 slanted characters are not no more than three lines of b.(5) used for electronic counters. lettering. and 6.5.3.3

62. Numerals subtend a visual 6.5.5.2 b.(5) angle of 15 minutes from a (3) CON-5 furthest anticipated viewing distance of electronic counter. 70. Where meaning of the light is 6.5.3.2

~, Electronic counter numeral width-to-height ratio is 3:5. 6.5.5.2 a.(4) not apparent, labeling is pro-vided close to a legend light indicator. a (1)++ VD-96

64. Horizontal spacing between 6.5.5.2 71. Legend lettering contrasts 6.5.3.3 N numerals is 1/4-1/2 numeral a.(5) XE well with background when a.'(3) width for electronic counters. light is both on and off, under PA-59 both ambient and transillumi-

65. Character-to-background con- 6.5.5.2 nated lighting.

4E trast ratio is between 15:1 and Co 20:1 for electronic counters. 72. Legends are worded to indi-m cate status indicated by 6.5.3.3 glowing light. b.(7) ON-SITE EVALUATION 8 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION 72 HUMAN ENGlNEERIIG CHECKLlST LABELINQ EVAlUATIOIIIGUIDELINE 'EF. EVAI.UATION GUIDEI.INE'EF. MISCELLANEOUS LABELS ORIENTATION Access Openings 78. The angle for viewing this VD-21 6.6.3.9 label is as shown in the figure

73. Each access opening is labeled a. on the back.

8 to identify the function of PA-29 items accessible through it. LABELS COLOR Danger Safety Instructions

79. White alphanumeric char- VD-38

74. All danger, warning, and 6.6.3.9 acters on black background Ij safety instruction labels are in b. have thinner stroke widths accordance with appropriate PA-29 than black characters on white

'afety standards. background. Trend Recorders LABELS PANELS Labeling for trend recorders 6.5.4.2 80. This panel is illuminated by PA-38 identifies the parameters a.(1) 8 ambient or individual illumi-recorded. If multi-pen, para- nation, and the stroke width meters are listed in order of on its label conforms with the associated scales or recorders. following guidelines:

a. Dark characters on light CONTROLS background have a stroke width 1/16 of the letter

76. This switch must be used with PA-51 height.

the cover panel off and dupli- b. Light characters on dark cate switch position labels are background have a stroke placed on the internal unit. width 1/8 of the letter height.

77. See illustration on back. This 8 label for concentric controls uses the following hierarchy:

small solid dot, larger solid line, and larger broken circle. Nomenclature is adjacent to p, 52 controls and. identifies the function of each knob. Color coding is used to increase code-symbol reliability. I ON-SITE EVALUATION 8 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION 73 HUMAN ENGlNEERlmo CHECKLlST ANNUNCIATORS +Criteria are different. ++0700 criteria are more specific. +++1580 is more specific. EVALUATIOIIIGUIDELIIIIE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELIIIIE REF. VISUAL DISPLAYS 8. Master light test control VD-91 ~ ~ ~ exists for each control panel Maintainability ~ using incandescent bulbs. Il. ~ Lamps may be replaced rapidly and conveniently from the front of the display panel. 6.3.3.1 co VD-92 Identification/Coding

9. High-priority or safety-related VD-95 annunciators flash red, while If necessary, operator 6.3.3.1 I

2 provided ment. for lamp aids are replace- co all other lights do not flash or are a different color.

10. Annunciators or warning lights VD-96 Bulbs may be removed and 6.3.3.1 are separate from and clearly replaced while power is on Co distinguishable from status without causing circuit com- VD-92 indicators.

ponent failure or personnel safety hazards. This annunciator is dis- VD-110 criminably larger and brighter

4. L'egend screen or indicator 6.3.3.1 than other less critical Ihgend covers are designed to prevent Co lights.

inadvertent interchange or to VD-92 provide a check of proper 12. This warning device attracts 6.3.3.2 installation. the attention of a busy or ao bored operator. VD-112

5. Incandescent display lamps VD-91 have dual bulbs or filament 13. The, specific tile(s) on an 6.3.3.2 redundancy to indicate need annunciator panel use flashing ao for replacement of a bulb or illumination to indicate an VD-109 filament without degrading alarm condition. VD 99% +

6. operator performance. Annunciators are designed so that failure of the circuits or bulbs is immediately, apparent. VD-2 '4. 15. This warning device specifies what is wrang or what action to take. This warning device allows VD-112 VD-112

7. Failure of the annunciator cir- VD-7 continued'ttention to other cuit will not cause failure in duties.

the equipment associated with the display. 16. This warning device is not VD-112 likely to fail or give false warnings. I ON-SITE EVALUATION OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECK1IST ANNUNCIATORS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.

17. Each matrix is labeled with 6.3.3.3 24. Size-coded annunciators use a VD-111.

alphanumeric codes for identi- d.(i) maximum of three sizes/steps. fication of individual tiles. The number of alarm tiles and 25. Compound coding is usually VD-106 the matrix density are kep less satisfactory than single low. coding if the single code used is the best available.

18. Appropriate alphanumeric 6.3.3.3 codes appear on matrix axes c.(l)(2) 26. Coding in this annunciator VD-106 for i ready coordinate system is consistent through-designation of a particular out the control room.

visual tile; coordinate designation is preferred on the 27. No color combinations which VD-97 left and top sides of the can be easily confused (e.g., annunciator panel. red and orange; blue and purple) are used for coding O. Summary labels identify major alarm groups. 6.3.3.3 annunciators in the control room.

20. If used, brightness coding uses VD-111 only two levels (bright and 28. If used, symbols are clearly dim). associated with the VD-110 objects/conditions they

21. If brightness coding is used, VD-111 represent.

bright represents primary items and dim represents 29. Symbology codes use only VD-110 background or supplementary simple, symmetrical symbols information. with enclosed areas, sharp angles, and/or smooth curves.

2. The maximum number of VD-108 chromatic color s used on 30. Symbolic codes avoid using VD-110 annunciators is five (total of variations of a single geo-seven, including black and metric form.

white). C/D Relationships

23. Flashing lights have a flash 6.3.3.2

31. 65at~ Uigbteendtfpiebirtg fSe QD-89 QaaUM opero fsemmnahp turRh suh.

t VD-100 epdteff djfChes frrfrrahbuheequhl. VD-109 chatkbrpht{bStaBXCM47dS)stem components. ON-SITE EVALUATION 6 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION 75 HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKLIST ANNUNCIATURS EVALUATION GUIDELINE- REF. EVALUATION GUIDEI INE REF.

32. Control devices associated 6.3.4.1 41. Numeral width-to-height ratio 6.3.3.5 with this annunciator are VD-88 is 3:5. d.(3)+

within readily reachable VD-103 distances. VD-40 Critical function indicators VD-90 42. Letter height is identical for 6.3.3.5 are located within 15o of the all tiles. a.(2) operator's normal line of sight.

43. Type styles are consistent on 6.3.3.5 Readability all visual tiles. b.(2)

34. Annunciator visual tile legends 6.3.3 4 44. Stroke-width-to-character-heig 6.3.3.5 are specific and unambiguous. a,+ ratio is between 1:6 and 1:8. d.(1)+

PA-55 VD-105 VD-6

45. Minimum space between char- 6.3.3.5 5.~ Tile legends address specific 6.3.3.4 acters is one stroke width. d.(4) conditions.~ Co ~ PA-60 VD-6

46. Minimum space between words 6.3.3.5

36. Legends are engraved. 6.3.3.5 is the width of one character. d.(5) c.(1)+ PA-61 VD-103 47., Minimum space between lines 6.3.3.5

37. Only upper-case type is used 6.3.3.5 is one-half the character d.(6) on visual tiles. b.(3) height. PA-62 VD-103

48. The operator is able to read 6.3.3.5

8. Type styles are simple (no 6.3.3.5 all the annunciator tiles from aO flourishes or seriphs). b.(i) the position at the work VD-90 VD-103 station where annunciator VD-35 VD-41 acknowledge control is located.

39. Numerals and letters do not VP-103 vary in engraving depth. 49. Legends provide high contrast 6.3.3.5 with the tile background. +

40. Letter width-to-height ratio is 6.3.3.5 PA-59 between 1:1 and 3:5 or 1009o d.(2) to 60% for black letters on VD-105 50. Legends are dark lettering on 6.3.3.5 white background. VD-40 light background. c.(2)

VD-93 ON-SITE EVALUATION 8 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION 76 HUMAN ENGlNEERlNG CHECKLlST ANNUNCIATORS EVALUATION GUlDEI.INE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE llEF. There is a high enough con- 6.3.3.2 58. Blank or unused annunciator 6.3.3.3 trast between alarming and tiles are not illuminated. f. steady-on tiles, and between VD-93 illuminated and nonilluminated 59. Flash rates are from 3 to 5 6.3.3.2 tiles. flashes per second with b. approximately equal on and VD-109

52. In case of flash or failure of 6.3.3.2 off times. 1472C an alarmed tile, the tile light Co illuminates and burns steadily. VD-109 Location

53. Trademarks, company names, VD-6 60. This annunciator is located so 1472C or other markings not related that it can be read easily and to the annunciator're not dis- accurately by personnel in played on the window face. normal'perating positions.

Each panel is identified by a 6.36.1 61. Panel identification label 6.3.3.1 label above the panel. b.(1) height is consistent with a b.(2) PA-49 subtended visual angle of at least 15 minutes when viewed Operations from a control position within the primary operating area.

55. Changes in display status 1472C signify changes in functional 62. Letter height for coordinate 6.3.3.3 status rather than results of designation is consistent with c.(3) control activation alone. a subtended visual angle of at least 15 minutes.

t Extinguishment of a signal or

56. VD-89 visual indication will not be 63. Annunciator tile(s) letter 6.3.3.5 used to denote a "go ahead" or heights subtend a minimum a.(1)

"ready" condition. visual angle of 15 minutes. VD-35

57. Some type of visual indication AUDHg3F9d i@b5RMMRhring alarms (ringback) such as:

A special flash rate (twice 6.3.1.5 or . one-half .the normal

64. A qLximurp@qY five auaitory signaY'omb lriations is used mheFt-'4af5tdrhlfgbfriesooded 6.3.1.5 intensity and frequency.

~ b.(2) by'oth o A special color. ~ 6.3.1.5 b.(i) I ON-SITE EVALUATION 8 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION 77 ANNLNCIATORS EYALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EYALUATION GUIDELINE

65. The maximum number of AD-19 Operations audible signal codes by sound" duration at any given time 74. Caution signals are dis- AD-31 does not exceed three. tinguishable from warning signals.

66. Changes in signal intensity are AD-20 used as a spatial coding cue. 75. Similar audible signals are not AD-18 Frequency is not used for contradictory in meaning.

spatial coding.

76. Signals that increase pro- AD-7

67. The maximum number of AD-20. gressively in level are not used spatially coded signals (via where manual silencing is intensity changes) does not required.

exceed four.

77. Communication systems for AD-12 warnings, such as loud-O;a. Differences in sound intensity AD-21 speakers, horns, etc., are not are distinct. used for other purposes.

69. The same signal should desig- 6.3.3.2 78. Auditory signals . capture 6.3.2.1 nate the same information at c.(2) operator's attention without co all times. AD-1 causing irritation or a startled reaction.

70. More critical auditory signals AD-3 are clearly distinguishable 79; Auditory alert mechanisms 6.3.2.1 from those of lesser automatically reset after acti- e.

importance. vation. No more than seven different AD-15 80. Audible alarms are used in AD-23 frequencies are used for conjunction with warning coding all auditory displays, lights, unless alarm is for including warning systems. evacuation.

72. Auditory signals direct 6.3.2.1 81. Alarm system can be silenced. AD-8 operator to location requiring f.

action (localization). AD-3 82. Auditory signals are not pre- AD-3 sented simultaneously.

73. Coded signals are used to alert 6.3.2.2 operator to an alarm that is a. 83. Alarm audibles are shut off AD-8 not within primary operating only after initiation of the areas. signals.

ON-SITE EVALUATION 9 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION 78 HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKLIST ANNUNCIATDRS EVALUATION GUIDELINE, REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE

84. System is equipped with AD-30 92. Failure of audible alarm cir- AD-11 manual initiation as a supple- cuitry does not adver sely ment to automatic initiation affect equipment.

(e.g., evacuation, testing, etc.). 93. Where signal intensity is 6.3.2.1 adjustable, such adjustment is b.

85. An audible alarm is provided CRE-21 governed by administrative to indicate malfunctions in procedure.

unmonitored equipment.

86. Cleared alarms have a dedi- 6.3.1.5 cated distinctive audible signal of finite duration.

87.~ Audible alarms are discernible 6.3.2.1 over ambient control room aO noise (level approx.~ 10 dB over ambient). ~ Arrangement

88. Sound sources are directed AD-6 towards the operator.

89. Sound sources are placed at or AD-10 above the head of the operator.

Maintenance

0. Audio displays are equipped AD-10 with circuitry test devices or other means of operability testing.

91. Systems failures do not affect AD-11 operability of audible alarm systems.

ON-SITE EVALUATION 8 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION 79 HUMAN ENGlNEERlNG CHECKllST ANTHROPOMETRIC +Criteria are different. ++0700 is more specific. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF, EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. WORKSPACE ARRANGEMENT 8- The lowest controls on a 6.1.2.2 $ stand-up console allows a 95th b (2)++

1. Minimum separation from the 6.1.1.3 percentile male to reach with- VD-22 a 8 back of any desk to any e.(l) out bending or stooping.

opposing surface is 36 inches. WA-21

9. Benchb oar d slope permits a 6.1.2.2

$ 5th percentile female to reach Co

2. Minimum lateral space for a 6.1.1.3 all controls.

8'eated operator is 30 inches. e.(2) WA-21 10. Controls are set back a mini- 6.1.2.2 mum of 3 inches from the 'd.(l) 30 Minimum separation between front edge to protect against 8 a single row of 6.1.1.3 accidental activation. equipment/panel and a wall is f.(l) 50 inches. WA-20 ll. No corrtrol is more than 25 6.1.2.2 inches from the front edge of d.(2) Minimum separation between 6.1.1.3 the console. two rows of facing equipment f.(2) if operated by one person is 50 WA-20 12. All displays, including annun- 6.1.2.2 inches. $ ciators, are mounted so that e.(1)(a) they are within the upper limit

5. Minimum separation between 6.1.1.3 of the visual field of the 8 opposing rows of equipment f.(3) standing 5th percentile where more than one person WA-20 female.

works simultaneously will be 8 feet. 13. All displays and annunciators 6.1.2.2 $ are mounted so that the angle e.(1)(b) from the line of sight to the VD-22 STANDING OPERATIONS face plane is 45o or greater.

6. Console height will n ot exceed 6.1.2.2 14. The oblique angle from the 6.1.2.2 8 58 inches when a standing aO $ line of sight to a display e.(2) operator must see over it. located to either side of the working position from which

7. The highest controls on a 6.1.2.2 the display must be read is at

$ stand-up console allows a 5th b (1)++ least 45o. percentile female to reach VD-22 without stretching or using a The maximum lateral spread 6.1.2.2 stool, ladder, etc. of controls and displays at a f. single-operator work station does not exceed 72 inches. I ON-SITE EVALUATION 8 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION CS 80 HUMAN FNGINEERlNG CHECK1.lST ANTHROP OMETRIC . EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.

16. A clearance of 4 inches verti- 6.1.2.2 24. Displays are mounted so that 6.1.2.3 cal and 4 inches horizontal is go $ the angle from the line-of- e (2)++

provided for foot room at the WA-25 sight to the display face plane VD-22 l control board. >s 45o or greater.

25. Controls and displays for a 6.1.2.3 SEATED OPERATIONS seated operating sequence will f.(1) be within maximum extended

17. Console height for seated 6.1.2.3 reach and viewing range of the kjf operators is no higher than 45 a.(1) seated operator specified on inches above the floor if the Figure 6.1-11.

operator must see over the console. 26. The operator will not have to 6.1.2.3 bend/stretch signif icantly for t;(2) When the seated operator need 6.1.2.3 operating sequences and sus-only monitor (not read) status a.(2) tained or precise control lights and annunciators beyond action. the console, see-over console heights above 45 inches are 27. Sufficient foot and leg room 6.1.2D+ acceptable. will be provided under all ge tables, consoles, etc. WA-27

19. All controls on a sit-down con- 6.1.2.3 sole are within the reach of b. 28. A surface at least 16 inches 6.1.2.3 the 5th percentile female. deep and 24 inches wide is h.(i) provided for writing; for other WA-27

20. The benchboard slope is within 6.1.2.3 kinds of seated tasks, the sur-

$ the functional reach of the 5th co face will be 16 inches deep percentile female. and 30 inches wide.

l. Controls are set back a mini-mum of 3 inches from the 6.1.2.3 d.(1) SIT-STAND,WORK STATIONS front edge to protect against accidental activation. 29. Height and lateral limits for 6.1.2.4

$ controls and displays conforms (a)

22. Controls are not mounted 6.1.2.3 to 6.1.2.2 (see attached).

farther than 25 inches from d.(2) '.1.2.4 the console edge. 30. A high chair is available so that seated eye level is the (b)

23. All displays and annunciators same as standing eye level.

$ are mounted so that they are less than 75o above the hori- 6.1.2D zontal line-of-sight of the ..(i) seated 5th percentile female. N ON-SITE EVALUATION OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION h a C 4W I I J' 81 HUMAN ENGINEERIMG CHECKllST ANTHROPOMETRIC EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE

31. Knee room and comfortable 6.1.2.4 39. Work surface area width is 24 6.1.2.7+

foot support are provided at (c) inches minimum if tasks d.(4) sit-stand work stations. involve reading and writing WA-16 l only; 30 inches if other tasks are involved. VERTICAL PANELS

40. Knee room height is 25 inches 6.1.2.7+

32. Controls are placed in an area 6.1.2.5+ yjf from the floor for 5th to 95th d.(5) gjf between 34 and 70 inches a.(1) percentile males and females WA-16 above the floor. WA-4 at sit-down-only stations.

33. Controls requiring precise or 6.1.2.5+ 41. Knee room depth is 18 inches 6.1.2.7 fy frequent operation and emer- a.(2) 8 minimum for desks or con- d.(6) gency controls are placed in WA-4 soles.

an area between 34 and 53 inches above the floor. 42. Knee room width is 20 inches 6.1.2.7" minimum for sit down work d.(7) Displays are placed in an area 6.1.2.5 station. between 41 and 70 inches b.(i) above the floor. WA-1 SEATS AND CHAIRS

35. Displays which are read fre-jj quently or precisely are 6.1.2.5 43. Seats are at least 17 inches 6.1.2.8+

mounted in an area between b.(2) wide and 15-17 inches deep. e. 50 and 65 inches above the WA-1 WA-17/ floor. 18 t8 DESKS

36. For seated work only, a desk is 26 floor.

to 31 inches above the 6.1.2.7+ d.(1) WA-16 44, u 45. $Jf Chairs at sit-down stations are adjustable from 15-18 inches in height and for sit-stand stations, from 26-32 inches. An adjustable footrest is provided at a level of no more 6.1.2.8" f. WA-18 6.1.2.8 go than 18 inches below the seat

37. For sit-stand desks, the height 6.1.2.7 surface. If it is part of the XE is 36 to 38 inches. d.(2) chair, a circular design of 18 inches in diameter is recom-

38. Work surface area depth is 16 6.1.2.7 mended.

t inches minimum. d (3) WA-16 ON-SITE EVALUATION 8 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION P 7, ,I 4~ 82 HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKLIST ANTHROP 0 METRIC EYALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EYALUATIOM GUIDELINE REF. CRT DISPLAYS 5l. Consoles in which CRTs are 6.7.2 3 8 installed will conform to the e. g6'. The minimum angle between the operator is line-of-sight 6.7.2.3" guidelines of Section 6.l.2. VD-54 b. (LOS) and the display screen VD-46 plane is 45o or greater hori-zontally and vertically.

47. CRT displays that are moni- 6.7.2.3+

jj- tored frequently will not be c.(i)(a) more than 35o to the left or a (b) right of the VD-47 LOS or not operators'traight-ahead more than 20o above and 40o below the operators'ori-zontal LOS. CRT displays that are not 6.7.2.3 monitored frequently will be .:(2)(') not more than 95o to the left a (b) or right of the LOS and not operators'traight-ahead more than 70o above and 90o below the operators'ori-zontal LOS.

49. CRT displays requiring fre- 6.7.2.3 quent monitoring are not more -

d.(i)( ) than 35o to the left or right of a (b) ~ the operators'traight-ahead LOS and not more than 35o above and 25o below the operators'orizontal LOS.

50. CRT displays not requiring 6.7.2.3 8 frequent monitoring are not d.(2) more than 95o to the left or a

'a) right of the (b) LOS and not operators'traight-ahead more than 85o above and 90o below the operators'ori- ~ zontal LOS. ON-SITE EVALUATION 8 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION ~" 1 I ~ a 83 HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKLIST FORCE/TORQUE EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. Toggle switches have an 6A.5.3 9. Resistance of continuous . 6A.5.1 elastic resistance that aO adjustment thumb wheels is c.(2) increases as the control is CON-6 between 3 and 6 ounces. CON-97 moved and drops as the switch snaps into position. 10. Resistance of rotary selector 6.4A.5 controls is a minimum of 1.0 e.(5)

2. Knobs for spring-loaded 6.4.4.5 inch/lb. and a maximum of 6.0 CON-3 momentary contact rotary f. inch/lbs.

selector controls are large enough to be easily held ll. Knob torque for continuous 6A.4.4 against the spring torque for adjustment rotaries is within d. as long as necessary. the range of 4.5 to 6.0 CQN-3 inch/ounces. The resistance for rocker 6A.SA switches is a minimum of 10 e.(2) 12. Resistance of key-operated 6.4A.3 ounces and a maximum of 40 CON-7 controls is 1.0 inch/lb. 'ini- g.(3) ounces. mum and 6.0 inch/lbs. maxi- CON-4 mum.

4. Rocker switch. resistance 6.4.5A gradually increases, then drops c.o) 13. Resistance for legend push- 6.4.3.3 to zero when the controlsnaps CQN-7 buttons is a minimum of 10 e.(5) into position. ounces and a maximum of 40 CON-5 ounces.

This resistance precludes the 6A.5A switch being placed between c.(2) 14. Resistance for round push- . 6.4.3.2 positions. CON-7 buttons is a minimum of 10 d. ounces and a maximum of 40 CON-5

6. Resistance of a large toggle 6.4.5.3 ounces:

switch is 10 ounces minimum c.(4) and 40 ounces maximum. CON-6 15. Control knobs or handles do 6.4.1.1 not rotate, slip, or move e.(2)

7. Resistance of a small toggle 6A.5.3 loosely on their shafts so as to switch is a minimum of 10 c.Q) retain full char acteristics ounces and a maximum of 16 CQN-6 during its service life.

ounces.

16. No internal wear or breakage 6A.l.l

8. Resistance of thumbwheel 6A.5.1 occurs to alter the "feel" or e.(3) controls is a minimum of 6 d.(2)(') other sensory feedback of the ounces and a maximum of 20 CON-9 control.

ounces. ON-SITE EVALUATION 8 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION kh I l 'ig ~l 'I t' I a C I I I lww 4 ~ 1 ~ g h 84. HUMAN ENGINEERlNG CHECKllST COMMUNICATIONS <<Criteria are different. ++0700 is more specific. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF; Fixed-base UHF transceivers 6.2.1.5 10. Microphone input is provided 6.2.1.6 provide a frequency response ao within the control room. b.(5) of at least 200-3300 Hz and COM-1 sufficient dynamic range for ll. Speakers are provided in all 6.2.1.6 handling speech character- areas where control room per- c.(l) istics. sonnel might be. COM-2

2. Gain is adjustable, with the 6.2.1.5 12. Speakers are placed to yield 6.2.1.6 lowest setting allowing audi- b. an intelligible level of signal c.(2) bility. COM-4 throughout the area.

Procedures are established and 6.2.1.5 13. Procedures are outlined for 6.2.1.6 posted for the use of the- UHF co the proper manner of speaking d. system. on the announcing system. ~ '. The announcing system pro-vides a good frequency response of 200-3300 Hz, to achieve intelligibility. 6.2.1.6 a.(i) COM-1

14. Speaker volume is adjustable to allow detection of auditory alarms.

6.2.1.6 e.(1) COM-4

15. Lowest gain control setting 6.2.1.6 Loudspeakers are placed to 6.2.1.6 allows audibility of communi- e.(2) adequately cover all necessary a.(2) cation. COM-4 areas without "Dead Spots". 'OM-9

16. Control room inputs have 6.2.1.6 priority to interrupt or bypass f.

6. Microphone frequency 6.2.1.6 messages on the announcing response is compatible with b.(i) system.

the system. COM-1

17. Point-to-point intercoms con- 6.2.1.7

~ 7. Powered telephones, used with the system, have microphones compatible announcing system. with the 6.2.1.6 b.(2) nect the control room with important plant areas.

18. The system provides adequate 6.2.1.7 frequency response from 200- aO

8. Microphones are highly sensi- 6.2.1.6 3300 Hz.

tive to speech signals. b.(3)

19. Gain is adjustable at each 6.2.1.7

9. Microphone dynamic range 6.2.1.6 intercom unit, with lowest b.

permit 50dB variations in sig- b(4) setting allowing audibility. nalinput. COM-1 I ON-SITE EVALUATION 8 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION ~ ~ 1 ~ 85 HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKLIST COMMUNICATIONS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.

20. Internal and external com- 6.2.1.8 30. Failure of auditory alarm does '.2.2.7 munications backup is pro- aO not adversely affect plant aO vided during emergencies. equipment. AD-11,I

21. Systems dedicated to non- 6.2.2.1 False auditory alarms are 6.2;2.7 verbal auditory signals are avoided. b.

aO used only for that purpose.

32. Auditory test capabilities are 6.2.2.7

22. Auditory signals provide loca- 6.2.2.1 provided. Ce tion cues, directing operators b.

AD-10 to area of required attention. AD-3 Dedicated communication 6.1.1.6 links exist between primary b.,

23. Auditory signals are selected 6.2.2.1 operating areas and the shift to avoid confusion with c.(1) supervisor's of fice.

ambient noise. AD-1

34. Operating instructions are 6.2.1.1

24. Auditory signals do not inter- 6.2.2.1 provided for each communi- aO fere with other auditory c (2)+ cation system including alter-sources, including verbal com- AD-3 natives if system becomes munication. inoperable.

25. The meaning of each auditory 6.2.2.2 35. Periodic maintenance is per- 6.2.1.1 signal is clear and unam- a + formed to ensure that all com- b.

biguous. AD-1 munication systems are nor-mally operative and effective

26. Similar auditory signals are 6.2.2.2 under varying ambient noise not contradictory in meaning. b. levels.

AD-18

36. Priority procedures are 6.2.1.1 Alerting auditory signals are 6.2.2.2 established and are made c.(i) distinct from routine signals co known to all oPerators for the such as bells, buzzers, etc. transmission of emergency messages from the control

28. Sound sources direct sound 6.2.2.4 room by any of the communi-toward the center of the pri- aO cation systems.

mary operating area. AD-6

37. Procedures are established for 6.2.1.1

29. Auditory alert and warning 6.2.2.4 handling communications c.(2) signals are audible in all parts b. during an emergemcy.

of the control room. N ON-SITE EVALUATION 9 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION 'r ~j V' ~ "~ p I jei I II P p s ~ N ~ t 1 1

• C I Q ~ t I

I k ~' I l c'r 1 I l~ P I ~ ~ II A I t ( 86 HUMAM*EMGlMEERlMG CHECKLlST COMMUNICATIONS EVALUATION GUIDELINE,. REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE

38. Conventional powered tele- 6.2.1.2 46. Switching is programmed to 6.2.1.2'.(2) phone systems provide good aO give the control room auto-frequency response within the COM-6 matic priority access to the auditory spectrum of 200-3000 switching system.

Hz.

47. Loudness of ringing is 6.2.1.2

39. Size and shape of handset is 6.2.1.2 adjustable at individual tele- d.

compatible with operator's b.(i) phone sets. hand size and mouth-ear COM-1 distance. 48. Powered telephone system , 6.2.1.2 transmitters, when used as e.

40. Handsets maintain firm ear 6.2.1.2 microphone inputs to the contact by receiver while b.(2) announcing system, are com-is positioned to 'ransmitter COM-1 patible with the rest of the receive voice waves directly announcing system.

from mouth. ~, Cords are retracting. non-link or self- 6.2.1.2

49. Good frequency response from 200-3000 Hz is provided for 6.2.1.3 a.(1) b.(3) sound-powered telephone sys-COM-1 tems.

42. Cords. are of sufficient length 6.2.1.2 50. The sound-powered system 6.2.1.3 to permit mobility. b.(4) provides in-phase feedback to a.(2)

COM-2 the user.

43. Telephone instruments are 6.2.1.2 51. Earphones in head set cover 6.2.1.3 coded to indicate circuit or b.(7) the outer ear with cushioning b.(i) function in a multiple phone to provide comfort for COM-2 set-up. extended wear.

Press-to-talk buttons are con- 6.2.1.2 52. Earpiece supporting structures 6.2.1.3 venient to both left and right b.(8) in headset do not impose dis- b.(2) hand operation. COM-1 comforts of weight, con- COM-2 I centrated pressures, or metal

45. Switching is designed or pro- 6.2.1.2 contact with the skin.

grammed to minimize delays c.(i) in connection making under 53. The earpiece is held firmly in 6.2.1.3 normal and emergency con- place, yet is easy to remove. b.(3) ditions. CQM-2 I ON-SXTE EVALUATION OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION ~ ~ ~ ~ t ~ r I 4 4F,) 4 ~ ~ ~ ~ "- I ~ 'I f 1 I I I

~

~ ~ 44 I ( / 4 ) ~ I 2 I ~ ~ I ~ I '4 i i ) 2 ~ r, ~ ~ 44 h L. r-r 87 HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKI.IST CO MMLNICATIONS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDEI.INE REF. Headsets provide hands-free 6.2.1.3 63. Patch panels are marked con- 6.2.1D operation, except where push- b.(4) spicuously and located in e.(2) to-talk switches become CQM-2 + accessible areas, especially in necessary in areas of high back-panel areas. ambient noise.

64. A complete set of patch cords 6.2.1.3

55. Binaural headsets are used in 6.2.1.3 are provided at each panel.. e.(>)

areas with high ambient noise, b.(5) remote from the control room. 65. Walkie-talkies have a good 6.2.1.4 frequency response between a.(1)

56. Headset storage area is well- 6.2.1.3 200 and 3300 Hz.

marked and accessible. b.(6)

66. There is sufficient dynamic 6.2.1.4

57. Need for ringing is determined 6.2.1.3 range and gain to handle a.(2) by the plant depending on c.(1) instantaneous speech pressures COM-1 sound-powered phone pro- and to develop necessary cedures. signal level at headphone- or loudspeaker of walkie-talkies.

58. If ringing is not installed, the 6.2.1.3 user is provided the capability c.(2) 67. Walkie-talkie radio frequency 6.2.1 4 for switching the sound- is broad enough for uninter- b.(i) powered transmitter to the rupted communication with paging system to call a party control room.

to the line.

68. Use of walkie-talkies is 6.2.1 4

59. Plug-in jacks for the sound- 6.2.1.3 restricted in areas where low- b.(2) power ed system are provided d.(i) level analog or digital equip-in the control room. ment are affected by fre-quency bands.

to. Jacks are located close to the work stations to prevent the 6.2.1.3 d.(2) 69. Walkre-talkres are lrght and 6.2.1.4 need for unduly long cords. portable. c.(1)

61. Jacks accommodate only the 6.2.1.3 70. Walkie-talkie portability 6.2.1 4 sound-powered phone system d.(S) allows one hand, and prefer- c.(2)

(not conventionally powered ably both, free for other tasks. phone systems).

71. Microphones are integrated 6.2.1 4

62. Requirements for switching into the transciever package c.(3) with sound-powered phones of the walkie-talkie.

are assessed for the plant 6.2.1D based on procedures for use of e.(l) sound-powered phones. ON-SITE EVALUATION OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION I~ ~ I r p ~ t l 'I ) f l P 88 HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKLIST. COMMUNICATIONS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.

72. Party identification is 6.2.1.4 80. Communication devices are COM-1 required and provided for d. labeled and color-coded when more than two parties (emergency, normal, etc.).

are using the same channel on the walkie-talkie at separate 81. Emergency and most fre- COM-1 locations. quently used communication devices are immediately

73. Adjustable signal detection for 6.3.2.1 accessible.

warning systems is controlled b. by administrative procedure. 82. Communication devices are easily reached.

74. The warning signal captures 6.3.2.1 the operator's attention but co 83. Microphones for this equip-- CQM-1 does not cause irritation or ment are protected against startled reaction. breath blast'nd moisture con-densation.

Each auditory signal is 6.3.2.1 adjusted to result in approxi- di 84. Receiver control layout for COM-2 mately equal detection levels this device is "station-select" at normal operator work by the right hand and volume stations in the primary opera- control by the left hand. ting area.

85. This communications system AD-3

76. The annunciator auditory alert 6.3.2.1 allows emergency messages mechanism automatically e. .top priority.,

resets when it is silenced. AD-9

86. This communications device CQM-1

77. The operator is able to 6D.2.1 has individual visual signals identify the work station or f+ for each channel to show the system where the auditory AD-5 which channel is in use.

alert signal originated.

87. = This device does not use COM-1

78. This communications system VD-4 channel sharing.

uses auditory signals only for a few of the most urgent 88. For this infrequently used warnings. device, instructions are pro-vided.

79. Reach to communication devices and controls is unob- 89. This microphone does not COM-1 structed. overload with signals as high as 125-130 dB.

Pr ON SITE EVALUATION 8 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION Ok I i >c 1 1 I lI J ~ s~n ~ C .gl. ~ 4 'I r I t 1 ~ 1 > NP

• c t '1 4

1 "1 ~ 'w 11+ ~i ~ r~ mdiv H ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ << ~ 'e . ~ 89 HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKI.IST COMMUNICATIONS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF..

90. This is a directional micro- COM-1 99. This emergency communi-phone if feedback "squeal" is a cation device is permanently problem. installed.

91. This communications system COM-1 100. Where speaker reverberation COM-9 has loudspeakers of different is a problem, many low communication channels powered loudspeakers are separated at least 10o from present, rather than a few the operator's position. powerful loudspeakers.

92. This headset has a frequency COM-2 101. High-quality communications COM-1 response as broad as that of have a dynamic range of 60 the remainder of the system. dB; commercial broadcast 40-45 dB.

These headphones and loud- COM-5 speakers can reproduce sound 102. This microphone has high pass COM-3 from 100 to 4000 Hz. filters to reduce frequency COM-1 noises, and frequency-

94. This headset receiver has a COM-2 selective filters to give char-uniform frequency response acteristic timbre to signals.

between 300 and 4000 Hz. 103. This device has controls COM-4 This device transmits sounds COM-1 capable of controlling sound from 250 to 4000 Hz. pressure levels to 110 dB.

96. This headset has 2 speech COM-1 104. This carbon microphone has no COM-1 channels, and one channel is "packing" of the carbon fed into one ear and the other granules.

channel into other channel into the other ear or both 105. Carbon microphone is avoided COM-1 signals are "picket-fenced" at if quality criteria demand a 30-40 Hz. truly linear response char-acteristic of very low back-

97. This headset receiver has COM-2 ground noise.

enough electrical power to drive peak sound-pressure 106. A ribbon microphone is not COM-1 level to 131 dB when using two used for close talking unless earphones. specifically designed for this use. This headset/handset allows COM-8 speaker to hear own voice in phase with speech. N ON-SITE EVALUATION OPERATOR ASSISTED EVA'LUATION e) ~ pl C ~ ~g +~ "i 4 ~ ' I el a y,v v ~ I ~' l I C i f iI h , ~ ~ v e ~ ~ J H ~ A << ~ 4 Af 5 ~P t' 90 HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKLIST COMMUNICATIONS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. 107. Audio signals provided over operator headsets are coded the same as their respective annunciators. 108. This microphone has a high COM-7 sensitivity to acoustic speech signals. 109. This microphone rejects dis- COM-6 tracting acoustic signals and noises at the speaker' location. This headset receiver has gain COM-2 control with dynamic range to make the signal 15 dB more intense than ambient noise. ON-SITE EVALUATION 8 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION A ' + ~l 4'4 'rII ~ I 4 +pl t ~ ~ ~ It& r.4 j 44 .+ lI t ~ t I I I 4 q 'I ~ ~ I . 44' I ~ ~ ~ 4 91 HUMAN ENGINEERIMG CHECKLIST tvlAINTAINABILITY +Criteria are different. ++0700 is more specific. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE There is an adequate supply of 6.1.1.5 10. Legend lights which provide a 'D-90 expendables and spare aO Q "maintenance or adjustment" parts fuses, bulbs, ink, status are uncovered or non-inking pens, recorder charts, visible during normal oper a-printer paper, etc. tion, but are readily accessible.

2. Expendables and spare parts 6.1.1.5 are readily accessible. b. ll. Legend covers are keyed to 6 4.3.3 prevent interchanging. c.(4)

All necessary tools to install - 6.1.1.5 'ON-5 expendables and spare parts Co are available. Display failure is apparent to 6.5.1'.1 the operator., , f. 4, There is adequate storage 6.1.1.5 VD-7 space for expendables and d ++ VD-2 spare parts. WA-33 '2.

13. Dual-bulbs or dual-filaments 6.5 3.1

5. The variety of expendables is 6.1.1.5 are used. a.O) clearly and distinctively e. VD-91 marked to avoid misappli-cation. 14. Bulb test capability is pro- '.5.3.1 vided. a.(2)

6. Records of the status of 6.1.1.5 VD-91 expendables and spare parts f.

are kept. 15; Bulb replacement while power 6.5.3.1 is on is provided without'eing a.(3)

7. For lighted displays, a lamp 6.4.3.3 hazardous to personnel. VD-92 test capability is provided. c.(1)

CON-5 16. For lighted displays,, all light 6.5.3.1 ~, Pushbutton lamps are replace-able from front of panel. 6.4 3.3'.(2) covers are keyed to prevent interchangeability. c.(2) VD-92 CON-5 17. Paper, ink, and other expend- 6.5.4.1 ables are provided and e.

9. Legend pushbuttons do not 6 4.3.3 accessible in the control room.

malfunction or activate inad- c.(3) vertently during lamp removal 18. Recorder design permits quick 6.5.4.1 or replacement. and easy replenishment'f f. paper and ink. VD-78 ON-SITE EVALUATION 9 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION II ~, TTT ' JT I + ~ ~ E,, IT ~ ~ ~ IV ~ ~ T 'I ~ . ~ I lf I I I Ii I graf 'I IJ I ~ \ ~ ~ J -I l JT ~ e ~ PJ" Tf ~ ~ 1~ 92 HUMAN ElIIGINEERIMG CHEGKllST EVAI.UATIOK GUIDELINE REF;. EVALUATION GUIDELINE

19. Fresh replacement batteries 6.2.1Ã for walkie-talkie transceivers -

e.(1) are stored in an accessible and well-marked area.

20. Stock of batteries is large 6.2.1.4 enough to support continuous e.(2) emergency operation of walkie-talkies.

21. If lamp replacement requires 6.3.3.1 tile removal, there is a way to c.(l) ensure that the tile is replaced VD-92 in the correct location.

Q2. Lamp replacement does not subject the operator to a 6.3.3.1 c(2)>> shock hazard. VD-92

23. Operator aids are provided if 6.3D.l needed for lamp replacement. c.(3)

I ON-SITE EVALUATION 8 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION el e. ~ ~I I >Je~ ~ '9 ll ~ e ' ~ ~ I 'q ae ~ et')j)5(e ~, k. ...J..'.. C' I e '~ q>I 'I' r ~ i - ~ ~ v \ g I e e 'e 'f1Cp C ~I ~ ~ 'l H II l C t ~ ~ eh fe r c e ~ ) ~ ~ Wee ~ IJ i ~ ~ I 1 Qee 1 I~ ~ I;> , .C I ~ I C I l l \ I I ,1 I ) ~ i, ('. I I I I ) ee ~~ e ~ e ~ 4 e ~ ~ e J \ ~ ~ I F.-":OC,~.: IL. l ~ ~ I ~ C t 1 1 C &AH> I ~ l U4 l, ee ~ \*'we e Melee > ~ l l HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKLIST-'3 TASK. ANALYSIS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE; UNIT INTEGRATION GENERAL PRINCIPLES All controls and displays 6.1.1.1 70 Each control provides a suf- 6 needed for (1) detection of aO ficient range of control. 4.1.1,'.(1) 0'. abnormal conditions, and (2) bringing the plant to a safe shutdown condition are

8. There is a good reason to 4.1.1 require a control for the b.(1) included in the control room. function concerned.

Control of plant equipment 6.1.3.1 9. The precision and range of a 6.4.1.1 from one control room does e.(1) control does not exceed the b.(3) not affect the ability of need. operators of other control rooms to maintain control of 10. Controls are functionally 6.4.2.2 their units.. grouped and are in the same b.. location from panel to panel. . CON-8 The status of plant equipment , 6.1.3.1 . 9 under the control of one con- e.(2) trol room is displayed in all Pushbuttons in a row or matrix 6.4.3.1 control rooms capable of con- are positioned in a logical aO trolling that equipment. order, or in an order related to the procedural sequence. Availability status indications 6.1.3.1 are displayed in all control e.(3) 12. Analysis of operator tasks is 6.5.1.1 rooms if control of plant recommended to establish a, renders that equipment operator information require-unavailable to other control ments. rooms.

13. Visual displays provide all 6.5.1.1

,5. A single, centrally located control panel/console is used 6.1.3.1 e.(4) information about the system b,++ VD-6 status and parameter values for dual-unit control rooms. that is needed in all situations of plant operation.

6. Administrative procedures are 6.1.3.1 in place which assign responsi- e.(5) 14. Only needed information is 6.5.1.1 bility for allocation of use of displayed in the operating ++

controls of shared plant equip-ment to a single control room. 15. area. Visual display system/equipment 'f actual status is VD-7 6.5.1.1 e.(2) displayed for all important parameters. ON-SITE EVALUATION OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION s~r trs<< ttrrs\ 1 ~ '<< ~

~

It<<4~ <>'trr<<r 1 <<\ rrrr r 4<<vA>>s " r I I I 5 ~ sr<<r 3R vl'IJ I 5 yf)11 %44 << ~ I ~ after ~ 5 ~ 5 5- <<,I ~ ~ ~ fI<<II1 g ) f1,1 ~ 'ts.r ~ I Iv ~ 9-.:( ~' I << f ~ Vr ) 1 '\ I ~ 54P 5 J I t f I l I 4 ~ rt<<4 t<< w I L ~ I' I <<<<,- 51 >(. C r f I 5 I <<<< "Iy 5 4 ~,?' ~ ff> C. att I I q '~c"- '. 5 t t f I 5 I rft h<< I ~ t I J~~ 5 ~ 4 4 ~ 5 ~ ~ 4 1 5 4 I4 ~ 4 ),F; ~ , ~ I t i ~ ~ I, 5 5 5 I,f I;-. =I ttf? I t 5 I~ ~ 5t1 5 ~ 5 Ift I ~ .'-'I 5' ~ ?I 4 ~ 5 ' 5 ~ << V~ 41 ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~~ sr p <<et .w.tf C 51<<rtr wr >Iss 94 HUMAN ENGINEERING'HECKI.IST. TASK ANALYSIS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF; EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.

16. Scale units is consistent with 6.5.1.2 26. Controls and displays are 6.8.1.1 the degree of precision and ao functionally- grouped within b.

accuracy needed by the opera- the constraints of grouping by CDI-8 tor. task sequence.

17. Percentage indication is used 6.5.1.2 Controls and displays, are 6.'8.1.1 when the parameter is mean- Co grouped according to ce ingfully reflected by per- VD-6 27.'8. importance and frequency of CDI-9 centage. use within the constraints 'of grouping by task sequence.

18. Scales span the expected 6.5.1.2 range of operational param- d.(1) The location of controls and 6.8.1.2 eters. displays within a single panel makes the most effective use Scales employ the appropriate 6.5.1.2 of the viewing and manual scale ranging techniques. d.(2) manipulative areas.

20. Scales are supported by 6.5.1.2 29.. Groups of components on a 6.8.1.3 auxiliary wide-range instru- d.(3) panel are physically spaced so ments. that the boundaries of each CDI-14 group are obvious.

21. Display dynamic sensitivity is 6.5.1.2 selected to minimize the dis- f. 30., Demarcation lines circum- 6.8.1.3 play of normal random varia- scribe functional or selected b, ++.

tions in equipment perform- groups of controls and dfsplays CDI-13 ance. with a contrasting line.

22. Scales are compatible in 6.5.1.5 31. Displays observed in a speci- 6.8.2.1 numerical progression and d. fied sequence are grouped a.(1) scale organization. VD-71 together, preferably in a left- 'VD-18 to-right, top-to-bottom, or

23. Recorders are used to record 6.5.4.1 natural sequence.

trend information and go material which may, be needed VD-78" 32. Controls operated sequentially 6.8.2.1 for later reference. are grouped together, pref- a,(2)++ erably in a left-to-right, top- CON-10;

24. Recorders are located within 6.5.4.1 to-bottom, or natural primary operating areas. h. sequence.

There will be no mismatch Layout of related controls and 6.8.2.1 between nomenclature used in 6.6,3.3 displays is symmetrical. a.(3) procedures and that printed on ca CDI-8 the labels. PA-63 ON-SITE EVALUATION OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION egf 44 ~ ~ 1440WN144 44'I tett ~ ~ 4-'t f ~W ~ ~ W tt'V 1 ~ ~ ~ 4 4 1 ~ te 4 ~ ~ ( ~ f , ~,; ~, 4 ~ Ktf = 1 ~4 ~ 4 4 tt ~ J 4~.Crt. gt ~ ~ ~ ( 4 ~ t. "'1 4(( -'4.(l, ( 4) .; ~ r. ~ 44'J ~ . ( ~ f ~ 7 (..r.,io.t 4 ( at ~ 4 ~ ~ 4 f i I ( I ' i (4'(( ( ~ 4( ~ ~ 41 1/fl ~ 4) ' } ., ~ 4 ~ .L.(" 'jr " ' r c 4 ~ ~ ~ t ~~ 74 4 g.h,'0<"(',, I I ~ 4 ~\ 4 ( ( 3 1 ( ~ (4 tr ~ J4 44tf / (4; , *'4 P 4 r C~ 95 HUMAN ENGlNEERlNG CHEGKLlST TASK ANALYSIS EVALUATION GUIDELINE EVALUATION GUIDELINE

34. Frequently used controls and 6.8.2.1 42. Standardization is maintained 6.8.2 4 displays are near the center of b.(i) where simulators or procedure b..

the preferred visual and trainers are used that simulate-manual areas. the actual operational equip-ment. Frequently used controls and 6.8.2.1 displays are positioned so as to b.(2) 43. Simultaneous actuation of 6.8.3.'1 be easily identified. adjacent controls is possible. Co 36.. Functionally related controls 44. Horizontal rows of similar dis- 6.8.3.2 and displays are grouped plays are used instead of ver- 'e together when they are: tical columns. o Used together to perform 6.8.2.1 tasks related to a specific - c.(i) SINGLE CONTROL AND DISPLAY function. PAIRS o Identical in purpose. 6.8.2.1 c.'(2) 45. Displays are associated with 6.9.1.1 related c.(i)

37. Components are arranged left- 6.8.2.'2 controls.'6.

CDI-8 to-right and/or top-to-bottom ao and are in alphabetical or CDI-11 The direction of 6.9.1.'1 numerical order. control/display movement is c.'(2) associated. 'DI-7

38. Components are arranged to 6.8.2.2'.

match operator expectations. 47. The operator is immediately 6.9.1.1 aware of the rate and limits of c.(3) The layout of identical control 6.8.2.3 control/display movement. CDI-7 and display sets is consistent a. at all locations. CDI-15 MULTIPLE CONTROLS OR

40. Layouts of repeated functions 6.8.2.3 DISPLAYS are not mirror-imaged. b.

CDI-16 48. Controls are mounted below 6.9.1.2'.(l) the display.

41. Standardization. is maintained 6.8.2.4 CDI-ll where similar functions or a.

panels are located at several CON-8 49. Controls are centered on the 6.9.1.'2 work stations or units and CDI-15 display. a.(2) must be used by the same per-sonnel. 50. Controls are grouped in a line 6.9.1.2 or matrix. a.(3) i ON-SITE EVALUATION 6 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION ~ V ~ <<VV ~ ~I ~ 0 4 ~ r<<<< '* 4'J A ~ fv, >>4 V ~ ~ >>I << I ' I >> ~ rw 4' I ~  % - \  %% ~ ~ 4~ VI 4 4 4 I )II I Vp 4 M~ ~ ~ 4 'I Il /) ~ 4 ~ t I~ ~ V 'I I 4 ~ f ~ b-~. j r ~  % ll& 4'44'~. P4,1 I ~ W 4 g ~ '~gf" r "4!0;; I I %4>> ' ~ IE ~ <<% t 4 I 4 <<, I ~ 4 ~ 'I ,~ ~C %4 4 ~ ~ s I ~ ~ ~ vr) 4 4 4 ~ I,>>r>> I) I A.) f j 4 lk I t I ~ <<J ~ 4% t 4 ~ << ll ~ ~ f ~ ) 1 ';44 I~ 'I CI 4:6 4 ...<t"'"C; I~ >>>>I I e t I ~ .8 ~ I .', \ ~ >>~I>> ~ ~ >> V %WI<<<<% ~ ~ A% 4 1 II I << ~ 96 HUMAN ENGlNEERING CHECKLlST TASK ANALYSIS EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF.

51. If not feasible to mount con- 6.9.1.2 59. When techniques (50) and (51) 6.9.1.2 trols directly below- the dis- a.(4) do not apply or a c/d relation- i.(6) play, controls are mounted to ship is not apparent, layout CDI-13 i the right of the display. enhancement techniques are employed (see 6.8.1.3).

52. Where there is a normal order 6.9.1.2, of use, controls are arranged ..(5) for use in left-to-right, top- CDI-10 DISPLAY SELECTORS to-bottom, or other natural sequence. 60. The control moves clockwise 6.9.1.2 from QFF through settings 1', c.(1)

53. When techniques in (50) or (51) 6.9.1.2 2) 3eoo no cannot be employed, layout a.(6) enhancement techniques are CDI-13 61. The control position sequence 6.9.1.2 employed spacing, demarca- conforms to the display ..(2)-

tion, color coding. sequence. CDI-8

62. Multiple controls or displays 6.9.2.1 SINGLE CONTROL, MUL'TIPLE related to the same function aO DISPLAYS are grouped together. CDI-8

54. Displays are located above the 6.9.1.2 63. Sequence of use is left-to- 6.9.2.1 control. b.(1) right, top-to-bottom. b.

CDI-11 CDI-8

55. Controls are placed near the 6.9.1.2 display and preferably under b.(2) SINGLE PANEL ARRANGEMENTS the center of the display CON-11 array. 64.. Each display is located 6.9.2.2 "

directly above its" associated a.(1) 6.~ Displays at e arranged hori- 6.9.1.2 control. CDI-10 zontally or'in a matrix.~ b.(3) CON-1 65. Display/control pairs are 6.9.2.2 \ arranged in rows. a.(2)

57. If not feasible to mount dis- '.

6.9.1.2 k CDI-ll plays above the control, they b.(4) are mounted to the left of the 66. Each control occupies the '.9.2.2 control. relative position as the 'ame b.(1) display to which it is

58. Where there is a normal order associated.

of use, displays will read from 6.9.1.2 left-to-right, top-to-bottom, b.(5) or in other natural sequence. CDI-10 ON-SITE EVALUATION Is OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION ~ e v e pP p <<le wl 5<<>e/ av>> 4 ~p ae p I )as',a aw/ ~ e, / i' ~ r ~ > ~ t',. ~ Ca Weww v s it<<>P> ' Pt ti a <<W<<A f.. f/ s>>~ ~ >>> ~ ee >>i ~ ~ 5 l C '/ ~ e a ~ 'aa ~ 4 5-5/ t

• r>>rv

~ s V M "= -- ~ -.-- a 5 ~ I /', , a ~ ,WV>f: e ~ .- ~ ', ~ >> a f V ' ~ ~ > P +/

• Wv s~ 5 "w 5 I - i>>> '5/pa 5jy /'v e

I,', I r ' s'I ~ > 5.; >" , /P I >5 w , 's .. VjPt a > \ ~ ~sat'5 >. Irv H ll 55'* p>>r ~ ~ i 'I / I t I t e ~ ' e t I-s r 'I ~ ~ .. >/.. C>> Pf a a 5 II I a 5 C / '.e ~ as s<< ~, I 5 (' t~ e e 5>>P ~ e s t e 5 a f ~p a>/ lt >>w w w" wiv p <<v<<5 a a eae a<<a. e>>v e tte ~ pa ~ 55 C ~ g,<<C"' HUMAN ENGfNEERlNG CHECK1IST TASK ANALYSIS EVALUATION GUIDELIIIIE 'EF. EVALUATIOIIIGUIDELlNE "i REF.,

67. Controls and displays have 6.9.2.2 GENERAL MOVEMENT.

corresponding'abels. b.(2) RELATIONSHIPS PA-32

74. A clockwise turn of a rotary 6.9.3.1 control results in "

'its - a.(1) MULTIMOWDISPLAYS WITH associated linear scales SINGLE-ROW CONTROLS moving up or to the right. CDI-1'8. Displays are ordered left-to- 6.9.2.2 75. A ciockwise turn of a rotary 6.9,3.1 right, top-to-bottom, and c.(i) control . results, in its'- .(2) matched to controls ordered CDI-11 associated digital display to left to right. increase in value. '.9.2.2 76. A clockwise turn of a rotary. 6.9.3;1

69. Controls and displays labels. have'orresponding

.c.(2) PA-32 control associated 'esults strings. of indicator in, its a.'(3) lights moving from bottom to top or from left to right. CONSISTENCY

77. A clockwise turn of a rotary 6.9 3.1

70. Arrangement of functionally 6.9.2.2 control results in its a:(~)

similar controls and displays dO associated circular meters 'DI-1 conform throughout the con- moving clockwise. trol room.

78. Movement of a linear control 6.9.3.1

71. Modular control/display pack- 6.9.2.2 up or to the right causes b.(i) ages are selected and arranged e. associated linear scales to to achieve maximum con- move up to the right.

formity to 6.9.2.2 (a-d).

79. Movement of a linear control 6.9.3.1 Where displays are on sepa- 6.9.2.3 up to 'the right causes b.(2) rated panels, they are pref- a. associated digital display to erably on the adjacent upper increase in value.'0.

panel from their associated controls. Movement of a linear control 6.9.3.1 up to the right causes b-.o)

73. Related controls and displays 6.9.2,3'.

associated strings of indicator-are not located on separate lights, to move from bottom panels that face each other. ,to top or left to right. I ON-SITE EVALUATION 9 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION '~ h Heh ~ h ~ I ~ A re r ~ L er e here ~ ~ He er, ~ I ~ ~ ~ A~ 'r h e ~ ~ ~ H H ~ ee~rr r ee l ) ~,r w e ~ 'ehe ~ ~ ~" e ' e I ~ H ~ ~ I l l HC" J' I F II l I H ~ f ) f e t t e ~ ek pr ~ IW fr ~ Qfl ) ~ re C ~ <<rh ~ " e.e .\ e hrt eea r ' ~ H H ~ 98 HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKLIST. TASK ANALYSIS EVALUATION GUIDELINE'EF. EVALUATION GUIDEI.INE

81. Controls provide easy and 6.9.3.2 precise parameter control and aO are efficient and effective under all conditions.

82. Displays provide a capability 6.9 3.2 to distinguish significant b.

levels of the system param-eter controlled.

83. Controls and displays have a 6.9.3.2 precision which does not co exceed that required.

Printing on the display face is 6.5.1.4 consistent with procedure e. nomenclature. PA'-63 ON-SITE EVALUATION Es OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION Vrtra 1 <<1 ~ 1 1\ 44 <<1 1 "~ thtt 8 1 111 1 1 I<< '4 ~ <<4' .4 <<111<< V<<<<ht 11 ~ 4" .~ << ' 4 ~ ~ <<4 <<'1 1. gDP ( ~ ~ ( ~ ~ ~A ~ tl t <<IV>> Vh "4 11 ~ ~ ( /J tt f ~ ~ a (et ~ I 4~(<<t 1 ~ ~ 0 ~4 .VC ~ 1 ~ ~ ~ ~ f (1 Vtt ',

• I r.: t t t

L 1 t I I i ~ ~ Pf) >( () 1( th I P ~ ~ C ~ i r~ tC j)t'Q" 4<<(t I ~ ~ VHJ ~,1 h41)q 4 th - ~. PI',r {4 a~ ( Lth 1'- ~ J . ~ ~ 4 4((t ' Vh 4 '4 t ~( 1( {g yq. y( ~ 1 ~ ~ 4( {',% ~ L ~, Vhl I((= ( ~ <<t <<4 ( H t I ~ V'\tG 1 .C.jh Pg { ~,)>> lt 'J{ ~ Vqq i H ~1 V (I ~ 4 t l 1 ~ \

• 1>> ~ ~ ~ <<>>th<< th <<<<>>tvt'<<3a ~ r

99 HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKLIST'- WALK-THROUGH ~ EVAI.UATION GUIDELINE REF. GUIDELINE 'VALUATION ~ When continuous monitoring or 6.1.1.1 9., Controls and displays are 6.8.1.1 the timing of control actions b. assigned to work stations so as aO are critical, operators do not to minimize operator. mov'e- CDI-8 have to leave the primary ment. operating area.

10. Control actuation does not 6.8.3,1

2. Control room manning and 6.1.1.2 result in inadvertent actuation b.

task assignments ensure com- a. of an adjacent control. CON-13 plete and timely coverage of controls, displays, and other A visual display that is.moni- 6.9.1.1 equipment during plant opera- tored during control manipula-. aO tion. tion is located sufficiently. CDI-8 close so an operator'an read Activities and task assign- 6,1.1.2 it clearly and without parallax ments are planned to ensure b., from a normal operating proper coordination of posture. additional personnel who augment the normal crew. 12. Controls and displays. are 6.9.1.1 located so that displays, are b.

4. Control room arrangement 6.1.1.3 not obscured, during 'control CDI-10 minimizes interference d.(2) operation.

between members of the operational crew. 13. Displays are not obscured by 6.9.1.2 manipulation. b.(7)

5. Potential task loading is

. 6.1.3.1 CDI-11 evaluated to ensure that every Co unit can be covered ade- 14. There is no,lag time between 6.9.3.1 quately in all situations. system condition change and c.(l) display indication. Controls are easily adjusted 6.4.1.1 with the required level of a.(2) 15. When. there is a time lag 6.9.3.1 precision. between control actuation and c.(2) ultimate system. state, there is

7. Duplication of controls not 6.4.1.1 an immediate feedback indica-occur, except for a specific b.(2) tion. of the process and reason. direction or parameter ch'ange.

8. Each control is the type nor- 6 4.1.1 mally anticipated for the c.(2) 16. Feedback from the display is 6.9.3.2 operation concerned. apparerit for, any deliberate d.

movement of .a control. ON-SITE EVALUATION OPERATOR, ASSISTED EVALUATION ee f PP 44rt r h Ve'4 ~ ~ ' A ~ wsf40 tf'I f ' ~ )C<<fg r w ~ l l ll l ~ 1 ~ ff P PP'Itii ~ '. r~ Sl ~ V ~ ~ 4 i '. fF,.i rt 's% l 1 ~ Pt (. l ) II Sl  % ~ PC' g l fl( )P~)HPCC 'i~ Pl tr f)pf'f ' ~ ~ r I P.',4 l~ ~ g 'l ~ "I L ~ Ct ~ jl~,>r ) t" 1 t Ct l I I V I I 1 It ~ .PPW ~ rt( ) I - .Cs I 1 p S I grt Il>> 'CII Ci I P ~ ~ C ~i ~ Pr ,tirst t Il CP ii) " 'p ~ I' ' I t "~ 'wr ' lt I C l I I  ! ~ * ~ ii* I ~ ' ~ f ~ PU l~ II, ) t wt f - ~ PS@PS 0WV A P ~Af ~ 't l If fl~ a + ~ 100 HUMAN ENGINEERING CHECKLIST WALK-THROUGH EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. EVALUATION GUIDELINE REF. l 17.,' Redundancy in the 6.5.1.1 presentation of information is d0 /. limited to cases where needed VD-2 for backup or to avoid VD-6 excessive operator movement. / / j// ON-SITE EVALUATION 9 OPERATOR ASSISTED EVALUATION Of' t Il Ekk/f C C L I' I iI ->> k ~ I ~< ~kk 1>> ~ '.k k k fl k 'I h Bk:k 4- k 1 (=. HL E}}